false 0001380936 333-000000 N-2ASR No 0001380936 2025-11-21 2025-11-21 0001380936 2025-06-01 2025-08-31 0001380936 2025-03-01 2025-05-31 0001380936 2024-12-01 2025-02-28 0001380936 2024-09-01 2024-11-30 0001380936 2024-06-01 2024-08-31 0001380936 2024-03-01 2024-05-31 0001380936 2023-12-01 2024-02-29 0001380936 2023-09-01 2023-11-30 0001380936 2023-06-01 2023-08-31 0001380936 GOF:PrincipalRisksMember 2025-11-21 2025-11-21 0001380936 GOF:MarketDiscountAndPriceVolatilityRiskMember 2025-11-21 2025-11-21 0001380936 GOF:DebtOverlayStrategyRiskMember 2025-11-21 2025-11-21 0001380936 GOF:SyntheticAutocallableELNStrategyRiskMember 2025-11-21 2025-11-21 iso4217:USD xbrli:shares iso4217:USD xbrli:shares xbrli:pure

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 21, 2025

Securities Act File No. 333-________

Investment Company Act File No. 811-21982

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM N-2

Registration Statement

under

|  | the Securities Act of 1933 |  | ☒
|  | Pre-Effective Amendment No. |  | ☐
|  | Post-Effective Amendment No. |  | ☐

and/or

Registration Statement

Under

|  | the Investment Company Act of 1940 |  | ☒
|  | Amendment No. 35 |  | ☒

Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

227 West Monroe Street

Chicago, Illinois 60606

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

(312) 827-0100

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Amy J. Lee

Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC

227 West Monroe Street

Chicago, Illinois 60606

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

Copies to:

Julien Bourgeois Allison M. Fumai Dechert LLP 1900 K Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20006

Approximate Date of Commencement of Proposed Public Offering: From time to time after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If the only securities being registered on this Form are being offered pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, check the following box ☐

If any securities being registered on this Form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”), other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box. ☒

If this Form is a registration statement pursuant to General Instruction A.2 or a post-effective amendment thereto, check the following box ☒

If this Form is a registration statement pursuant to General Instruction B or a post-effective amendment thereto that will become effective upon filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 462(e) under the Securities Act, check the following box ☒

If this Form is a post-effective amendment to a registration statement filed pursuant to General Instruction B to register additional securities or additional classes of securities pursuant to Rule 413(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box ☐

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):

☐ | when declared effective pursuant to section 8(c) of the Securities Act

Check each box that appropriately characterizes the Registrant:

☒ | Registered Closed-End Fund (closed-end company that is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Investment Company Act”)).

☐ | Business Development Company (closed-end company that intends or has elected to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act.

☐ | Interval Fund (Registered Closed-End Fund or a Business Development Company that makes periodic repurchase offers under Rule 23c-3 under the Investment Company Act).

☒ | A.2 Qualified (qualified to register securities pursuant to General Instruction A.2 of this Form).

☒ | Well-Known Seasoned Issuer (as defined by Rule 405 under the Securities Act).

☐ | Emerging Growth Company (as defined by Rule 12b-2 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934).

☐ | If an Emerging Growth Company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.
☐ | New Registrant (registered or regulated under the Investment Company Act for less than 12 calendar months preceding this filing).

PROSPECTUS

Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund

$1,000,000,000

Common Shares
________________

Investment Objective and Philosophy. Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund (the “Fund”) is a diversified, closed-end management investment company. The Fund’s investment objective is to maximize total return through a combination of current income and capital appreciation. The Fund pursues a relative value-based investment philosophy, which utilizes quantitative and qualitative analysis to seek to identify securities or spreads between securities that deviate from their perceived fair value and/or historical norms. The Fund’s sub-adviser seeks to combine a credit-managed fixed-income portfolio with access to a diversified pool of alternative investments and equity strategies. The Fund’s investment philosophy is predicated upon the belief that thorough research and independent thought are rewarded with performance that has the potential to outperform benchmark indexes with both lower volatility and lower correlation of returns over time as compared to such benchmark indexes. The Fund cannot ensure investors that it will achieve its investment objective.

Investment Portfolio. The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing in a wide range of fixed-income and other debt and senior equity securities (“Income Securities”) selected from a variety of sectors and credit qualities, including, but not limited to, corporate bonds, loans and loan participations, structured finance investments, U.S. government and agency securities and sovereign or supranational debt obligations, mezzanine and preferred securities and convertible securities, and in common stocks, limited liability company interests, trust certificates and other equity investments (“Common Equity Securities”) that the Fund’s sub-adviser believes offer attractive yield and/or capital appreciation potential, including employing a strategy of writing (selling) covered call options and may, from time to time, buy or sell put options on individual Common Equity Securities and, to a lesser extent, on indices of securities and sectors of securities. The Fund may also invest in asset-backed securities (“ABS”) and mortgage-related securities. These securities may include complex instruments, such as collateralized mortgage obligations, real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) (including debt and preferred stock issued by REITs), and other real estate-related securities.

Offering. The Fund may offer, from time to time, up to $1,000,000,000 aggregate initial offering price of the Fund’s common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Shares”), in one or more offerings in amounts, at prices and on terms set forth in one or more supplements to this Prospectus (each, a “Prospectus Supplement”). You should read this Prospectus and any related Prospectus Supplement carefully before you decide to invest in the Common Shares.

The Fund may offer Common Shares (1) directly to one or more purchasers, (2) through agents that the Fund may designate from time to time or (3) to or through underwriters or dealers. The Prospectus Supplement relating to a particular offering of Common Shares will identify any agents or underwriters involved in the sale of Common Shares, and will set forth any applicable purchase price, fee, commission or discount arrangement between the Fund and agents or underwriters or among underwriters or the basis upon which such amount may be calculated. The Fund may not sell Common Shares through agents, underwriters or dealers without delivery of this Prospectus and the Prospectus Supplement describing the method and terms of the offering of Common Shares. See “Plan of Distribution.”

________________

Investing in the Fund’s Common Shares involves certain risks, including the risks associated with the Fund’s use of leverage. An investment in the Fund is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount that you invest. See “Risks” on page 31 of this Prospectus and the section of the Fund’s most recent annual report on Form N-CSR entitled “Additional Information Regarding the Fund—Principal Risks of the Fund,” which is incorporated by reference herein. You should carefully consider these risks together with all of the other information contained in this Prospectus before making a decision to purchase the Fund’s Common Shares.

i

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this Prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

________________

Prospectus dated November 21, 2025

Investment Adviser and Sub-Adviser. Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (the “Investment Adviser”) acts as the Fund’s investment adviser and is responsible for the management of the Fund. Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”) is responsible for the management of the Fund’s portfolio of securities. Each of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Guggenheim Partners, LLC (“Guggenheim Partners”). Guggenheim Partners is a diversified financial services firm with wealth management, capital markets, investment management and proprietary investing businesses, the clients of which are a mix of individuals, family offices, endowments, investment funds, foundations, insurance companies and other institutions that have entrusted Guggenheim Partners with the supervision of approximately $357 billion of assets as of September 30, 2025. Guggenheim Partners is headquartered in Chicago and New York with a global network of offices throughout the United States, Europe, and Asia. The Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser are referred to herein collectively as the “Adviser.”

Investment Policies. The Fund may allocate its assets among a wide variety of Income Securities and Common Equity Securities. The Fund may invest without limitation in below-investment grade securities (e.g., securities rated below Baa3 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., below BBB- by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Fitch Ratings or comparably rated by another nationally recognized statistical rating organization or, if unrated, determined by the Sub-Adviser to be of comparable quality). Below investment grade securities are commonly referred to as “high-yield” or “junk” bonds and are considered speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. The Fund’s investments in any of the sectors and types of Income Securities in which the Fund may invest may include, without limitation, below-investment grade securities. Under normal market conditions, the Fund will not invest more than: 50% of its total assets in Common Equity Securities consisting of common stock; 30% of its total assets in other investment companies, including registered investment companies, private investment funds and/or other pooled investment vehicles; 20% of its total assets in non-U.S. dollar-denominated Income Securities of corporate and governmental issuers located outside the United States; and 10% of its total assets in Income Securities of issuers in emerging markets.

Common Shares. The Fund’s currently outstanding Common Shares are, and the Common Shares offered in this Prospectus will be, subject to notice of issuance, listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “GOF.” The net asset value of the Common Shares at the close of business on November 14, 2025 was $11.38 per share and the last sale price of the Common Shares on the NYSE on such date was $12.91, representing a premium to net asset value of 13.44%. See “Market and Net Asset Value Information.”

Financial Leverage. The Fund may seek to enhance total returns as well as the level of its current distributions by utilizing financial leverage through, among other things: (i) the issuance of preferred shares (“Preferred Shares”), (ii) borrowing or the issuance of commercial paper or other forms of debt (“Borrowings”), (iii) reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls or similar transactions or (iv) a combination of the foregoing (“leveraged transactions” and collectively, “Financial Leverage”). The Fund may utilize Financial Leverage up to the limits imposed by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”); however, the aggregate amount of Financial Leverage is not currently expected to exceed 33 1/3% of the Fund’s Managed Assets (as defined herein) after such issuance and/or borrowing.

The Fund maintains a committed facility agreement with BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage International, Ltd. (“BNP Paribas”), pursuant to which the Fund may borrow up to $150 million. The maximum amount available to borrow under the committed facility may change from time to time pursuant to the terms of the agreement governing the committed facility. As of May 31, 2025, outstanding Borrowings under the Fund’s committed facility agreement were approximately $50 million, representing approximately 2% of the Fund’s Managed Assets as of such date, and there was approximately $329 million in reverse repurchase agreements outstanding, representing approximately 14% of the Fund’s Managed Assets as of such date. As of May 31, 2025, the Fund’s total Financial Leverage represented approximately 16% of the Fund’s Managed Assets.

ii

The Fund’s use of leverage through reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and economically similar transactions will be included when calculating the Fund’s Financial Leverage and therefore will be limited by the Fund’s maximum overall Financial Leverage levels, and may be further limited by the applicable requirements of the SEC discussed herein.

In addition, the Fund may engage in certain derivatives transactions that have economic characteristics similar to leverage. The Fund’s obligations under such transactions will not be considered indebtedness for purposes of the 1940 Act, and will not be included in calculating the aggregate amount of the Fund’s Financial Leverage, but the Fund’s use of such transactions may be limited by Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act and the applicable requirements of the SEC.

The Fund’s total Financial Leverage may vary significantly over time based on, among other factors, the Sub-Adviser’s assessment of market and economic conditions, available investment opportunities and cost of Financial Leverage. The Fund has at times used greater levels of Financial Leverage than on May 31, 2025. The Fund may in the future increase Financial Leverage up to the parameters set forth herein. Although the use of Financial Leverage by the Fund may create an opportunity for increased total return for the Common Shares, it also results in additional risks and can magnify the effect of any losses. Financial Leverage involves risks and special considerations for shareholders, including the likelihood of greater volatility of net asset value, market price of, and dividends on, the Common Shares. To the extent the Fund increases its amount of Financial Leverage outstanding, it will be more exposed to these risks. The cost of Financial Leverage, including the portion of the investment advisory fee attributable to the assets purchased with the proceeds of Financial Leverage, is borne by Common Shareholders. To the extent the Fund increases its amount of Financial Leverage outstanding, the Fund’s annual expenses as a percentage of net assets attributable to Common Shares will increase. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be utilized or, if utilized, will be successful. See “Use of Leverage” and the section of the Fund’s most recent annual report on Form N-CSR entitled “Additional Information Regarding the Fund—Principal Risks of the Fund—Financial Leverage and Leveraged Transactions Risk,” which is incorporated by reference herein, for a discussion of associated risks.

You should read this Prospectus (and documents incorporated by reference herein), which contains important information about the Fund, together with any Prospectus Supplement, before deciding whether to invest in the Common Shares of the Fund, and retain these documents for future reference. A Statement of Additional Information (File No. 811-21982), dated November 21, 2025 (the “SAI”), as supplemented from time to time, containing additional information about the Fund, has been filed with the SEC and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into this Prospectus. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC (http://www.sec.gov). You may request a free copy of the SAI or request other information about the Fund (including the Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports) or make shareholder inquiries by calling (800) 345-7999 or by writing to the Investment Adviser at Guggenheim Investment Advisors, LLC, 227 West Monroe Street, Chicago, Illinois 60606, or you may obtain a copy (and other information regarding the Fund) from the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov). Free copies of the Fund’s reports and the SAI will also be available from the Fund’s website at www.guggenheiminvestments.com/gof. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, the Fund’s website is not part of this Prospectus.

The Fund’s Common Shares do not represent a deposit or obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency. Investors could lose money by investing in the Fund.

* * *

iii

You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and any accompanying Prospectus Supplement in making your investment decisions. The Fund has not authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. The Fund is not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this Prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this Prospectus. The Fund’s business, financial conditions and prospects may have changed since such date. The Fund will advise investors of any material changes to the extent required by applicable law.

________________

Table of Contents

Page

Prospectus Summary | 1
Summary of Fund Expenses | 7
Financial Highlights | 9
Senior Securities | 11
The Fund | 11
Use of Proceeds | 11
Market and Net Asset Value Information | 11
Investment Objective and Policies | 12
Use of Leverage | 29
Risks | 31
Management of the Fund | 34
Net Asset Value | 36
Distributions | 39
Dividend Reinvestment Plan | 40
Description of Capital Structure | 40
Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Fund’s Governing Documents | 43
Closed-End Fund Structure | 44
Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund | 44
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations | 45
Plan of Distribution | 48
Custodian, Administrator, Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent | 50
Legal Matters | 51
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm | 51
Additional Information | 51
Privacy Principles of the Fund | 51
Incorporation By Reference | 51

________________

Forward-Looking Statements

This Prospectus, including documents incorporated by reference herein, contains or incorporates by reference forward-looking statements, within the meaning of the federal securities laws, that involve risks and uncertainties. These statements describe the Fund’s plans, strategies, and goals and the Fund’s beliefs and assumptions concerning future economic and other conditions and the outlook for the Fund, based on currently available information. In this Prospectus, words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “expects,” “objectives,” “goals,” “future,” “intends,” “seeks,” “will,” “may,” “could,” “should,” and similar expressions are used in an effort to identify forward-looking statements, although some forward-looking statements may be expressed differently. The Fund is not entitled to the safe harbor for forward-looking statements pursuant to Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

iv

Prospectus Summary

This is only a summary of information contained elsewhere in this Prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in the Fund’s common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Shares”). You should carefully read the more detailed information contained elsewhere in this Prospectus and any related Prospectus Supplement(s) prior to making an investment in the Fund, especially the information set forth under the headings “Investment Objective and Policies” and “Risks.” You may also wish to request a copy of the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information dated November 21, 2025 (the “SAI”), as supplemented from time to time, which contains additional information about the Fund.

The Fund | Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund (the “Fund”) is a diversified, closed-end management investment company that commenced operations on July 26, 2007. The Fund’s objective is to maximize total return through a combination of current income and capital appreciation. The Fund pursues a relative value-based investment philosophy, which utilizes quantitative and qualitative analysis to seek to identify securities or spreads between securities that deviate from their perceived fair value and/or historical norms.
| The Fund’s common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share, are called “Common Shares” and the holders of Common Shares are called “Common Shareholders” throughout this Prospectus and any accompanying Prospectus Supplement(s).
The Offering | The Fund may offer, from time to time, up to $1,000,000,000 aggregate initial offering price of Common Shares, in one or more offerings in amounts, at prices and on terms to be set forth in one or more supplements to this Prospectus (each, a “Prospectus Supplement”).
| The Fund may offer Common Shares (1) directly to one or more purchasers, (2) through agents that the Fund may designate from time to time, or (3) to or through underwriters or dealers. The Prospectus Supplement relating to a particular offering will identify any agents or underwriters involved in the sale of Common Shares, and will set forth any applicable purchase price, fee, commission or discount arrangement between the Fund and agents or underwriters or among underwriters or the basis upon which such amount may be calculated. The Fund may not sell Common Shares through agents, underwriters or dealers without delivery of this Prospectus and a Prospectus Supplement describing the method and terms of the offering of Common Shares. See “Plan of Distribution.”

Use of Proceeds | Unless otherwise specified in a prospectus supplement, the Fund intends to invest the net proceeds of the offering of Common Shares in accordance with its investment objective and policies as stated below or otherwise invest the net proceeds as follows. It is currently anticipated that the Fund will be able to invest most of the net proceeds of an offering of Common Shares in accordance with its investment objective and policies within three months after the receipt of such proceeds. Pending such investment, it is anticipated that the proceeds will be invested in U.S. government securities or high quality, short-term money-market securities. The Fund may also use the proceeds for working capital purposes, including the payment of distributions, interest and operating expenses. A portion of the cash held by the Fund, including net proceeds of the offering, is usually used to pay distributions in accordance with the Fund’s distribution policy and may be a return of capital, which is in effect a partial return of the amount a Common Shareholder invested in the Fund. Common Shareholders who receive the payment of a distribution consisting of a return of capital may be under the impression that they are receiving net investment income or profit when they are not. The Fund’s distributions may be greater than the Fund’s net investment income or profit. The offering of Common Shares supports the Fund’s asset level and if the Fund does not offer or sell Common Shares, the Fund may not be able to maintain historical distribution levels for extended periods of time.

1

Investment Objective | The Fund’s investment objective is to maximize total return through a combination of current income and capital appreciation. The Fund cannot ensure investors that it will achieve its investment objective. The Fund’s investment objective is considered fundamental and may not be changed without the approval of Common Shareholders.
Principal Investment Strategies | Please refer to the section of the Fund’s most recent annual report on Form N-CSR entitled “Additional Information Regarding the Fund—Principal Investment Strategies and Portfolio Composition—Principal Investment Strategies,” which is incorporated by reference herein, for a discussion of the Fund’s principal investment strategies. You should carefully consider this information together with all of the other information contained in this Prospectus, including the section of this Prospectus entitled “Principal Investment Strategies” beginning on page 12, before making a decision to purchase the Fund’s Common Shares.
Investment Portfolio | Please refer to the section of the Fund’s most recent annual report on Form N-CSR entitled “Additional Information Regarding the Fund—Principal Investment Strategies and Portfolio Composition—Portfolio Composition,” which is incorporated by reference herein, for a discussion of the types of securities and other instruments in which the Fund will or may ordinarily invest. You should carefully consider this information together with all of the other information contained in this Prospectus, including the section of this Prospectus entitled “Additional Information About the Fund’s Principal Investment Strategies & Portfolio Composition” beginning on page 13, before making a decision to purchase the Fund’s Common Shares.
Financial Leverage and Leveraged Transactions | The Fund may seek to enhance total returns as well as the level of its current distributions by utilizing financial leverage through, among other things: (i) the issuance of preferred shares (“Preferred Shares”), (ii) borrowing or the issuance of commercial paper or other forms of debt (“Borrowings”), (iii) reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls or similar transactions or (iv) a combination of the foregoing (“leveraged transactions” and collectively, “Financial Leverage”). The Fund may utilize Financial Leverage up to the limits imposed by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”); however, the aggregate amount of Financial Leverage is not currently expected to exceed 33 1/3% of the Fund’s Managed Assets (as defined herein) after such issuance and/or borrowing. The Fund maintains a committed facility agreement with BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage International, Ltd., pursuant to which the Fund may borrow up to $150 million. The maximum amount available to borrow under the committed facility may change from time to time pursuant to the terms of the agreement governing the committed facility. As of May 31, 2025, outstanding Borrowings under the Fund’s committed facility agreement were approximately $50 million, which represented approximately 2% of the Fund’s Managed Assets as of such date, and there was approximately $329 million in reverse repurchase agreements outstanding, which represented approximately 14% of the Fund’s Managed Assets as of such date. As of May 31, 2025, the Fund’s total Financial Leverage represented approximately 16% of the Fund’s Managed Assets. The Fund’s use of leverage through reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and economically similar transactions will be included when calculating the Fund’s Financial Leverage and therefore will be limited by the Fund’s maximum overall Financial Leverage levels, and may be further limited by the applicable requirements of the SEC discussed herein. In addition, the Fund may engage in certain derivatives transactions that have economic characteristics similar to leverage. The Fund’s obligations under such transactions will not be considered indebtedness for purposes of the 1940 Act and will not be included in calculating the aggregate amount of the Fund’s Financial Leverage,

2

| but the Fund’s use of such transactions may be limited by Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act and the applicable requirements of the SEC. The Fund’s total Financial Leverage may vary significantly over time based on, among other factors, the Sub-Adviser’s assessment of market and economic conditions, available investment opportunities and cost of Financial Leverage. The Fund has at times used greater levels of Financial Leverage than on May 31, 2025. The Fund may in the future increase Financial Leverage up to the parameters set forth herein. Although the use of Financial Leverage and leveraged transactions by the Fund may create an opportunity for increased total return for Common Shares, it also results in additional risks and can magnify the effect of any losses. Financial Leverage and the use of leveraged transactions involve risks and special considerations for shareholders, including the likelihood of greater volatility of net asset value, market price of, and dividends on, the Common Shares. To the extent the Fund increases its amount of Financial Leverage and leveraged transactions outstanding, it will be more exposed to these risks. The cost of Financial Leverage and leveraged transactions, including the portion of the investment advisory fee attributable to the assets purchased with the proceeds of Financial Leverage and leveraged transactions, is borne by Common Shareholders. To the extent the Fund increases its amount of Financial Leverage outstanding, the Fund’s annual expenses as a percentage of net assets attributable to Common Shares will increase. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be utilized or, if utilized, will be successful. See “Use of Leverage” and the section of the Fund’s most recent annual report on Form N-CSR entitled “Additional Information Regarding the Fund—Principal Risks of the Fund—Financial Leverage and Leveraged Transactions Risk,” which is incorporated by reference herein for a discussion of associated risks.
Temporary Investments | At any time when a temporary posture is believed by the Sub-Adviser to be warranted (a “temporary period”), the Fund may, without limitation, hold cash or invest its assets in money market instruments and repurchase agreements in respect of those instruments. The Fund may not achieve its investment objective during a temporary period or be able to sustain its historical distribution levels. See “The Fund’s Investments—Temporary Investments.”
Management of the Fund | Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (the “Investment Adviser”) acts as the Fund’s investment adviser pursuant to an advisory agreement with the Fund (the “Advisory Agreement”). Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Investment Adviser is responsible for the management of the Fund and administers the affairs of the Fund to the extent requested by the board of trustees of the Fund (the “Board of Trustees” or the “Board”). As compensation for its services, the Fund pays the Investment Adviser a fee, payable monthly in arrears at an annual rate equal to 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets. “Managed Assets” for purposes of calculating the fees payable under the Advisory and Sub-Advisory Agreements (as defined herein) means the total assets of the Fund (other than assets attributable to any investments by the Fund in Affiliated Investment Funds), including the assets attributable to the proceeds from any borrowings or other forms of Financial Leverage, minus liabilities, other than liabilities related to any Financial Leverage. “Affiliated Investment Funds” means investment companies, including registered investment companies, private investment funds and/or other pooled investment vehicles, advised or managed by the Fund’s investment Sub-Adviser or any of its affiliates. “Managed Assets” for all other purposes means the total assets of the Fund, including the assets attributable to the proceeds from any borrowings or other forms of Financial Leverage, minus liabilities, other than liabilities related to any Financial Leverage. Please refer to the section of the Fund’s most recent annual report on Form N-CSR entitled “Additional Information Regarding the Fund—Principal Risks of the Fund,” which is incorporated by reference herein, for a discussion of associated risks of the Fund’s use of Financial Leverage.

3

| Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”) acts as the Fund’s sub-adviser pursuant to a sub-advisory agreement with the Fund and the Investment Adviser (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”). Pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Sub-Adviser is responsible for the management of the Fund’s portfolio of securities. As compensation for its services, the Investment Adviser pays the Sub-Adviser a fee, payable monthly in arrears at an annual rate equal to 0.50% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets, less 0.50% of the Fund’s average daily assets attributable to any investments by the Fund in Affiliated Investment Funds.
| Each of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Guggenheim Partners, LLC (“Guggenheim Partners”). Guggenheim Partners is a diversified financial services firm with wealth management, capital markets, investment management and proprietary investing businesses, the clients of which are a mix of individuals, family offices, endowments, investment funds, foundations, insurance companies and other institutions that have entrusted Guggenheim Partners with the supervision of approximately $357 billion of assets as of September 30, 2025. Guggenheim Partners is headquartered in Chicago and New York with a global network of offices throughout the United States, Europe, and Asia. References to the “Adviser” may include the Investment Adviser or the Sub-Adviser, as applicable. See “Management of the Fund.”
Distributions | The Fund intends to pay substantially all of its net investment income to Common Shareholders through monthly distributions. In addition, the Fund intends to distribute any net realized long-term capital gains to Common Shareholders as long-term capital gain dividends at least annually. The Fund expects that distributions paid on the Common Shares will generally consist of (i) investment company taxable income expected to be taxed as ordinary income, which includes, among other things, investment income, short-term capital gains and income from certain hedging and interest rate transactions, (ii) long-term capital gains and (iii) return of capital. Distributions may be paid by the Fund from any permitted source and, from time to time, all or a portion of a distribution may be a return of capital. To the extent the Fund receives dividends with respect to its investments in Common Equity Securities that consist of qualified dividend income (income from domestic and certain foreign corporations), a portion of the Fund’s distributions to its Common Shareholders may consist of qualified dividend income. The Fund cannot assure you, however, as to what percentage of the dividends paid on Common Shares, if any, will consist of qualified dividend income or long-term capital gains, which are taxed at lower rates for individuals than ordinary income. In certain circumstances, the Fund may elect to retain income or capital gain and pay income or excise tax on such undistributed amount. Alternatively, the distributions paid by the Fund for any particular month may be more than the amount of net investment income from that monthly period. As a result, all or a portion of a distribution may be a return of capital, which is in effect a partial return of the amount a Common Shareholder invested in the Fund. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, a return of capital distribution is generally not taxable up to the amount of the Common Shareholder’s tax basis in their Common Shares and would reduce such tax basis, and any amounts exceeding such basis will be treated as a gain from the sale of their Common Shares. Although a return of capital may not be taxable, it will generally increase the Common Shareholder’s potential gain, or reduce the Common Shareholder’s potential loss, on any subsequent sale or other disposition of Common Shares. Common Shareholders who receive the payment of a distribution consisting of a return of capital may be under the impression that they are receiving net investment income or profits when they are not. Common Shareholders should not assume that the source of a distribution from the Fund is net investment income or profit. See “Distributions” and “U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

4

| Distributions paid on the Common Shares that consist of investment company taxable income and/or long-term capital gains are taxable even if they are paid from income or gains earned by the Fund before your investment in the Fund (and thus were included in the price paid for your Common Shares). These distributions are likely to occur in respect of Common Shares purchased at a time when the Fund’s net asset value (“NAV”) reflects earnings realized but not distributed. These distributions may be taxable despite constituting an economic return of your investment. The Fund’s distribution rate is not constant and the amount of distributions, when declared by the Fund’s Board of Trustees, is subject to change. There is no guarantee of any future distribution or that the current returns and distribution rate will be maintained. If you hold your Common Shares in your own name or if you hold your Common Shares with a brokerage firm that participates in the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”), unless you elect to receive cash, all dividends and distributions that are declared by the Fund (net of withholding) will be automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares of the Fund pursuant to the Plan. If you hold your Common Shares with a brokerage firm that does not participate in the Plan, you will not be able to participate in the Plan and any dividend reinvestment may be effected on different terms than those described above. Consult your financial advisor for more information. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
Listing and Symbol | The Fund’s currently outstanding Common Shares are, and the Common Shares offered by this Prospectus will be, subject to notice of issuance, listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “GOF.” The net asset value of the Common Shares at the close of business on November 14, 2025 was $11.38 per share and the last reported sale price of the Common Shares on the NYSE on such date was $12.91, representing a premium to net asset value of 13.44%.
Special Risk Considerations | An investment in Common Shares of the Fund involves special risk considerations. Please refer to the section of the Fund’s most recent annual report on Form N-CSR entitled “Additional Information Regarding the Fund—Principal Risks of the Fund,” which is incorporated by reference herein, for a discussion of the risks associated with an investment in the Fund. You should carefully consider these risks together with all of the other information contained in this Prospectus, including the section of this Prospectus entitled “Risks” beginning on page 31, before making a decision to purchase the Fund’s Common Shares.
Anti-Takeover Provisions in the Fund’s Governing Documents | The Fund’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration of Trust”) and the Fund’s Bylaws, each as may be amended and/or restated from time to time (collectively, the “Governing Documents”), include provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or convert the Fund to an open-end fund. These provisions could have the effect of depriving the Common Shareholders of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a premium over the then-current market price of the Common Shares. See “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Fund’s Governing Documents” and “Risks—Anti-Takeover Provisions.”
Administrator, Custodian, Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent | The Bank of New York Mellon (“BNY”) acts as the custodian of the Fund’s assets pursuant to a custody agreement. Under the custody agreement, the custodian holds the Fund’s assets in compliance with the 1940 Act. For its services, the custodian receives a monthly fee based upon, among other things, the average value of the total assets of the Fund, plus certain securities transactions.
| Computershare Inc. acts as the Fund’s dividend disbursing agent, transfer agent and registrar with respect to the Common Shares of the Fund, and Computershare Trust Company, N.A. acts as agent under the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan Agent”).

5

| MUFG Investor Services (US) LLC (“MUFG”) acts as the Fund’s administrator and fund accounting agent. Pursuant to an administration agreement, MUFG provides certain administrative services to the Fund. Pursuant to an accounting and administration agreement, MUFG is responsible for maintaining the books and records of the Fund’s securities and cash. For its services, MUFG receives a monthly fee based upon the average daily Managed Assets of the Fund.

6

Summary of Fund Expenses

The following table contains information about the costs and expenses that Common Shareholders will bear directly or indirectly. The table is based on the capital structure of the Fund as of May 31, 2025. The following table should not be considered a representation of the Fund’s future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater or less than shown. The following table shows estimated Fund expenses as a percentage of average net assets attributable to Common Shares, and not as a percentage of Managed Assets. See “Management of the Fund.”

Shareholder Transaction Expenses |
Sales load paid by you (as a percentage of offering price) (1) | —
Offering expenses borne by the Fund (as a percentage of offering price) (1),(2) | 0.60%
Dividend Reinvestment Plan fees(3) | None

Annual Expenses | As a Percentage of Average Net Assets Attributable to Common Shares(4)
Management fees(5) | 1.21%
Acquired fund fees and expenses(6) | 0.05%
Interest expenses(7) | 1.08%
Other expenses(8) | 0.10%
Total annual expenses(9) | 2.44%

______________________

| (1) | If Common Shares to which this Prospectus relates are sold to or through underwriters, the Prospectus Supplement will set forth any applicable sales load to be paid by investors and the estimated offering expenses borne by the Fund.

| (2) | The Investment Adviser has incurred on behalf of the Fund all costs associated with the Fund’s registration statement and any offerings pursuant to such registration statement. The Fund has agreed, in connection with offerings under this registration statement, to reimburse the Investment Adviser for offering expenses incurred by the Investment Adviser on the Fund’s behalf in an amount up to the lesser of the Fund’s actual offering costs or 0.60% of the total offering price of the Common Shares sold in such offerings. Amounts in excess of 0.60% of the total offering price of shares sold pursuant to this registration statement will not be subject to recoupment from the Fund. This agreement will be in effect for the life of the registration statement with respect to all Common Shares sold pursuant to the registration statement and may only be terminated by the Board of Trustees of the Fund.

| (3) | Common Shareholders will pay brokerage charges if they direct Computershare Trust Company, N.A. (the “Plan Agent”) to sell Common Shares held in a dividend reinvestment account. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

| (4) | Based upon average net assets attributable to Common Shares during the fiscal year ended May 31, 2025.

| (5) | The Fund pays the Investment Adviser a monthly fee in arrears at an annual rate equal to 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets (as defined herein). Common Shareholders bear the portion of the investment advisory fee attributable to the assets purchased with the proceeds of the issuance of Preferred Shares, borrowing or the issuance of commercial paper or other forms of debt (“Borrowings”) or reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls or similar transactions or a combination of the foregoing (collectively “Financial Leverage”), which means that Common Shareholders effectively bear the entire advisory fee. Because the management fee rate shown is based upon outstanding Financial Leverage of 16% of the Fund’s Managed Assets, the management fee as a percentage of net assets attributable to Common Shares is higher than if the Fund did not utilize such Financial Leverage. If Financial Leverage of more than 16% of the Fund’s Managed Assets is used, the management fee shown would be higher.

| (6) | Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses are estimated based on the fees and expenses borne by the Fund as an investor in other investment companies during the fiscal year ended May 31, 2025.

| (7) | Includes interest payments on borrowed funds and interest expense on reverse repurchase agreements. Interest payments on borrowed funds is estimated based upon the Fund’s outstanding Borrowings as of May 31, 2025, which included Borrowings under the Fund’s committed facility agreement in an amount equal to 2.08% of the Fund’s Managed Assets, at an average interest rate of 5.08%. Interest expense on reverse repurchase agreements is estimated based on the Fund’s outstanding reverse repurchase agreements as of May 31, 2025, which included leverage in the form of reverse repurchase agreements in an amount equal to 13.77% of the Fund’s Managed Assets, at a weighted average interest rate cost to the Fund of 4.52%. The actual amount of interest payments and expenses borne by the Fund will vary over time in accordance with the amount of Borrowings and reverse repurchase agreements and variations in market interest rates.

7

| (8) | Other expenses are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.

| (9) | The total annual expenses in this fee table may not correlate to the expense ratios in the Fund’s financial highlights and financial statements because the financial highlights and financial statements reflect only the operating expenses of the Fund and do not include Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, which are fees and expenses incurred indirectly by the Fund through its investments in certain underlying investment companies.

Example

As required by relevant SEC regulations, the following example illustrates the expenses that you would pay on a $1,000 investment in Common Shares, assuming (1) “Total annual expenses” of 2.44% of net assets attributable to Common Shares and (2) a 5% annual return*:

| 1 Year | 3 Years | 5 Years | 10 Years
Total Annual Expense Paid by Common Shareholders | $25 | $76 | $130 | $277

______________________

| * | The example should not be considered a representation of future expenses or returns. Actual expenses may be higher or lower than those assumed and shown. Moreover, the Fund’s actual rate of return may be higher or lower than the hypothetical 5% return shown in the example. The example assumes that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at net asset value. See “Distributions” and “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

The example does not include sales loads or estimated offering costs which, if reflected, would result in higher expenses. In connection with an offering of Common Shares, the Prospectus Supplement will set forth an example including sales load and estimated offering costs.

The above table and example and the assumption in the example of the 5% annual return are provided to assist in your understanding of the various costs and expenses that an investor in the Fund will bear directly or indirectly. The assumed 5% annual return is not a prediction of, and does not represent, the projected or actual performance of the Fund’s Common Shares.

8

Financial Highlights

The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance. The information in this table is derived from the Fund’s financial statements and has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund. The Fund’s audited financial statements appearing in the Fund’s annual report to shareholders for the year ended May 31, 2025, including the report of Ernst & Young LLP thereon and accompanying notes thereto, are incorporated by reference in the SAI.

| For the Year Ended May 31, 2025 | For the Year Ended May 31, 2024 | For the Year Ended May 31, 2023 | For the Year Ended May 31, 2022 | For the Year Ended May 31, 2021
Per Share Data: |  |  |  |  |
Net asset value, beginning of period | $ 11.95 | $ 12.34 | $ 14.33 | $ 17.05 | $ 15.29
Income from investment operations: |  |  |  |  |
Net investment income(a) | 0.82 | 0.82 | 0.75 | 0.80 | 0.95
Net gain (loss) on investments (realized and unrealized) | 0.85 | 0.98 | (0.55) | (1.33) | 3.00
Total from investment operations | 1.67 | 1.80 | 0.20 | (0.53) | 3.95
Less distributions from: |  |  |  |  |
Net investment income | (0.70) | (0.81) | (0.76) | (1.04) | (0.97)
Capital gains | — | (0.15) | (0.18) | (0.19) | —
Return of capital | (1.49) | (1.23) | (1.25) | (0.96) | (1.22)
Total distributions to shareholders | (2.19) | (2.19) | (2.19) | (2.19) | (2.19)
Net asset value, end of period | $ 11.43 | $ 11.95 | $ 12.34 | $ 14.33 | $ 17.05
Market value, end of period | $ 14.73 | $ 14.68 | $ 15.69 | $ 17.92 | $ 20.90
Total Return(b) |  |  |  |  |
Net asset value | 15.09% | 15.72% | 2.09%(f) | (3.99%) | 27.20%
Market value | 16.48% | 9.77% | 0.80% | (3.48%) | 45.59%
Ratios/Supplemental Data: |  |  |  |  |
Net assets, end of period (in thousands) | $ 2,008,816 | $ 1,703,619 | $ 1,473,694 | $ 1,492,615 | $ 878,041
Ratio to average net assets of: |  |  |  |  |
Net investment income, including interest expense | 6.95% | 6.79% | 5.81% | 4.75% | 5.72%
Total expenses, including interest expense(c)(d) | 2.40% | 2.90% | 2.88% | 1.83% | 1.83%
Portfolio turnover rate | 25% | 30% | 26% | 47% | 64%
Senior Indebtedness |  |  |  |  |
Total Borrowings outstanding (in thousands)(g) | $ 378,321 | $ 361,456 | $ 343,500 | $ 128,000 | $ 38,501
Asset Coverage per $1,000 of indebtedness(e) | $ 6,310 | $ 5,713 | $ 5,290 | $ 12,661 | $ 23,806

| (a) | Based on average shares outstanding.

| (b) | Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of a Common Share at the beginning of the period and a sale on the last day of the period reported either at net asset value (“NAV”) or market price per share. Dividends and distributions are assumed to be reinvested at NAV for NAV returns or the prices obtained under the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan for market value returns. Total return does not reflect brokerage commissions. A return calculated for a period of less than one year is not annualized.

| (c) | The ratios of total expenses to average net assets applicable to common shares do not reflect fees and expenses incurred indirectly by the Fund as a result of its investment in shares of other investment companies. If these fees were included in the expense ratios, for the years ended May 31, the expense ratios would increase by:

2025 | 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | 2017 | 2016
0.05% | 0.07% | 0.07% | 0.06% | 0.06% | 0.09% | 0.08% | 0.00%* | 0.00%* | 0.00%*

| (d) | Excluding interest expense, the operating expense ratios for the years ended May 31, would be:

2025 | 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | 2017 | 2016
1.32% | 1.39% | 1.44% | 1.51% | 1.55% | 1.17% | 1.15% | 1.33% | 1.62% | 1.74%

9

| For the Year Ended May 31, 2020 | For the Year Ended May 31, 2019 | For the Year Ended May 31, 2018 | For the Year Ended May 31, 2017 | For the Year Ended May 31, 2016
Per Share Data: |  |  |  |  |
Net asset value, beginning of period | $ 17.91 | $ 19.12 | $ 19.78 | $ 17.50 | $ 19.61
Income from investment operations: |  |  |  |  |
Net investment income(a) | 0.89 | 0.97 | 1.23 | 1.61 | 1.40
Net gain (loss) on investments (realized and unrealized) | (1.32) | 0.01 | 0.30 | 2.86 | (1.33)
Total from investment operations | (0.43) | 0.98 | 1.53 | 4.47 | 0.07
Less distributions from: |  |  |  |  |
Net investment income | (0.86) | (1.12) | (2.01) | (2.18) | (1.82)
Capital gains | — | (0.16) | (0.18) | (0.01) | (0.36)
Return of capital | (1.33) | (0.91) | — | — | —
Total distributions to shareholders | (2.19) | (2.19) | (2.19) | (2.19) | (2.18)
Net asset value, end of period | 15.29 | 17.91 | 19.12 | 19.78 | 17.50
Market value, end of period | $ 16.20 | $ 19.96 | $ 21.29 | $ 20.94 | $ 17.61
Total Return(b) |  |  |  |  |
Net asset value | (2.79%) | 5.43% | 8.02% | 26.76% | 0.80%
Market value | (7.96%) | 4.94% | 13.31% | 33.33% | -6.07%
Ratios/Supplemental Data: |  |  |  |  |
Net assets, end of period (in thousands) | $ 648,892 | $ 641,825 | $ 530,250 | $ 410,465 | $ 310,246
Ratio to average net assets of: |  |  |  |  |
Net investment income, including interest expense | 5.29% | 5.26% | 6.27% | 8.55% | 7.79%
Total expenses, including interest expense(c) (d) | 1.21% | 1.17% | 1.52% | 2.35% | 2.38%
Portfolio turnover rate | 41% | 38% | 48% | 41% | 116%
Senior Indebtedness |  |  |  |  |
Total borrowings outstanding (in thousands) | $ 19,300 | N/A | N/A | $ 16,705 | $ 9,355
Asset coverage per $1,000 of indebtedness(e) | $ 34,621 | N/A | N/A | $ 25,571 | $ 34,164

| (e) | Calculated by subtracting the Fund’s total liabilities (not including the borrowings) from the Fund’s total assets and dividing by the borrowings. Effective August 19, 2022, the Fund’s obligations under reverse repurchase agreement transactions are treated as senior securities representing indebtedness for purposes of the 1940 Act. Accordingly, for the years ended May 31, 2025, May 31, 2024 and May 31, 2023, Asset Coverage is calculated by subtracting the Fund’s total liabilities (not including the borrowings or reverse repurchase agreements) from the Fund’s total assets and dividing by the sum of the borrowings and reverse repurchase agreements.

| (f) | The net increase from the payment by the Investment Adviser totaling $216,351 relating to an operational issue contributed 0.01% to total return at net asset value for the year ended May 31, 2023.

| (g) | Effective August 19, 2022, the Fund’s obligations under reverse repurchase agreement transactions are treated as senior securities representing indebtedness for purposes of the 1940 Act.

| * | Less than 0.01%.

10

Senior Securities

For information about the Fund’s senior securities as of the end of the last ten fiscal years, please refer to the section of the Fund’s most recent annual report on Form N-CSR entitled “Other Information (unaudited)—Senior Securities” which is incorporated by reference herein. Information regarding the Fund’s senior securities is also contained in the Financial Highlights in the Fund’s most recent annual report on Form N-CSR, which has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP for the last five fiscal years. The Fund’s audited financial statements, including the report of Ernst & Young LLP thereon and accompanying notes thereto, are included in the Fund’s most recent annual report to shareholders and incorporated by reference in the SAI. A copy of the report is available upon request and without charge by calling (888) 991-0091 or by writing the Fund at 227 West Monroe Street, Chicago, Illinois 60606.

The Fund

Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund (the “Fund”) is a diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), that commenced operations on July 26, 2007. The Fund was organized as a statutory trust on November 13, 2006, pursuant to a Certificate of Trust, and is governed by the laws of the State of Delaware. Its principal office is located at 227 West Monroe Street, Chicago, Illinois 60606, and its telephone number is (312) 827-0100.

Except as otherwise noted, all percentage limitations set forth in this Prospectus apply immediately after a purchase or initial investment and any subsequent change in any applicable percentage resulting from market fluctuations does not require any action.

Use of Proceeds

Unless otherwise specified in a prospectus supplement, the Fund intends to invest the net proceeds of the offering of Common Shares in accordance with its investment objective and policies as stated above or otherwise invest the net proceeds as follows. It is currently anticipated that the Fund will be able to invest most of the net proceeds of an offering of Common Shares in accordance with its investment objective and policies within three months after the receipt of such proceeds. Pending such investment, it is anticipated that the proceeds will be invested in U.S. government securities or high quality, short-term money-market securities. The Fund may also use the proceeds for working capital purposes, including the payment of distributions, interest and operating expenses. A portion of the cash held by the Fund, including net proceeds of the offering, is usually used to pay distributions in accordance with the Fund’s distribution policy and may be a return of capital, which is in effect a partial return of the amount a Common Shareholder invested in the Fund. Common Shareholders who receive the payment of a distribution consisting of a return of capital may be under the impression that they are receiving net investment income or profit when they are not. The Fund’s distributions may be greater than the Fund’s net investment income or profit. The offering of Common Shares supports the Fund’s asset level and if the Fund does not offer or sell Common Shares, the Fund may not be able to maintain historical distribution levels for extended periods of time. There is no guarantee that the Fund will sell all of the Common Shares available for sale under its shelf registration statement or that there will be any sales of common shares thereunder and, from time to time, the Fund may be unable to sell its common shares under its shelf registration statement.

Market and Net Asset Value Information

The Fund’s currently outstanding Common Shares are, and the Common Shares offered by this Prospectus will be, subject to notice of issuance, listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “GOF”. The Fund’s Common Shares commenced trading on the NYSE on July 27, 2007.

The Common Shares have traded both at a premium and at a discount in relation to the Fund’s net asset value per share. Although the Common Shares recently have generally traded at a premium to net asset value, there can be no assurance that this will continue after the offering nor that the Common Shares will not trade at a discount in the future. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a premium or discount to net asset value and the market price for the Common Shares will change based on a variety of factors. The net asset value and market price of the Common Shares will fluctuate, sometimes independently, based on market and other factors affecting the Fund and its investments. The market price of the Common Shares will either be above (premium) or below (discount) their net asset value. The Fund cannot predict whether the Common Shares will trade at a premium or discount to net asset value and the market price for the Common Shares will change based on a variety of factors. The Fund’s net asset value would be reduced following an offering of the Common Shares due to the costs of such

11

offering, to the extent those costs are borne by the Fund. The sale of Common Shares by the Fund (or the perception that such sales may occur) may increase the volatility of or have an adverse effect on prices of Common Shares in the secondary market. An increase in the number of Common Shares available may put downward pressure on the market price for Common Shares. See “Risks—Market Discount and Price Volatility Risk.”

The following table sets forth, for each of the periods indicated, the high and low closing market prices for the Common Shares on the NYSE, as well as the net asset value per Common Share and the premium or discount to net asset value per Common Share at which the Common Shares were trading on the date of the high and low closing prices. The Fund calculates its net asset value as of the close of business, usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time, every day on which the NYSE is open. See “Net Asset Value” for information as to the determination of the Fund’s net asset value.

Fiscal Quarter Ended | Market Price | NAV per Common Share on Date of Market Price High and Low(1) | Premium/(Discount) on Date of Market Price High and Low(2)
High | Low | High | Low | High | Low
August 31, 2025 | $15.10 | $14.55 | $11.50 | $11.38 | 31.30% | 27.86%
May 31, 2025 | $15.91 | $13.74 | $11.67 | $11.06 | 36.33% | 24.23%
February 28, 2025 | $15.99 | $15.00 | $12.01 | $11.74 | 33.14% | 27.77%
November 30, 2024 | $16.03 | $15.26 | $11.99 | $12.01 | 33.69% | 27.06%
August 31, 2024 | $15.75 | $14.65 | $12.06 | $11.93 | 30.60% | 22.80%
May 31, 2024 | $14.90 | $13.80 | $12.26 | $11.82 | 21.53% | 16.75%
February 29, 2024 | $14.29 | $12.67 | $12.12 | $12.34 | 17.90% | 2.67%
November 30, 2023 | $15.96 | $11.16 | $12.30 | $11.71 | 29.76% | -4.70%
August 31, 2023 | $16.28 | $15.51 | $12.48 | $12.30 | 30.45% | 26.10%

| (1) | Based on the Fund’s computations.

| (2) | Calculated based on the information presented. Percentages are rounded.

The last reported market price, net asset value per Common Share and percentage premium to net asset value per Common Share as of November 14, 2025 was $12.91, $11.38 and 13.44%, respectively. The Fund cannot predict whether its Common Shares will trade in the future at a premium to or discount from net asset value, or the level of any premium or discount. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount from net asset value. The Fund’s Common Shares have in the past traded both above and below their net asset value. As of November 14, 2025, 199,267,847 Common Shares of the Fund were outstanding.

Investment Objective and Policies

Investment Objective

Please refer to the section of the Fund’s most recent annual report on Form N-CSR entitled “Additional Information Regarding the Fund—Investment Objective,” which is incorporated by reference herein, for a discussion of the investment objective of the Fund.

Investment Policies

Please refer to the section of the Fund’s most recent annual report on Form N-CSR entitled “Additional Information Regarding the Fund—Principal Investment Strategies and Portfolio Composition—Investment Policies” which is incorporated by reference herein, for a discussion of the investment policies of the Fund. With respect to the Fund’s policies relating to rated fixed-income securities, please refer to Appendix A to the SAI for more information regarding Moody’s and S&P’s ratings.

Rating agencies, such as Moody’s or S&P, are private services that provide ratings of the credit quality of debt obligations. Ratings assigned by an NRSRO are not absolute standards of credit quality but represent the opinion of the NRSRO as to the quality of the obligation. Ratings do not evaluate market risks or the liquidity of securities. Rating agencies may fail to make timely changes in credit ratings and an issuer’s current financial condition may be better or worse than a rating indicates. To the extent that the issuer of a security pays an NRSRO for the analysis of its security, an inherent conflict of interest may exist that could affect the reliability of the rating. Ratings are relative and subjective and, although ratings may be useful in evaluating the safety of interest and principal payments, they do not evaluate the market value risk of such obligations. Although these ratings may be an initial criterion for selection of portfolio investments, the Sub-Adviser also will independently evaluate these securities and the ability of the issuers of such securities to pay interest and principal. To the extent that the Fund invests in unrated lower grade securities, the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective will be more dependent on the Sub-Adviser’s credit analysis than would be the case when the Fund invests in rated securities.

Principal Investment Strategies

The Fund pursues a relative value-based investment philosophy, which utilizes quantitative and qualitative analysis to seek to identify securities or spreads between securities that deviate from their perceived fair value and/or historical norms. The Sub-Adviser seeks to combine a credit managed fixed-income portfolio with access to a diversified pool of alternative investments and equity strategies. The Fund’s investment philosophy is predicated

12

upon the belief that thorough research and independent thought are rewarded with performance that has the potential to outperform benchmark indexes with both lower volatility and lower correlation of returns over time as compared to such benchmark indexes.

The Sub-Adviser’s analysis of a fixed-income security’s credit quality is comprised of multiple elements, including, but not limited to: (i) sector analysis, including regulatory developments and sector health, (ii) collateral, business, and counterparty risk, which includes payment history, collateral performance, and borrower credit profile, (iii) structural analysis, which includes securitization structure review and forms of credit enhancement, and (iv) stress analysis, including historical collateral performance during extreme market stress and identifying tail risks. This analysis is applied against the macroeconomic outlook, geopolitical issues as well as considerations that more directly affect the company’s industry to determine the Sub-Adviser’s internal judgment as to the security’s credit quality. In addition to the process described above, the Sub-Adviser selects securities using a rigorous portfolio construction approach designed to tightly control independent risk exposures such as fixed income sector weights, sector specific yield curves, credit spreads, prepayment risks, and other risk exposures the Sub-Adviser deems relevant. Within those risk constraints, the Sub-Adviser estimates the relative value of different securities to select individual securities that, in the Sub-Adviser’s judgment, may provide risk-adjusted outperformance.

The Sub-Adviser’s process for determining whether to buy or sell a security is a collaborative effort between various groups including: (i) economic research, which focus on key economic themes and trends, regional and country-specific analysis, and assessments of event-risk and policy impacts on asset prices, (ii) the Portfolio Construction Group, which utilizes proprietary portfolio construction and risk modeling tools to determine allocation of assets among a variety of sectors, (iii) its Sector Specialists, who are responsible for identifying investment opportunities in particular securities within these sectors, including the structuring of certain securities directly with the issuers or with investment banks and dealers involved in the origination of such securities, and (iv) portfolio managers, who determine which securities best fit the Fund based on the Fund’s investment objective and top-down sector allocations. In managing the Fund, the Sub-Adviser uses a process for selecting securities for purchase and sale that is based on intensive credit research and involves extensive due diligence on each issuer, region and sector. The Sub-Adviser also considers macroeconomic outlook and geopolitical issues.

The Sub-Adviser generally decides which securities to sell for the Fund based on one of three factors:

| · | In the Sub-Adviser’s judgment, the relative value measure of the instrument no longer indicates that the instrument is cheap relative to similar instruments and a substitution of the instrument with a similar but cheaper instrument enhances the risk-adjusted return potential of the portfolio.

| · | The Sub-Adviser’s fundamental analysis suggests that the embedded credit risk in an instrument has increased and the instrument no longer properly compensates the holder for this increased risk.

| · | The Sub-Adviser’s fundamental sector allocation decisions result in the rebalancing of existing positions to achieve the Sub-Adviser’s desired sector exposures.

Additional Information About the Fund’s Principal Investment Strategies & Portfolio Composition

In seeking to achieve its investment objective, the Fund will or may ordinarily invest in, among other investment categories, the following categories of investments:

Income Securities Strategy. The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing in a wide range of fixed-income and other debt and senior equity securities (“Income Securities”) selected from a variety of sectors and credit qualities. The Fund may invest in non-U.S. dollar-denominated Income Securities issued by sovereign entities and corporations, including Income Securities of issuers in emerging market countries. The Fund may invest in Income Securities of any credit quality, including, without limitation, Income Securities rated below-investment grade (commonly referred to as “high-yield” or “junk” bonds), which are considered speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. The sectors and types of Income Securities in which the Fund may invest, include, but are not limited to:

• |  | Corporate bonds;

• |  | Loans and loan participations (including senior secured floating rate loans, “second lien” secured floating rate loans, and other types of secured and unsecured loans with fixed and variable interest rates, including “debtor-in-possession” financings) (collectively, “Loans”);

13

• |  | Structured finance investments (including residential and commercial mortgage-related securities, asset- backed securities, collateralized debt obligations and risk-linked securities);

• |  | U.S. government and agency securities and sovereign or supranational debt obligations;

• |  | Mezzanine and preferred securities; and

• |  | Convertible securities.

Debt Overlay Strategy. As part of its Income Securities strategy, the Fund may employ a strategy of investing in a basket of debt securities and other instruments (the “Debt Overlay Basket”) and writing (selling) out-of-the-money call options (i.e., call options for which the current price of the underlying asset is below the strike price) or near at-the-money call options (i.e., call options for which the current price of the underlying asset is close to the strike price) on a fixed-income ETF (the “Underlying Bond ETF”) in an amount that creates a notional exposure approximately equal to the investment exposure created by the Debt Overlay Basket (the “Debt Overlay Strategy”). The Debt Overlay Strategy is intended to generate current income in the form of options premiums.

The composition of the Debt Overlay Basket and the Underlying Bond ETF are expected to be generally similar (i.e., a portfolio of high yield corporate bonds), although they would have differences. The Fund considers an ETF to be eligible to be an Underlying Bond ETF for purposes of the Debt Overlay Strategy when the ETF is passively managed and consists of U.S. dollar-denominated, high yield corporate bonds for sale in the U.S. or if the ETF is designed to track an index (or subset thereof) that provides a representation of the U.S. dollar-denominated high yield corporate bond market. GPIM seeks to select investments for the Debt Overlay Basket with the objective of constructing a Debt Overlay Basket that is designed to achieve, before fees and expenses, returns that exceed those of the Underlying Bond ETF.

Although the Debt Overlay Basket is intended to outperform the Underlying Bond ETF (and the performance of the Debt Overlay Basket is otherwise intended to generally be correlated with that of the Underlying Bond ETF), the options sold as part of the Debt Overlay Strategy are not intended to be “covered,” meaning that the Fund will generally not hold shares in the Underlying Bond ETF as part of the Debt Overlay Strategy (or have an absolute and immediate right to purchase the Underlying Bond ETF’s shares) in the amount necessary to meet the Fund’s contingent obligation to deliver cash or shares of the Underlying Bond ETF to the Fund’s options counterparties.

Common Equity Securities and Covered Call Options Strategy. The Fund may also invest in common stocks, limited liability company interests, trust certificates and other equity investments (“Common Equity Securities”) that the Sub-Adviser believes offer attractive yield and/or capital appreciation potential. As part of its Common Equity Securities strategy, the Fund currently intends to employ a strategy of writing (selling) covered call options and may, from time to time, buy or sell put options on individual Common Equity Securities. In addition to its covered call option strategy, the Fund may, to a lesser extent, pursue a strategy that includes the sale (writing) of both covered call and put options on indices of securities and sectors of securities. This covered call option strategy is intended to generate current gains from option premiums as a means to generate total returns as well as to enhance distributions payable to the Common Shareholders. As the Fund writes covered calls over more of its portfolio, its ability to benefit from capital appreciation becomes more limited. As part of Common Equity Securities strategy, the Fund may not sell “naked” call options on individual Common Equity securities. A substantial portion of the options written by the Fund may be over-the-counter options (“OTC options”). Under current market conditions, the Fund implements its covered call writing strategy primarily by investing in exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) or index futures which provide exposure to Common Equity Securities and writing covered call options on those ETFs or index futures, and the Fund may also write call options on individual securities, securities indices, ETFs futures and baskets of securities.

Synthetic Autocallable ELN Strategy. The Fund may employ a synthetic autocallable equity linked-note (“ELN”) strategy designed to generate current income based on equity market performance rather than traditional fixed income and credit factors, such as duration and interest rates (the “Synthetic Autocallable ELN Strategy”). The Synthetic Autocallable ELN Strategy is designed to convert equity market performance into an income source, which may provide the potential for higher income than traditional fixed income assets and which exposes the Fund to risks such as those associated with the autocallable structure and equity markets such as market downturns interrupting coupon payments or resulting in principal loss as described below. As part of the Synthetic Autocallable

14

ELN Strategy, the Fund intends to synthetically replicate exposure similar to autocallable ELNs by investing in derivatives instruments, such as swaps (“Synthetic Autocallable Contracts”), and will typically not invest directly in autocallable ELNs.

An autocallable ELN (i.e., the instrument that the Fund intends to synthetically replicate by investing in derivatives instruments) is a debt instrument with coupon payments (i.e., income) made at regular intervals and linked to equity market performance. The autocallable ELNs that the Fund seeks to replicate synthetically, as further described below, are typically linked to one or more broad-based equity market indexes (e.g., the S&P 500 Index, Russell 2000 Index, or “worst of” two or more indices) (the “Autocallable ELN Reference Index”). These autocallable ELNs provide coupon payments at predefined intervals (which may be deferred to maturity) so long as the value of the Autocallable ELN Reference Index does not fall below certain prescribed thresholds at specified dates. In such circumstances, the autocallable ELNs would be automatically called (i.e., cancelled without further coupon payments and with principal returned) or no coupon payment will be made, respectively. Autocallable ELNs may also provide for the return of a reduced amount of principal when the Autocallable ELN Reference Index falls below a certain prescribed threshold at maturity.

The Synthetic Autocallable Contracts are designed to provide exposure similar to autocallable ELNs, with the value of the Autocallable ELN Reference Index at the beginning of the Synthetic Autocallable Contract defining when a contract is automatically called, when the counterparty will make its coupon payment(s) for such period, when no coupon payments are made for such period and a “Maturity Barrier” (as defined below) below which the Fund would be exposed to a loss corresponding to a reduced return of principal. A Synthetic Autocallable Contract is a bespoke product agreed to between the Fund as “buyer” and its counterparty as “seller". The description below is generally representative of Synthetic Autocallable Contracts, but the Fund’s Synthetic Autocallable Contracts may be structured differently. Additionally, notwithstanding the description below, the Fund’s Synthetic Autocallable Contracts will typically provide for a single net payment at maturity.

At each payment date, the buyer will owe to the Synthetic Autocallable Contract counterparty a financing amount based on a financing rate (which may be a fixed rate or otherwise). At any payment date prior to the final scheduled payment date, the buyer will receive scheduled coupon payments and potentially an early principal payment (as applicable, a “Coupon Payment” and a “Principal Payment”) net of the financing amount owed to the counterparty, subject to the following structure:

| · | Autocall Zone. If on a specified observation date the price level of the Autocallable ELN Reference Index reaches or exceeds a certain level, typically the initial value of the Autocallable ELN Reference Index at the time of the Synthetic Autocallable Contract (the “Autocall Barrier"), then the Synthetic Autocallable Contract will automatically terminate early and the buyer will receive both a Coupon Payment for the observation period and the Principal Payment, but will not receive future Coupon Payments for that Synthetic Autocallable Contract.

| · | Coupon Zone. If on a specified observation date the price level of the Autocallable ELN Reference Index equals or exceeds a certain level (the “Coupon Barrier”) but is below the Autocall Barrier, the buyer will receive a Coupon Payment for the observation period. The Synthetic Autocallable Contract will not automatically terminate early (and the buyer will not receive an early Principal Payment).

| · | No-Coupon Zone. If on a specified observation date the price level of the Synthetic Autocallable Contract Reference Index is below the Coupon Barrier, the buyer will not receive a Coupon Payment for the observation period (such unpaid coupon, a “Missed Coupon”), but the buyer would still be obligated to pay the financing amount to the counterparty. Certain Synthetic Autocallable Contracts may have memory features in which the buyer may receive a Missed Coupon if the price level of the Synthetic Autocallable ELN Reference Index equals or exceeds the Coupon Barrier at a subsequent observation date.

If the Synthetic Autocallable Contract has not been terminated early, then at the maturity date of the Synthetic Autocallable Contract, the buyer will receive a Principal Payment and Coupon Payment subject to the following structure:

| · | Full Principal Zone. If on the final specified observation date the price level of the Autocallable ELN Reference Index is above a certain level (the “Maturity Barrier”), which may be the same as the Coupon Barrier, the buyer will receive the scheduled Principal Payment.

15

| · | Reduced Principal Zone. If on the final specified observation date/maturity date the price level of the Autocallable ELN Reference Index is below the Maturity Barrier, the buyer will receive a reduced Principal Payment, which will result in losses to the buyer.

Real Property Asset Companies. The Fund may invest in Income Securities and Common Equity Securities issued by companies that own, produce, refine, process, transport and market “real property assets,” such as real estate and the natural resources upon or within real estate (“Real Property Asset Companies”). These Real Property Asset Companies include:

| · | Companies engaged in the ownership, construction, financing, management and/or sale of commercial, industrial and/or residential real estate (or that have assets primarily invested in such real estate), including real estate investment trusts (“REITs”); and

| · | Companies engaged in energy, natural resources and basic materials businesses and companies engaged in associated businesses. These companies include, but are not limited to, those engaged in businesses such as oil and gas exploration and production, gold and other precious metals, steel and iron ore production, energy services, forest products, chemicals, coal, alternative energy sources and environmental services, as well as related transportation companies and equipment manufacturers.

Personal Property Asset Companies. The Fund may invest in Income Securities and Common Equity Securities issued by companies that seek to profit primarily from the ownership, rental, leasing, financing or disposition of personal (as opposed to real) property assets (“Personal Property Asset Companies”). Personal (as opposed to real) property includes any tangible, movable property or asset. The Fund will typically seek to invest in Income Securities and Common Equity Securities of Personal Property Asset Companies the investment performance of which is not expected to be highly correlated with traditional market indexes because the personal property asset held by such company is non-correlated with traditional debt or equity markets. Such personal property assets include special situation transportation assets (e.g., railcars, airplanes and ships) and collectibles (e.g., antiques, wine and fine art).

Private Securities. The Fund may invest in privately issued Income Securities and Common Equity Securities of both public and private companies (“Private Securities”), including those issued on a private placement basis pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or securities eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A thereunder. Private Securities have additional risk considerations in addition to those of comparable public securities, including the availability of financial information about the issuer and valuation and liquidity issues.

Investment Funds. As an alternative to holding investments directly, the Fund may also obtain investment exposure to Income Securities and Common Equity Securities by investing in other investment companies, including registered investment companies, private investment funds and/or other pooled investment vehicles (collectively, “Investment Funds”), which may be managed by the Investment Adviser, Sub-Adviser and/or their affiliates. The Fund may invest up to 30% of its total assets in Investment Funds that primarily hold (directly or indirectly) investments in which the Fund may invest directly. The 1940 Act generally limits a registered investment company’s investments in other registered investment companies to 10% of its total assets. However, pursuant to exemptions set forth in the 1940 Act and rules and regulations promulgated under the 1940 Act, the Fund may invest in excess of this and other applicable limitations provided that the conditions of such exemptions are met. The Fund will invest in private investment funds, commonly referred to as “hedge funds,” or “private equity funds” (including “single asset continuation funds”) only to the extent permitted by applicable rules, regulations and interpretations of the SEC and the NYSE. The Fund may invest up to the lower of 10% of its total assets or 15% of its net assets, measured at the time of investment, in private investment funds that provide exposure to Common Equity Securities of private companies (i.e., exposure to private equity investments). Investments in other Investment Funds involve operating expenses and fees at the Investment Fund level that are in addition to the expenses and fees borne by the Fund and are borne indirectly by holders of the Common Shares.

Synthetic Investments. As an alternative to holding investments directly, the Fund may also obtain investment exposure to Income Securities and Common Equity Securities through the use of customized derivative instruments (including swaps, options, forwards, futures (including, but not limited to, futures on rates such as Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”), securities, indices, currencies and other investments) or other financial instruments) to seek to replicate, modify or replace the economic attributes associated with an investment in Income Securities and Common Equity Securities (including interests in Investment Funds). The Fund may be

16

exposed to certain additional risks to the extent the Sub-Adviser uses derivatives as a means to synthetically implement the Fund’s investment strategies, including a lack of liquidity in such derivative instruments and additional expenses associated with using such derivative instruments. If the Fund enters into a derivative instrument whereby it agrees to receive the return of a security or financial instrument or a basket of securities or financial instruments, it will typically contract to receive such returns for a predetermined period of time. During such period, the Fund may not have the ability to increase or decrease its exposure. In addition, such customized derivative instruments will likely be highly illiquid, and it is possible that the Fund will not be able to terminate such derivative instruments prior to their expiration date or that the penalties associated with such a termination might impact the Fund’s performance in a material adverse manner. Furthermore, certain derivative instruments contain provisions giving the counterparty the right to terminate the contract upon the occurrence of certain events. Such events may include a decline in the value of the reference securities and material violations of the terms of the contract or the portfolio guidelines as well as other events negotiated between the parties. If a termination were to occur, the Fund’s return could be adversely affected as it would lose the benefit of the indirect exposure to the reference securities and it may incur significant termination expenses.

In the event the Fund seeks to obtain investment exposure to Investment Funds (including private investment funds) through the use of such synthetic derivative instruments, the Fund will not acquire any voting interests or other shareholder rights that would be acquired with a direct investment in the underlying Investment Fund. Accordingly, the Fund will not participate in matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders. In addition, the Fund may not receive all of the information and reports to shareholders that the Fund would receive with a direct investment in such Investment Fund.

Further, the Fund will pay the counterparty to any such customized derivative instrument structuring fees and ongoing transaction fees, which will reduce the investment performance of the Fund.

Finally, certain tax aspects of such customized derivative instruments are uncertain and a Common Shareholder’s return could be adversely affected by an adverse tax ruling.

Portfolio Contents

The Fund’s investment portfolio consists of investments in the following types of securities:

Corporate Bonds. Corporate bonds are debt obligations issued by corporations and other business entities. Corporate bonds may be either secured or unsecured. Collateral used for secured debt includes, but is not limited to, real property, machinery, equipment, accounts receivable, stocks, bonds or notes. If a bond is unsecured, it is known as a debenture. Bondholders, as creditors, have a priority legal claim over common and preferred stockholders as to both income and assets of the corporation for the principal and interest due them and may have a prior claim over other creditors if liens or mortgages are involved. Interest on corporate bonds may be fixed or floating, or the bonds may be zero coupons. Interest on corporate bonds is typically paid semi-annually and is fully taxable to the bondholder. Corporate bonds contain elements of both interest-rate risk and credit risk and are subject to the risks associated with Income Securities, among other risks. The market value of a corporate bond generally is expected to rise and fall inversely with interest rates and be affected by the credit rating of the corporation, the corporation’s performance and perceptions of the corporation in the marketplace. Investment Grade Bonds. The Fund may invest in a wide variety of fixed-income, floating or variable rate securities rated or determined by the Sub-Adviser to be investment grade quality that are issued by corporations and other non-governmental entities and issuers (“Investment Grade Bonds”). Investment Grade Bonds are subject to market and credit risk. Market risk relates to changes in a security’s value. Investment Grade Bonds have varying levels of sensitivity to changes in interest rates and varying degrees of credit quality. In general, bond prices rise when interest rates fall, and fall when interest rates rise. Longer-term and zero coupon bonds are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes. Credit risk relates to the ability of the issuer to make payments of principal and interest. The values of Investment Grade Bonds, like those of other fixed-income securities, may be affected by changes in the credit rating or financial condition of an issuer. Investment Grade Bonds are generally considered medium- and high-quality securities. Some, however, may possess speculative characteristics, and may be more sensitive to economic changes and changes in the financial condition of issuers. The market prices of Investment Grade Bonds in the lowest investment grade categories may fluctuate more than higher-quality securities and may decline significantly in periods of general or regional economic difficulty or other adverse issuer-specific or market developments. Investment Grade Bonds in the lowest investment grade categories may be thinly traded, making them difficult to sell promptly at an acceptable price. Investment Grade Bonds include certain investment grade quality mortgage-related securities, asset-backed

17

securities, and other hybrid securities and instruments that are treated as debt obligations for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Below-Investment Grade Bonds. The Fund may invest without limitation in a wide variety of fixed-income securities that are rated or determined by the Sub-Adviser to be below-investment grade quality (“Below-Investment Grade Bonds”). The credit quality of most Below-Investment Grade Bonds reflects a greater than average possibility that adverse changes in the financial condition of an issuer, or in general economic conditions, or both, may impair the ability of the issuer to make payments of interest and principal. The inability (or perceived inability) of issuers to make timely payment of interest and principal would likely make the values of Below-Investment Grade Bonds held by the Fund more volatile and could limit the Fund’s ability to sell such Bonds at favorable prices. In the absence of a liquid trading market for its Below-Investment Grade Bonds, the Fund may have difficulties determining the fair market value of such investments. Below-Investment Grade Bonds include certain below-investment grade quality mortgage-related securities, asset-backed securities, and other hybrid securities and instruments that are treated as debt obligations for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

In addition to pre-existing outstanding debt obligations of below-investment grade issuers, the Fund may also invest in “debtor-in-possession” or “DIP” financings newly issued in connection with “special situation” restructuring and refinancing transactions. DIP financings are Loans to a debtor-in-possession in a proceeding under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code that have been approved by the bankruptcy court. DIP financings are typically fully secured by a lien on the debtor’s otherwise unencumbered assets or secured by a junior lien on the debtor’s encumbered assets (so long as the Loan is fully secured based on the most recent current valuation or appraisal report of the debtor). The bankruptcy court can authorize the debtor to grant the DIP lender a claim with super-priority over administrative expenses incurred during bankruptcy and of other claims, thus a DIP financing may constitute senior debt even if not secured. DIP financings are often required to close with certainty and in a rapid manner in order to satisfy existing creditors and to enable the issuer to emerge from bankruptcy or to avoid a bankruptcy proceeding. These financings allow the entity to continue its business operations while reorganizing under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.

Distressed and Defaulted Securities. The Fund may invest in the securities of financially distressed and bankrupt issuers. Such debt obligations may be in covenant or payment default. Such investments generally trade significantly below par and are considered speculative. The repayment of defaulted obligations is subject to significant uncertainties. Defaulted obligations might be repaid only after lengthy workout or bankruptcy proceedings, during which the issuer might not make any interest or other payments. Typically such workout or bankruptcy proceedings result in only partial recovery of cash payments or an exchange of the defaulted obligation for other debt or equity securities of the issuer or its affiliates, which may in turn be illiquid or speculative.

Structured Finance Investments. The Fund may invest in structured finance investments, which are Income Securities and Common Equity Securities typically issued by special purpose vehicles that hold income-producing securities (e.g., mortgage loans, consumer debt payment obligations and other receivables) and other financial assets. Structured finance investments are designed to meet certain financial goals of investors. Typically, these investments provide investors with the potential for capital protection, income generation and/or the opportunity to generate capital growth. The Sub-Adviser believes that structured finance investments may provide attractive risk-adjusted returns, frequent sector rotation opportunities and prospects for adding value through security selection. For purposes of the Fund’s investment policies, structured finance investments are not deemed to be “private investment funds” (as discussed below). Structured finance investments primarily include (among others):

Mortgage-Related Securities. Mortgage-related securities are a form of derivative collateralized by pools of commercial or residential mortgages. Pools of mortgage loans are assembled as securities for sale to investors by various governmental, government-related and private organizations. These securities may include complex instruments such as collateralized mortgage obligations, REITs (including debt and preferred stock issued by REITs), and other real estate-related securities. The mortgage-related securities in which the Fund may invest include those with fixed, floating or variable interest rates, those with interest rates that change based on multiples of changes in a specified index of interest rates, and those with interest rates that change inversely to changes in interest rates, as well as those that do not bear interest. The Fund may invest in residential and commercial mortgage-related securities issued by governmental entities (i.e., agency mortgage-related securities) and private issuers (i.e. non-agency mortgage-related securities), including subordinated mortgage-related securities. The underlying assets of certain mortgage-related securities are subject to prepayments, which shorten the weighted average maturity and may lower the

18

return of such securities, and extension, which lengthens expected maturity as payments on principal may occur at a slower rate or later than expected.

Asset-Backed Securities. Asset-backed securities (“ABS”) are a form of structured debt obligation. ABS are payment claims that are securitized in the form of negotiable paper that is issued by a financing company (generally called a special purpose vehicle). Collateral assets are brought into a pool according to specific diversification rules. A special purpose vehicle is founded for the purpose of securitizing these payment claims and the assets of the special purpose vehicle are the diversified pool of collateral assets. The special purpose vehicle issues marketable securities that are intended to represent a lower level of risk than an underlying collateral asset individually, due to the diversification in the pool. The redemption of the securities issued by the special purpose vehicle takes place out of the cash flow generated by the collected assets. A special purpose vehicle may issue multiple securities with different priorities to the cash flows generated and the collateral assets. The collateral for ABS may include, among other assets, home equity loans, automobile and credit card receivables, boat loans, computer leases, airplane leases, mobile home loans, recreational vehicle loans and hospital account receivables. The Fund may invest in these and other types of ABS that may be developed in the future. There is the possibility that recoveries on the underlying collateral may not, in some cases, be available or may be insufficient to support payments on these securities.

Collateralized Debt Obligations. A collateralized debt obligation (“CDO”) is an asset-backed security whose underlying collateral is typically a portfolio of bonds, bank loans, other structured finance securities and/or synthetic instruments. Where the underlying collateral is a portfolio of bonds, a CDO is referred to as a collateralized bond obligation (“CBO”). Where the underlying collateral is a portfolio of bank loans, a CDO is referred to as a collateralized loan obligation (“CLO”). Investors in CBOs and CLOs bear the credit risk of the underlying collateral. Multiple tranches of securities are issued by the CLO, offering investors various maturity and credit risk characteristics. Tranches are categorized as senior, mezzanine, and subordinated/ equity, according to their degree of risk. If there are defaults or the CLO’s collateral otherwise underperforms, scheduled payments to senior tranches take precedence over those of mezzanine tranches, and scheduled payments to mezzanine tranches take precedence over those to subordinated/equity tranches. This prioritization of the cash flows from a pool of securities among the several tranches of the CLO is a key feature of the CLO structure. If there are funds remaining after each tranche of debt receives its contractual interest rate and the CLO meets or exceeds required collateral coverage levels (or other similar covenants), the remaining funds may be paid to the subordinated (or residual) tranche (often referred to as the “equity” tranche).

The contractual provisions setting out this order of payments are set out in detail in the relevant CLO’s indenture. These provisions are referred to as the “priority of payments” or the “waterfall” and determine the terms of payment of any other obligations that may be required to be paid ahead of payments of interest and principal on the securities issued by a CLO. In addition, for payments to be made to each tranche, after the most senior tranche of debt, there are various tests that must be complied with, which are different for each CLO. If a CLO breaches one of these tests excess cash flow that would otherwise be available for distribution to the subordinated tranche investors is diverted to prepay CLO debt investors in order of seniority until such time as the covenant breach is cured. If the covenant breach is not or cannot be cured, the subordinated tranche investors (and potentially other investors in lower priority rated tranches) may experience a partial or total loss of their investment.

CLOs are subject to the same risk of prepayment and extension described with respect to certain mortgage-related and asset-backed securities. The value of CLOs may be affected by, among other developments, changes in the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the servicing agent for the pool, the originator of the pool, or the financial institution or fund providing the credit support or enhancement.

The Fund may invest in senior, rated tranches as well as mezzanine and subordinated tranches of CLOs. Investment in the subordinated tranche is subject to additional risks. The subordinated tranche does not receive ratings and is considered the riskiest portion of the capital structure of a CLO because it bears the bulk of defaults from the loans in the CLO and serves to protect the other, more senior tranches from default in many but not all circumstances.

Risk-Linked Securities. Risk-linked securities (“RLS”) are a form of derivative issued by insurance companies and insurance-related special purpose vehicles that apply securitization techniques to catastrophic property and casualty damages. RLS are typically debt obligations for which the return of principal and the payment of interest are contingent on the non-occurrence of a pre-defined “trigger event.” Depending on the specific terms and structure of the RLS, this trigger could be the result of a hurricane, earthquake or some other catastrophic event. Insurance companies securitize this risk to transfer to the capital markets the truly catastrophic part of the risk exposure. A typical RLS provides for income and return of capital similar to other fixed-income investments, but would involve full or partial default if losses resulting from a certain catastrophe exceeded a predetermined amount. RLS typically have relatively high yields compared with similarly rated fixed-income securities, and also have low correlation with the returns of traditional securities. The Sub-Adviser believes that inclusion of RLS in the Fund’s portfolio could lead to significant improvement in its overall risk-return profile. Investments in RLS may be linked to a broad range of insurance risks, which can be broken down into three major categories: natural risks (such as hurricanes and earthquakes), weather risks (such as insurance based on a regional average temperature) and non-natural events (such as aerospace and shipping catastrophes). Accordingly, depending on the specific terms and structure of the RLS, this trigger could be the result of a hurricane, earthquake or some other

19

catastrophic event. Although property-casualty RLS have been in existence for over a decade, significant developments have started to occur in securitizations done by life insurance companies. In general, life insurance industry securitizations could fall into a number of categories. Some are driven primarily by the desire to transfer risk to the capital markets, such as the transfer of extreme mortality risk (mortality bonds). Others, while also including the element of risk transfer, are driven by other considerations. For example, a securitization could be undertaken to relieve the capital strain on life insurance companies caused by the regulatory requirements of establishing very conservative reserves for some types of products. Another example is the securitization of the stream of future cash flows from a particular block of business, including the securitization of embedded values of life insurance business or securitization for the purpose of funding acquisition costs.

Senior Loans. Senior Loans are floating rate Loans made to corporations and other non-governmental entities and issuers. Senior Loans typically hold the most senior position in the capital structure of the issuing entity, are typically secured with specific collateral and typically have a claim on the assets of the borrower, including stock owned by the borrower in its subsidiaries, that is senior to that held by junior lien creditors, subordinated debt holders and stockholders of the borrower. The proceeds of Senior Loans primarily are used to finance leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations, mergers, acquisitions, stock repurchases, dividends, and, to a lesser extent, to finance internal growth and for other corporate purposes. Senior Loans typically have rates of interest that are redetermined daily, monthly, quarterly or semi-annually by reference to a base lending rate, plus a premium or credit spread. Base lending rates in common usage today are primarily SOFR, and secondarily the prime rate offered by one or more major U.S. banks (the “Prime Rate”) and the certificate of deposit (“CD”) rate or other base lending rates used by commercial lenders.

Second Lien Loans. Second Lien Loans are Loans made by public and private corporations and other non-governmental entities and issuers for a variety of purposes. Second Lien Loans are second in right of payment to one or more Senior Loans of the related borrower. Second Lien Loans typically are secured by a second priority security interest or lien to or on specified collateral securing the borrower’s obligation under the Loan and typically have similar protections and rights as Senior Loans. Second Lien Loans are not (and by their terms cannot) become subordinate in right of payment to any obligation of the related borrower other than Senior Loans of such borrower. Second Lien Loans, like Senior Loans, typically have floating rate interest payments. Because Second Lien Loans are second to Senior Loans, they present a greater degree of investment risk but often pay interest at higher rates reflecting this additional risk. Such investments generally are of below-investment grade quality. Other than their subordinated status, Second Lien Loans have many characteristics and risks similar to Senior Loans discussed above. In addition, Second Lien Loans and debt securities of below-investment grade quality share many of the risk characteristics of Non-Investment Grade Bonds.

Subordinated Secured Loans. Subordinated secured Loans are made by public and private corporations and other non-governmental entities and issuers for a variety of purposes. Subordinated secured Loans may rank lower in right of payment to one or more Senior Loans and Second Lien Loans of the borrower. Subordinated secured Loans typically are secured by a lower priority security interest or lien to or on specified collateral securing the borrower’s obligation under the Loan, and typically have more subordinated protections and rights than Senior Loans and Second Lien Loans. Subordinated secured Loans may become subordinated in right of payment to more senior obligations of the borrower issued in the future. Subordinated secured Loans may have fixed or floating rate interest payments. Because Subordinated secured Loans may rank lower as to right of payment than Senior Loans and Second Lien Loans of the borrower, they may present a greater degree of investment risk than Senior Loans and Second Lien Loans but often pay interest at higher rates reflecting this additional risk. Such investments generally are of below investment grade quality. Other than their more subordinated status, such investments have many characteristics and risks similar to Senior Loans and Second Lien Loans discussed above.

Unsecured Loans. Unsecured Loans are loans made by public and private corporations and other non-governmental entities and issuers for a variety of purposes. Unsecured Loans generally have lower priority in right of payment compared to holders of secured debt of the borrower. Unsecured Loans are not secured by a security interest or lien to or on specified collateral securing the borrower’s obligation under the loan. Unsecured Loans by their terms may be or may become subordinate in right of payment to other obligations of the borrower, including Senior Loans, Second Lien Loans and Subordinated Secured Loans. Unsecured Loans may have fixed or floating rate interest payments. Because unsecured Loans are subordinate to the secured debt of the borrower, they present a greater degree of investment risk but often pay interest at higher rates reflecting this additional risk. Such investments generally are of below investment grade quality. Other than their subordinated and unsecured status,

20

such investments have many characteristics and risks similar to Senior Loans, Second Lien Loans and Subordinated Secured Loans discussed above.

Mezzanine Investments. The Fund may invest in certain lower grade securities known as “Mezzanine Investments,” which are subordinated debt securities that are generally issued in private placements in connection with an equity security (e.g., with attached warrants) or may be convertible into equity securities. Mezzanine Investments may be issued with or without registration rights. Similar to other lower grade securities, maturities of Mezzanine Investments are typically seven to ten years, but the expected average life is significantly shorter at three to five years. Mezzanine Investments are usually unsecured and subordinated to other obligations of the issuer.

Convertible Securities. Convertible securities include bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks and other securities that entitle the holder to acquire common stock or other equity securities of the issuer. Convertible securities have general characteristics similar to both debt and equity securities. A convertible security generally entitles the holder to receive interest or preferred dividends paid or accrued until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Before conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar to non-convertible debt obligations. Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in a corporation’s capital structure and, therefore, generally entail less risk than the corporation’s common stock, although the extent to which such risk is reduced depends in large measure upon the degree to which the convertible security sells above its value as a debt obligation. A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a predetermined price. If a convertible security held by the Fund is called for redemption, the Fund would be required to permit the issuer to redeem the security and convert it to underlying common stock, or would sell the convertible security to a third party, which may have an adverse effect on the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective. The price of a convertible security often reflects variations in the price of the underlying common stock in a way that non-convertible debt may not. The value of a convertible security is a function of (i) its yield in comparison to the yields of other securities of comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege and (ii) its worth if converted into the underlying common stock.

Preferred Stocks. Preferred stocks represent the senior residual interest in the assets of an issuer after meeting all claims, with priority to corporate income and liquidation payments over the issuer’s common stock. As such, preferred stock is inherently more risky than the bonds and loans of the issuer, but less risky than its common stock. Preferred stocks often contain provisions that allow for redemption in the event of certain tax or legal changes or at the issuers’ call. Preferred stocks typically do not provide any voting rights, except in cases when dividends are in arrears beyond a certain time period. Preferred stock in some instances is convertible into common stock.

Although they are equity securities, preferred stocks have certain characteristics of both debt and common stock. They are debt-like in that their promised income is contractually fixed. They are common stock-like in that they do not have rights to precipitate bankruptcy proceedings or collection activities in the event of missed payments. Furthermore, they have many of the key characteristics of equity due to their subordinated position in an issuer’s capital structure and because their quality and value are heavily dependent on the profitability of the issuer rather than on any legal claims to specific assets or cash flows. In order to be payable, dividends on preferred stock must be declared by the issuer’s board of directors. In addition, distributions on preferred stock may be subject to deferral and thus may not be automatically payable. Income payments on some preferred stocks are cumulative, causing dividends and distributions to accrue even if not declared by the board of directors or otherwise made payable. Other preferred stocks are non-cumulative, meaning that skipped dividends and distributions do not continue to accrue. There is no assurance that dividends on preferred stocks in which the Fund invests will be declared or otherwise made payable. If the Fund owns preferred stock that is deferring its distributions, the Fund may be required to report income for U.S. federal income tax purposes while it is not receiving cash payments corresponding to such income. When interest rates fall below the rate payable on an issue of preferred stock or for other reasons, the issuer may redeem the preferred stock, generally after an initial period of call protection in which the stock is not redeemable. Preferred stocks may be significantly less liquid than many other securities, such as U.S. Government securities, corporate bonds and common stock.

U.S. Government Securities. The Fund may invest in debt securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities including: (1) U.S. Treasury obligations, which differ in their interest rates, maturities and times of issuance, such as U.S. Treasury bills (maturity of one year or less), U.S. Treasury notes (maturity of one to ten years), and U.S. Treasury bonds (generally maturities of greater than ten years), including the principal components or the interest components issued by the U.S. government under the separate trading of registered interest and principal securities program (i.e., “STRIPS”), all of which are backed by the full faith and

21

credit of the United States; and (2) obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities, including government guaranteed mortgage-related securities, some of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury, some of which are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. government, and some of which are backed only by the credit of the issuer itself.

Foreign Securities. While the Fund invests primarily in securities of U.S. issuers, the Fund may invest up to 20% of its total assets in non-U.S. dollar-denominated fixed-income securities of corporate and governmental issuers located outside the United States, including up to 10% in emerging markets. Foreign securities include securities issued or guaranteed by companies organized under the laws of countries other than the United States and securities issued or guaranteed by foreign governments, their agencies or instrumentalities and supra-national governmental entities, such as the World Bank. Foreign securities also may be traded on foreign securities exchanges or in over-the-counter capital markets. The value of foreign securities and obligations is affected by, among other factors, changes in currency rates, foreign tax laws (including withholding tax), government policies (in this country or abroad), relations between nations and trading, settlement, custodial and other operational risks. In addition, the costs of investing abroad are generally higher than in the United States, and foreign securities markets may be less liquid, more volatile and less subject to governmental supervision than markets in the United States. Foreign investments also could be affected by other factors not present in the United States, including expropriation, armed conflict, confiscatory taxation, lack of uniform accounting and auditing standards, less publicly available financial and other information and potential difficulties in enforcing contractual obligations.

Since the Fund may invest in securities and obligations that are denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, the Fund may be affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates (and exchange control regulations) which affect the value of investments in the Fund and the accrued income and appreciation or depreciation of the investments in U.S. dollars. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar will affect the U.S. dollar value of the Fund’s assets denominated in that currency and the Fund’s return on such assets as well as any temporary uninvested reserves in bank deposits in foreign currencies. In addition, the Fund will incur costs in connection with conversions between various currencies. The Fund may seek to hedge its exposures to foreign currencies but may, at the discretion of the Sub-Adviser, at any time limit or eliminate foreign currency hedging activity. See “—Derivative Transactions—Foreign Currency Transactions.”

Sovereign and Supranational Obligations. The Fund may invest in sovereign debt securities, which are debt securities issued or guaranteed by foreign governmental entities, such as foreign government debt or foreign treasury bills. Investments in sovereign debt securities involve special risks in addition to those risks usually associated with investments in debt securities, including risks associated with economic or political uncertainty and the risk that the governmental authority that controls the repayment of sovereign debt may be unwilling or unable to repay the principal and/or interest when due. The Fund may also invest in securities or other obligations issued or backed by supranational organizations, which are international organizations that are designated or supported by government entities or banking institutions typically to promote economic reconstruction or development. These obligations are subject to the risk that the government(s) on whose support the organization depends may be unable or unwilling to provide the necessary support. With respect to both sovereign and supranational obligations, the Fund may have little recourse against the foreign government or supranational organization that issues or backs the obligation in the event of default. These obligations may be denominated in foreign currencies and the prices of these obligations may be more volatile than corporate debt obligations.

Sovereign debt instruments in which the Fund may invest may involve great risk and may be deemed to be the equivalent in terms of credit quality to securities rated below investment grade by Moody’s and S&P. Governmental entities may depend on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies and international organizations to reduce principal and interest arrearages on their debt obligations. The commitment on the part of these governments, agencies and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on a governmental entity’s implementation of economic or other reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of the governmental entity’s obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of the commitments to lend funds or other aid to the governmental entity, which may further impair the governmental entity’s ability or willingness to service its debts in a timely manner. Some of the countries in which the Fund may invest have encountered difficulties in servicing their sovereign debt obligations and have withheld payments of interest and/or principal of sovereign debt. These difficulties have also led to agreements to restructure external debt obligations, which may result in costs to the holders of the sovereign debt. Consequently, a government obligor may default on its obligations and/or the values of its obligations may decline significantly.

22

Common Stocks and Other Common Equity Securities. The Fund may also invest in common stocks and other Common Equity Securities that the Sub-Adviser believes offer attractive yield and/or capital appreciation potential. Common stock represents the residual ownership interest in the issuer. Holders of common stocks and other Common Equity Securities are entitled to the income and increase in the value of the assets and business of the issuer after all of its debt obligations and obligations to preferred stockholders are satisfied. The Fund may invest in companies of any market capitalization.

Options. As part of its Common Equity Securities strategy, the Fund currently intends to employ a strategy of writing (selling) covered call options and may, from time to time, buy or sell put options on individual Common Equity Securities. In addition to its covered call option strategy, the Fund may, to a lesser extent, pursue a strategy that includes the sale (writing) of both covered call and put options on indices of securities and sectors of securities. This covered call option strategy is intended to generate current gains from option premiums as a means to generate total returns as well as to enhance distributions payable to the Fund’s Common Shareholders. The Fund may also write call options and put options on individual securities, securities indices, ETFs, futures and baskets of securities.

An option on a security is a contract that gives the holder of the option, in return for a premium, the right to buy from (in the case of a call) or sell to (in the case of a put) the writer of the option the security underlying the option at a specified exercise or “strike” price. The writer of an option on a security has the obligation upon exercise of the option to deliver the underlying security upon payment of the exercise price or to pay the exercise price upon delivery of the underlying security. The buyer of an option acquires the right, but not the obligation, to buy (a call option) or sell (a put option) a certain quantity of a security (the underlying security) or instrument, including a futures contract or swap, at a certain price up to a specified point in time or on expiration, depending on the terms. For certain types of options, the writer of the option will have no control over the time when it may be required to fulfill its obligation under the option. Certain options, known as “American style” options may be exercised at any time during the term of the option. Other options, known as “European style” options, may be exercised only on the expiration date of the option.

If an option written by the Fund expires unexercised, the Fund realizes on the expiration date a capital gain equal to the premium received by the Fund at the time the option was written. If an option purchased by the Fund expires unexercised, the Fund realizes a capital loss equal to the premium paid. Prior to the earlier of exercise or expiration, an exchange-traded option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series (type, underlying security, exercise price and expiration). There can be no assurance, however, that a closing purchase or sale transaction can be effected when the Fund desires. The Fund may sell put or call options it has previously purchased, which could result in a net gain or loss depending on whether the amount realized on the sale is more or less than the premium and other transaction costs paid on the put or call option when purchased. The Fund will realize a capital gain from a closing purchase transaction if the cost of the closing option is less than the premium received from writing the option, or, if it is more, the Fund will realize a capital loss. If the premium received from a closing sale transaction is more than the premium paid to purchase the option, the Fund will realize a capital gain or, if it is less, the Fund will realize a capital loss. Net gains from the Fund’s option strategy will be short-term capital gains which, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, will constitute net investment company taxable income.

The Fund will follow a strategy known as “covered call option writing,” which is a strategy designed to generate current gains from option premiums as a means to generate total returns as well as to enhance distributions payable to the Fund’s Common Shareholders. As the Fund writes covered calls over more of its portfolio, its ability to benefit from capital appreciation becomes more limited.

Except as disclosed further below and in connection with the Fund’s Debt Overlay Strategy, the Fund may not sell “naked” call options on individual securities (i.e., options representing more shares of the stock than are held in the portfolio). A call option written by the Fund on a security is “covered” if the Fund owns the security or instrument underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security or instrument without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash or other assets determined to be liquid by the Sub-Adviser (in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees) in such amount are segregated by the Fund’s custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by the Fund. A call option is also covered if the Fund holds a call on the same security as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written, or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the Fund in segregated assets determined to be liquid by the Sub-Adviser as described above.

23

Put options are contracts that give the holder of the option, in return for a premium, the right to sell to the writer of the option the security underlying the option at a specified exercise price at a specific time or times during the term of the option. These strategies may produce a considerably higher return than the Fund’s primary strategy of covered call writing, but involve a higher degree of risk and potential volatility.

The Fund will write (sell) put options on individual Common Equity securities only if the put option is “covered.” A put option written by the Fund on a security is “covered” if the Fund segregates or earmarks assets determined to be liquid by the Sub-Adviser, as described above, equal to the exercise price. A put option is also covered if the Fund holds a put on the same security as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is (i) equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written, or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided the difference is maintained by the Fund in segregated or earmarked assets determined to be liquid by the Sub-Adviser, as described above.

The Fund may sell (covered and uncovered) put and call options on indices of securities, futures on indices of securities, and index ETFs. Options on an index or index ETF differ from options on securities because (i) the exercise of an index option requires cash payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities, (ii) the holder of an index option has the right to receive cash upon exercise of the option if the level of the index upon which the option is based is greater, in the case of a call, or less, in the case of a put, than the exercise price of the option and (iii) index options reflect price-fluctuations in a group of securities or segments of the securities market rather than price fluctuations in a single security.

The Fund may purchase and write exchange-listed and OTC options. Options written by the Fund with respect to non-U.S. securities, indices or sectors and other instruments generally will be OTC options. OTC options differ from exchange-listed options in several respects. They are transacted directly with the dealers and not with a clearing corporation, and therefore entail the risk of nonperformance by the dealer. OTC options are available for a greater variety of securities and for a wider range of expiration dates and exercise prices than are available for exchange-traded options. Because OTC options are not traded on an exchange, pricing is done normally by reference to information from a market maker. OTC options are subject to heightened counterparty, credit, liquidity and valuation risks. The Fund’s ability to terminate OTC options is more limited than with exchange-traded options and may involve the risk that broker-dealers participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations. The hours of trading for options may not conform to the hours during which the underlying securities are traded. The Fund’s options transactions will be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities on which such options are traded.

Restricted and Illiquid Securities. The Fund may invest in securities for which there is no readily available trading market or that are otherwise illiquid. Illiquid securities include securities legally restricted as to resale, such as commercial paper issued pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and securities eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A thereunder. Section 4(a)(2) and Rule 144A securities may, however, be treated as liquid by the Investment Adviser after consideration of factors such as trading activity, availability of market quotations and number of dealers willing to purchase the security. If the Fund invests in Rule 144A securities, the level of portfolio illiquidity may be increased to the extent that eligible buyers become uninterested in purchasing such securities.

It may be difficult to sell such securities at a price representing the fair value until such time as such securities may be sold publicly. Where registration is required, a considerable period may elapse between a decision to sell the securities and the time when it would be permitted to sell. Thus, the Fund may not be able to obtain as favorable a price as that prevailing at the time of the decision to sell. The Fund may also acquire securities through private placements under which it may agree to contractual restrictions on the resale of such securities. Such restrictions might prevent their sale at a time when such sale would otherwise be desirable.

Government Sponsored Investment Programs. From time to time, the Fund may seek to invest in credit securities through one or more programs that may from time to time be sponsored, established or operated by the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and other governmental agencies.

Derivatives Transactions. The Fund may purchase and sell various derivative instruments (which derive their value by reference to another instrument, asset or index), such as swaps, futures, options and other derivatives contracts, for investment purposes, such as obtaining investment exposure to an investment category; risk management purposes, such as hedging against fluctuations in asset prices, currencies or interest rates;

24

diversification purposes; or to change the duration of the Fund. The Fund may, but is not required to, use various strategic transactions in swaps, futures, options and other derivative contracts in order to seek to earn income, facilitate portfolio management and mitigate risks. These strategies may be executed through the use of derivative contracts. In the course of pursuing these investment strategies, the Fund may purchase and sell exchange-listed and OTC put and call options on securities, equity and fixed-income indices and other instruments, purchase and sell futures contracts and options thereon, and enter into various transactions such as swaps, caps, floors or collars. In addition, derivative transactions may also include new techniques, instruments or strategies that are permitted as regulatory changes occur. In order to help protect the soundness of derivative transactions and outstanding derivative positions, the Sub-Adviser generally requires derivative counterparties to have a minimum credit rating of A3 from Moody’s (or a comparable rating from another NRSRO) and monitors such rating on an ongoing basis. In addition, the Sub-Adviser seeks to allocate derivatives transactions to limit exposure to any single counterparty.

The Fund is required to trade derivatives and other transactions that create future payment or delivery obligations (except reverse repurchase agreements and similar financing transactions) subject to value-at-risk (“VaR”) leverage limits and derivatives risk management program and reporting requirements. Generally, these requirements apply unless the Fund satisfies a “limited derivatives users” exception that is included in Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act. The Fund is not classified as a “limited derivatives user” and, as required by Rule 18f-4, has implemented a Derivatives Risk Management Program, which is reasonably designed to manage the Fund’s derivatives risks and to reasonably segregate the functions associated with the Derivatives Risk Management Program from the portfolio management of the Fund. The Board, including a majority of the trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Fund, as such term is defined in the 1940 Act, approved the designation of a Derivatives Risk Manager, which is responsible for administering the Derivatives Risk Management Program for the Fund. To facilitate the Board’s oversight, the Board reviews, no less frequently than annually, a written report on the effectiveness of the Derivatives Risk Management Program and also more frequent reports regarding certain derivatives risk matters.

When the Fund trades reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions, including certain tender option bonds, it needs to aggregate the amount of indebtedness associated with the reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions with the aggregate amount of any other senior securities representing indebtedness when calculating the Fund’s asset coverage ratio or treat all such transactions as derivatives transactions. Reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions aggregated with other indebtedness do not need to be included in the calculation of whether a fund satisfies the limited derivatives users exception, but for funds subject to the VaR testing requirement, reverse repurchase agreements and similar financing transactions must be included for purposes of such testing whether treated as derivatives transactions or not. SEC guidance regarding the use of securities lending collateral may limit the Fund’s securities lending activities. In addition, the Fund is permitted to invest in a security on a when issued or forward-settling basis, or with a non-standard settlement cycle, and the transaction will be deemed not to involve a senior security, provided that (i) the Fund intends to physically settle the transaction and (ii) the transaction will settle within 35 days of its trade date (the “Delayed-Settlement Securities Provision”). The Fund may otherwise engage in such transactions that do not meet the conditions of the Delayed-Settlement Securities Provision so long as the Fund treats any such transaction as a “derivatives transaction” for purposes of compliance with Rule 18f-4. Furthermore, under the rule, the Fund is permitted to enter into an unfunded commitment agreement, and such unfunded commitment agreement will not be subject to the asset coverage requirements under the 1940 Act, if the Fund reasonably believes, at the time it enters into such agreement, that it will have sufficient cash and cash equivalents to meet its obligations with respect to all such agreements as they come due.

Credit Derivatives. Credit default derivatives are linked to the price of reference securities or loans after a default by the issuer or borrower, respectively. Market spread derivatives are based on the risk that changes in market factors, such as credit spreads, can cause a decline in the value of a security, loan or index. There are three basic transactional forms for credit derivatives: swaps, options and structured instruments. The use of credit derivatives is a highly specialized activity which involves strategies and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions.

The Fund may invest in credit default swap transactions and credit-linked notes (described below) for hedging and investment purposes. The “buyer” in a credit default swap contract is obligated to pay the “seller” a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default on an underlying reference obligation has occurred. If an event of default occurs, the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value, or “par value,” of the reference obligation. Credit default swap transactions are either “physical delivery” settled or

25

“cash” settled. Physical delivery entails the actual delivery of the reference asset to the seller in exchange for the payment of the full par value of the reference asset. Cash settled entails a net cash payment from the seller to the buyer based on the difference of the par value of the reference asset and the current value of the reference asset that may, after a default, have lost some, most, or all of its value.

The Fund may be either the buyer or seller in a credit default swap transaction and generally will be a buyer in instances in which the Fund actually owns the underlying debt security and seeks to hedge against the risk of default in that debt security. If the Fund is a buyer and no event of default occurs, the Fund will have made a series of periodic payments (in an amount more or less than the value of the cash flows received on the underlying debt security) and recover nothing of monetary value. However, if an event of default occurs, the Fund (if the buyer) will receive the full notional value of the reference obligation either through a cash payment in exchange for such asset or a cash payment in addition to owning the reference asset. The Fund generally will be a seller when it seeks to take the credit risk of a particular debt security and, as a seller, the Fund receives a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the contract, which typically is between six months and ten years, provided that there is no event of default. If an event of default occurs, the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value of the reference obligation through either physical settlement and/or cash settlement. Credit default swap transactions involve greater risks than if the Fund had invested in the reference obligation directly, including counterparty credit risk and leverage risk.

Foreign Currency Transactions. The Fund may (but is not required to) hedge some or all of its exposure to non-U.S. currencies through the use of forward foreign currency exchange contracts, options on foreign currencies, foreign currency futures contracts and swaps and other derivatives transactions. Suitable hedging transactions may not be available in all circumstances and there can be no assurance that the Fund will engage in such transactions at any given time or from time to time when they would be beneficial. Although the Fund has the flexibility to engage in such transactions, the Investment Adviser or Sub-Adviser may determine not to do so or to do so only in unusual circumstances or market conditions. These transactions may not be successful and may eliminate any chance for the Fund to benefit from favorable fluctuations in relevant foreign currencies. The Fund may also use derivatives transactions for purposes of increasing exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one currency to another.

Although the Sub-Adviser seeks to use derivatives to further the Fund’s investment objective, there is no assurance that the use of derivatives will achieve this result. For a more complete discussion of the Fund’s investment practices involving transactions in derivatives and certain other investment techniques, see “Investment Objective and Policies—Derivative Instruments” in the Fund’s SAI.

Municipal Securities. The Fund may invest directly or indirectly in municipal securities. Municipal securities include securities issued by or on behalf of states, territories and possessions of the United States and the District of Columbia and their political subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities, the payments from which, in the opinion of bond counsel to the issuer, are excludable from gross income for federal income tax purposes. Municipal securities also include taxable securities issued by such issuers. Municipal bonds may include those backed by, among other things, state taxes and essential service revenues as well as health care and higher education issuers, among others, or be supported by dedicated revenue streams and/or statutory liens.

Temporary Investments

At any time when a temporary posture is believed by the Sub-Adviser to be warranted (a “temporary period”), the Fund may, without limitation, hold cash or invest its assets in money market instruments and repurchase agreements in respect of those instruments. The money market instruments in which the Fund may invest are obligations of the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities; commercial paper rated A-1 or higher by S&P or Prime-1 by Moody’s; and certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances issued by domestic branches of U.S. banks that are members of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. During a temporary period, the Fund may also invest in shares of money market mutual funds. Money market mutual funds are investment companies, and the investments in those companies by the Fund are in some cases subject to the 1940 Act’s limitations on investments in other investment companies. See “Investment Restrictions” in the Fund’s SAI. As a shareholder in a mutual fund, the Fund will bear its ratable share of its expenses, including management fees, and will remain subject to payment of the fees to the Investment Adviser, with respect to assets so invested. See “Management of the Fund.” The Fund may not achieve its investment objective during a temporary period or be able to sustain its historical distribution levels.

26

Certain Other Investment Practices

When Issued, Delayed Delivery Securities and Forward Commitments. The Fund may enter into forward commitments for the purchase or sale of securities, including on a “when issued” or “delayed delivery” basis, in excess of customary settlement periods for the type of security involved. In some cases, a forward commitment may be conditioned upon the occurrence of a subsequent event, such as approval and consummation of a merger, corporate reorganization or debt restructuring (i.e., a when, as and if issued security). When such transactions are negotiated, the price is fixed at the time of the commitment, with payment and delivery taking place in the future, generally a month or more after the date of the commitment. While it will only enter into a forward commitment with the intention of actually acquiring the security, the Fund may sell the security before the settlement date if it is deemed advisable. Securities purchased under a forward commitment are subject to market fluctuation, and no interest (or dividends) accrues to the Fund prior to the settlement date. Forward commitments involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines prior to the settlement date, which risk is in addition to the risk of decline in value of the Fund’s other assets. In addition, FINRA rules include mandatory margin requirements that require the Fund to post collateral in connection with certain of these transactions. There is no similar requirement that the Fund’s counterparties post collateral in connection with such transactions. The required collateralization of these transactions could increase the cost of such transactions to the Fund and impose added operational complexity.

Loans of Portfolio Securities. To seek to increase income, the Fund may lend its portfolio securities to securities broker-dealers or financial institutions if (i) the loan is collateralized in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements and (ii) no loan will cause the value of all loaned securities to exceed 33 1/3% of the value of the Fund’s total assets. If the borrower fails to maintain the requisite amount of collateral, the loan automatically terminates and the Fund could use the collateral to replace the securities while holding the borrower liable for any excess of replacement cost over the value of the collateral. As with any extension of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery and in some cases even loss of rights in collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially. There can be no assurance that borrowers will not fail financially. On termination of the loan, the borrower is required to return the securities to the Fund, and any gain or loss in the market price during the period of the loan would inure to the Fund. If the other party to the loan petitions for bankruptcy or becomes subject to the United States Bankruptcy Code, the law regarding the rights of the Fund is unsettled. As a result, under extreme circumstances, there may be a restriction on the Fund’s ability to sell the collateral and the Fund would suffer a loss. See “Investment Objective and Policies Loans of Portfolio Securities” in the Fund’s SAI.

Offsetting. In the normal course of business, the Fund enters into transactions subject to enforceable master netting arrangements or other similar arrangements. Generally, the right to offset in those agreements allows the Fund to counteract the exposure to a specific counterparty with collateral received from or delivered to that counterparty based on the terms of the arrangements. These arrangements provide for the right to liquidate upon the occurrence of an event of default, credit event upon merger or additional termination event.

In order to better define its contractual rights and to secure rights that will help the Fund mitigate its counterparty risk, the Fund may enter into an International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. Master Agreement (“ISDA Master Agreement”) or similar agreement with its derivative contract counterparties. An ISDA Master Agreement is a bilateral agreement between the Fund and a counterparty that governs OTC derivatives, including foreign exchange contracts, and typically contains, among other things, collateral posting terms and netting provisions in the event of a default and/or termination event. The provisions of the ISDA Master Agreement typically permit a single net payment in the event of a default (close-out netting) or similar event, including the bankruptcy or insolvency of the counterparty.

For derivatives traded under an ISDA Master Agreement, the collateral requirements are typically calculated by netting the mark-to-market amount for each transaction under such agreement and comparing that amount to the value of any collateral currently pledged by the Fund and the counterparty. For financial reporting purposes, cash collateral that has been pledged to cover obligations of the Fund and cash collateral received from the counterparty, if any, are reported separately on the Statement of Assets and Liabilities as segregated cash from broker/receivable for variation margin, or segregated cash due to broker/payable for variation margin. Generally, the amount of collateral due from or to a counterparty must exceed a minimum transfer amount threshold before a transfer is required to be made. To the extent amounts due to the Fund from its counterparties are not fully collateralized, contractually or otherwise, the Fund bears the risk of loss from counterparty nonperformance. The

27

Fund attempts to mitigate counterparty risk by only entering into agreements with counterparties that it believes to be of good standing and by monitoring the financial stability of those counterparties.

Repurchase Agreements. The Fund may enter into bilateral and tri-party repurchase agreements. Repurchase agreements may be seen as loans by the Fund collateralized by underlying debt securities. Under the terms of a typical repurchase agreement, the Fund buys an underlying debt obligation or other security subject to an obligation of the seller to repurchase, and the Fund to resell, the obligation at an agreed price and time (usually not more than one week later). This arrangement results in a fixed rate of return to the Fund. In the event of the insolvency of the counterparty to a repurchase agreement, recovery of the repurchase price owed to the Fund may be delayed. Such an insolvency may result in a loss to the extent that the value of the purchased securities or other assets decreases during the delay or that value has otherwise not been maintained at an amount equal to the repurchase price. The Sub-Adviser reviews the creditworthiness of the counterparties with which the Fund enters into repurchase agreements to evaluate these risks and monitors on an ongoing basis the value of the securities subject to repurchase agreements to ensure that the value is maintained at the required level. The Fund will not enter into repurchase agreements with the Investment Adviser, the Sub-Adviser or their affiliates.

Repurchase agreements collateralized fully by cash items, U.S. government securities or by securities issued by an issuer that the Investment Adviser or the Sub-Adviser has determined at the time the repurchase agreement is entered into has an exceptionally strong capacity to meet its financial obligations (“Qualifying Collateral”) and meet certain liquidity standards generally may be deemed to be “collateralized fully” and may be deemed to be investments in the underlying securities for certain purposes. The Fund may accept collateral other than Qualifying Collateral determined by the Investment Adviser or the Sub-Adviser to be in the best interests of the Fund to accept as collateral for such repurchase agreement (which may include high yield debt instruments that are rated below investment grade) (“Alternative Collateral”). Repurchase agreements secured by Alternative Collateral are not deemed to be “collateralized fully” under applicable regulations and the repurchase agreement is therefore considered a separate security issued by the counterparty to the Fund. Accordingly, the Fund must include repurchase agreements that are not “collateralized fully” in its calculations of securities issued by the selling institution held by the Fund for purposes of various portfolio diversification and concentration requirements applicable to the Fund. In addition, Alternative Collateral may not qualify as permitted or appropriate investments for the Fund under the Fund’s investment strategies and limitations. Accordingly, if a counterparty to a repurchase agreement defaults and the Fund takes possession of Alternative Collateral, the Fund may need to promptly dispose of the Alternative Collateral (or other securities held by the Fund, if the Fund exceeds a limitation on a permitted investment by virtue of taking possession of the Alternative Collateral). The Alternative Collateral may be particularly illiquid, especially in times of market volatility or in the case of a counterparty insolvency or bankruptcy, which may restrict the Fund’s ability to dispose of Alternative Collateral received from the counterparty. Depending on the terms of the repurchase agreement, the Fund may determine to sell the collateral during the term of the repurchase agreement and then purchase the same collateral at the market price at the time of the resale. In tri-party repurchase agreements, an unaffiliated third-party custodian maintains accounts to hold collateral for the Fund and its counterparties and, therefore, the Fund may be subject to the credit risk of those custodians. Securities subject to repurchase agreements (other than tri-party repurchase agreements) and purchase and sale contracts will be held by the Fund’s custodian (or sub-custodian) in the Federal Reserve/Treasury book-entry system or by another authorized securities depository.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements. The Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements. Under a reverse repurchase agreement, the Fund sells a portfolio instrument to another party, such as a bank or broker-dealer, in return for cash or other assets. At the same time, the Fund agrees to repurchase the instrument at an agreed upon time and price (which may be effected by an exchange of the repurchased instrument for assets other than cash), for which the effective difference in price reflects an interest payment. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risks that the interest income earned on the investment of the proceeds will be less than the interest expense and Fund expenses associated with the repurchase agreement, that the market value of the securities or other assets sold by the Fund may decline below the price at which the Fund is obligated to repurchase such securities and that the securities may not be returned to the Fund. There is no assurance that reverse repurchase agreements can be successfully employed. In the event of the insolvency of the counterparty to a reverse repurchase agreement, recovery of the securities or other assets sold by the Fund may be delayed. The counterparty’s insolvency may result in a loss equal to the amount by which the value of the securities or other assets sold by the Fund exceeds the repurchase price payable by the Fund; if the value of the purchased securities or other assets increases during such a delay, that loss

28

may also be increased. When the Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, any fluctuations in the market value of either the instruments transferred to another party or the instruments in which the proceeds may be invested would affect the market value of the Fund’s assets. As a result, such transactions may increase fluctuations in the net asset value of the Fund’s Common Shares. Because reverse repurchase agreements may be considered to be the practical equivalent of borrowing funds, they constitute a form of leverage. If the Fund reinvests the proceeds of a reverse repurchase agreement at a rate lower than the cost of the agreement, entering into the agreement will lower the Fund’s cash available for distribution.

Sleeve Structure. The Sub-Adviser may from time to time utilize a sleeve structure in managing the Fund. In this structure, the Sub-Adviser implements the Fund’s investment strategies using component sleeves of investments comprising distinct sub-strategies or grouping similar investments in sub-accounts of the Fund that, collectively, comprise the Fund’s overall portfolio and investment strategies. This approach facilitates internal allocations and tracking of investments within a portfolio.

Interest Rate Transactions

Please refer to the section of the Fund’s most recent annual report on Form N-CSR entitled “Additional Information Regarding the Fund—Interest Rate Transactions,” which is incorporated by reference herein, for a discussion of the Fund’s use of interest rate transactions in connection with the Fund’s use of Financial Leverage.

Portfolio Turnover

The Fund will buy and sell securities to seek to accomplish its investment objective. Portfolio turnover generally involves some expense to the Fund, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and reinvestment in other securities. The portfolio turnover rate is computed by dividing the lesser of the amount of the securities purchased or securities sold by the average monthly value of securities owned during the year (excluding securities whose maturities at acquisition were one year or less). The Fund’s portfolio turnover rate may vary greatly from year to year. Higher portfolio turnover may decrease the after-tax return to individual investors in the Fund to the extent it results in a decrease of the long-term capital gains portion of distributions to shareholders. For the fiscal years ended May 31, 2025 and May 31, 2024, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 25% and 30%, respectively.

Investment Restrictions

The Fund has adopted certain other investment limitations. These limitations are fundamental and may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Shares, as defined in the 1940 Act (and preferred shares, if any, voting together as a single class). See “Investment Restrictions” in the SAI for a complete list of the fundamental investment policies of the Fund.

Use of Leverage

Please refer to the section of the Fund’s most recent annual report on Form N-CSR entitled “Additional Information Regarding the Fund—Use of Leverage,” which is incorporated by reference herein, for a discussion of the Fund’s use of leverage.

See the section of the Fund’s most recent annual report on Form N-CSR entitled “Additional Information Regarding the Fund—Principal Risks of the Fund—Financial Leverage and Leveraged Transactions Risk,” which is incorporated by reference herein, for a discussion of associated risks.

Borrowing. The Fund is authorized to borrow or issue debt securities for financial leveraging purposes and for temporary purposes such as the settlement of transactions. The Fund may utilize indebtedness to the maximum extent permitted under the 1940 Act. Under the 1940 Act, the Fund generally is not permitted to issue commercial paper or notes or engage in other Borrowings, other than temporary borrowings as defined under the 1940 Act, unless, immediately after the Borrowing, the Fund would have asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) of less than 300%, as measured at the time of borrowing and calculated as the ratio of the Fund’s total assets (less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities) over the aggregate amount of the Fund’s outstanding senior securities representing indebtedness. In addition, other than with respect to privately arranged Borrowings, the Fund generally is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on any class of the Fund’s capital stock, including the Common Shares, or purchase any such capital stock, unless, at the time of such declaration, the Fund would have asset coverage (as described above) of at least 300% after deducting the

29

amount of such dividend or other distribution. If the Fund borrows, the Fund intends, to the extent possible, to prepay all or a portion of the principal amount of any outstanding commercial paper, notes or other Borrowings to the extent necessary to maintain the required asset coverage.

The terms of any such Borrowings may require the Fund to pay a fee to maintain a line of credit, such as a commitment fee, or to maintain minimum average balances with a lender. Any such requirements would increase the cost of such Borrowings over the stated interest rate. Such lenders would have the right to receive interest on and repayment of principal of any such Borrowings, which right will be senior to those of the Common Shareholders. Any such Borrowings may contain provisions limiting certain activities of the Fund, including the payment of dividends to Common Shareholders in certain circumstances. Any Borrowings will likely be ranked senior or equal to all other existing and future Borrowings of the Fund.

Certain types of Borrowings subject the Fund to covenants in credit agreements relating to asset coverage and portfolio composition requirements. Certain Borrowings issued by the Fund also may subject the Fund to certain restrictions on investments imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies, which may issue ratings for such Borrowings. Such guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed by the 1940 Act. It is not anticipated that these covenants or guidelines will impede the Sub-Adviser from managing the Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies.

The 1940 Act grants to the holders of senior securities representing indebtedness issued by the Fund, other than with respect to privately arranged Borrowings, certain voting rights in the event of default in the payment of interest on or repayment of principal. Failure to maintain certain asset coverage requirements under the 1940 Act could result in an event of default and entitle the debt holders to elect a majority of the Board.

The Fund’s Borrowings under the committed facility provided to the Fund by BNP Paribas are collateralized by portfolio assets which are maintained by the Fund in a separate account with the Fund’s custodian for the benefit of the lender, which collateral exceeds the amount borrowed. Securities deposited in the collateral account may, subject to certain conditions, be rehypothecated by the lender up to the amount of the loan balance outstanding and subject to the terms and conditions of the facility agreements. The Fund continues to receive dividends and interest on rehypothecated securities. The Fund also has the right to recall rehypothecated securities on demand and such securities shall be returned to the collateral account within the ordinary settlement cycle. In the event a recalled security is not returned by the lender, the loan balance outstanding will be reduced by the amount of the recalled security failed to be returned. The Fund receives a portion of the fees earned by BNP Paribas in connection with the rehypothecation of portfolio securities. Rehypothecation of the Fund’s pledged portfolio securities entails risks, including the risk that the lender will be unable or unwilling to return rehypothecated securities which could result in, among other things, the Fund’s inability to find suitable investments to replace the unreturned securities, thereby impairing the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective. In the event of a default by the Fund under the committed facility, the lender has the right to sell such collateral assets to satisfy the Fund’s obligation to the lender. The amounts drawn under the committed facility may vary over time and such amounts will be reported in the Fund’s audited and unaudited financial statements contained in the Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders. The committed facility agreement includes usual and customary covenants. These covenants impose on the Fund asset coverage requirements, collateral requirements, investment strategy requirements, and certain financial obligations. These covenants place limits or restrictions on the Fund’s ability to (i) enter into additional indebtedness with a party other than BNP Paribas, (ii) change its fundamental investment policy, or (iii) pledge to any other party, other than to the counterparty, securities owned or held by the Fund over which the counterparty has a lien. In addition, the Fund is required to deliver financial information to the counterparty within established deadlines, maintain an asset coverage ratio (as defined in Section 18(g) of the 1940 Act) greater than 300%, comply with the rules of the stock exchange on which its shares are listed, and maintain its classification as a “closed-end management investment company” as defined in the 1940 Act.

In addition, the Fund may engage in certain derivatives transactions that have economic characteristics similar to leverage. The Fund’s obligations under such transactions will not be considered indebtedness for purposes of the 1940 Act and will not be included in calculating the aggregate amount of the Fund’s Financial Leverage, but the Fund’s use of such transactions may be limited by Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act and the applicable requirements of the SEC.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Roll Transactions. The Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements. Under a reverse repurchase agreement, the Fund temporarily transfers possession of a portfolio instrument to another party, such as a bank or broker-dealer, in return for cash. At the same time, the Fund

30

agrees to repurchase the instrument at an agreed upon time and price, which reflects an interest payment. Such agreements have the economic effect of borrowings. The Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements when the Sub-Adviser believes it is able to invest the cash acquired at a rate higher than the cost of the agreement, which would increase earned income.

Borrowings may be made by the Fund through dollar roll transactions. A dollar roll transaction involves a sale by the Fund of a mortgage-backed or other fixed-income security concurrently with an agreement by the Fund to repurchase a similar security at a later date at an agreed-upon price. The securities that are repurchased will bear the same interest rate and stated maturity as those sold, but pools of mortgages collateralizing those securities may have different prepayment histories than those sold. During the period between the sale and repurchase, the Fund will not be entitled to receive interest and principal payments on the securities sold. Proceeds of the sale will be invested in additional instruments for the Fund, and the income from these investments will generate income for the Fund. If such income does not exceed the income, capital appreciation and gain or loss that would have been realized on the securities sold as part of the dollar roll, the use of this technique will diminish the investment performance of the Fund compared with what the performance would have been without the use of dollar rolls.

With respect to any reverse repurchase agreement, dollar roll or similar transaction, the Fund’s Managed Assets shall include any proceeds from the sale of an asset of the Fund to a counterparty in such a transaction, in addition to the value of the underlying asset as of the relevant measuring date.

When the Fund trades reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions, including certain tender option bonds, it needs to aggregate the amount of indebtedness associated with the reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions with the aggregate amount of any other senior securities representing indebtedness when calculating the Fund’s asset coverage ratio or treat all such transactions as derivatives transactions.

Preferred Shares. The Fund’s Governing Documents provide that the Board may authorize and issue Preferred Shares with rights as determined by the Board, by action of the Board without prior approval of the holders of the Common Shares. Common Shareholders have no preemptive right to purchase any Preferred Shares that might be issued. Any such Preferred Share offering would be subject to the limits imposed by the 1940 Act. Although the Fund has no present intention to issue Preferred Shares, it may in the future utilize Preferred Shares to the maximum extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Under the 1940 Act, the Fund may not issue Preferred Shares if, immediately after issuance, the Fund would have asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) of less than 200%, calculated as the ratio of the Fund’s total assets (less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities) over the aggregate amount of the Fund’s outstanding senior securities representing indebtedness plus the aggregate liquidation preference of any outstanding shares of preferred stock. In addition, the Fund generally is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on the Fund’s Common Shares, or purchase any such Common Shares, unless, at the time of such declaration, the Fund would have asset coverage (as described above) of at least 200% after deducting the amount of such dividend or other distribution. The 1940 Act grants to the holders of senior securities representing stock issued by the Fund certain voting rights. Failure to maintain certain asset coverage requirements under the 1940 Act could entitle the holders of Preferred Shares to elect a majority of the Board.

Effects of Financial Leverage. Please refer to the section of the Fund’s most recent annual report on Form N-CSR entitled “Additional Information Regarding the Fund—Effects of Leverage,” which is incorporated by reference herein, for a discussion of the effects of leverage.

Risks

Please refer to the section of the Fund’s most recent annual report on Form N-CSR entitled “Additional Information Regarding the Fund—Principal Risks of the Fund,” which is incorporated by reference herein, for a discussion of the risks associated with an investment in the Fund, in addition to the following.

Market Discount and Price Volatility Risk

The net asset value and market price of the Common Shares will fluctuate, sometimes independently, based on market and other factors affecting the Fund and its investments. The market price of the Common Shares may experience volatility (sometimes high volatility) driven by market forces that may be unrelated to changes in the Fund’s net asset value or other internal Fund factors. The market price of the Common Shares will either be above (premium) or below (discount) their net asset value. Although the net asset value of Common Shares is often

31

considered in determining whether to purchase or sell shares, whether investors will realize gains or losses upon the sale of Common Shares will depend upon whether the market price of Common Shares at the time of sale is above or below the investor’s purchase price, taking into account transaction costs for the Common Shares, and is not directly dependent upon the Fund’s net asset value. Market price movements of Common Shares are thus material to investors and may result in losses, even when net asset value has increased.

The Fund cannot predict whether the Common Shares will trade at a premium or discount to net asset value and the market price for the Common Shares will change based on a variety of factors. If the Common Shares are trading at a premium to net asset value at the time you purchase Common Shares, the net asset value per share of the Common Shares purchased will be less than the purchase price paid. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value, but in some cases have traded above net asset value. The risk of the Common Shares trading at a discount is a risk separate and distinct from the risk of a decline in the Fund’s net asset value as a result of the Fund’s investment activities.

Because the market price of the Common Shares will be determined by factors such as net asset value, dividend and distribution levels (which are dependent, in part, on expenses), supply of and demand for Common Shares, stability of dividends or distributions, trading volume of Common Shares, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the Fund’s control, the Fund cannot predict whether the Common Shares will trade at, below or above net asset value, or at, below or above the public offering price for the Common Shares.

The Fund’s net asset value would be reduced following an offering of the Common Shares due to the costs of such offering, to the extent those costs are borne by the Fund. The sale of Common Shares by the Fund (or the perception that such sales may occur) may have an adverse effect on prices of Common Shares in the secondary market, including by resulting in increased trading of the Common Shares, which may increase volatility in the market price of the Common Shares. An increase in the number of Common Shares available may put downward pressure on the market price for Common Shares. The Fund may, from time to time, seek the consent of Common Shareholders to permit the issuance and sale by the Fund of Common Shares at a price below the Fund’s then-current net asset value, subject to certain conditions, and such sales of Common Shares at price below net asset value, if any, may increase downward pressure on the market price for Common Shares. These sales, if any, also might make it more difficult for the Fund to sell additional Common Shares in the future at a time and price it deems appropriate.

The Fund is designed for long-term investors and investors in Common Shares should not view the Fund as a vehicle for trading purposes.

Debt Overlay Strategy Risk

The Fund’s Debt Overlay Strategy is subject to risks associated with investing in the investments comprising the Debt Overlay Basket as well as the risks associated with selling call options on the Underlying Bond ETF.

The risks of the Debt Overlay Strategy include, among others, Income Securities Risk, Corporate Bond Risk, Below Investment Grade Securities Risk, Investment Funds Risk, Derivatives Transactions Risk and Options Risk.

Additionally, the Debt Overlay Strategy is subject to imperfect matching or price correlation between the Underlying Bond ETF and the Debt Overlay Basket, which could reduce the Fund’s returns and expose the Fund to additional losses. In particular, the Debt Overlay Strategy is subject to the risk of loss associated with the Underlying Bond ETF outperforming the Debt Overlay Basket because the Fund’s obligation under the options on the Underlying Bond ETF at expiration is determined by the market price of the shares of the Underlying Bond ETF.

The Fund’s potential gain in selling a call option on the Underlying Bond ETF is the premium received from the purchaser of the option; however, the Fund risks a loss equal to the entire exercise price of the option minus the call premium (although the extent of such loss could be offset by the performance of the Debt Overlay Basket).

The call options sold as part of the Debt Overlay Strategy are generally not “covered.” For cash-settled call options sold by the Fund referencing the Underlying Bond ETF, if the market price of the Underlying Bond ETF is above the strike price of the options, the Fund would owe the difference between the market price of the shares of the Underlying Bond ETF and the strike price of the options. For physically-settled call options sold by the Fund

32

referencing the Underlying Bond ETF, if the options are exercised and assigned, the Fund will be obligated to sell to the options’ counterparty shares of the Underlying Bond ETF at the strike price. Pursuant to this sale upon assignment, the Fund will not be able to deliver the Debt Overlay Basket to satisfy its delivery obligations and will be required to buy shares of the Underlying Bond ETF at the prevailing market price, which may be greater in aggregate cost than the value of the corresponding Debt Overlay Basket. To the extent that the market price of the shares of the Underlying Bond ETF experiences proportionately greater appreciation than the value of the Debt Overlay Basket, the Fund is subject to additional risks associated with selling “naked” call options on the Underlying Bond ETF. Selling naked, or uncovered, call options can be considerably riskier than selling covered call options. Although the Debt Overlay Basket is intended to outperform the Underlying Bond ETF and the performance of the Debt Overlay Basket is otherwise intended to generally be correlated with that of the Underlying Bond ETF, it is possible that the market price of the shares of the Underlying Bond ETF will experience greater appreciation than the value of the Debt Overlay Basket, subjecting the Fund to the risk of a loss that is uncovered by the Debt Overlay Basket. The potential appreciation of the market price of the shares of the Underlying Bond ETF is theoretically unlimited, and the Fund is therefore subject to the risk of total loss.

To the extent that the market price of the shares of the Underlying Bond ETF experience less appreciation than the Debt Overlay Basket, the Fund is subject to risks similar to those described in “Risks Associated with the Fund’s Covered Call Option Strategy and Put Options,” including the risk of losing the ability to benefit from the capital appreciation of its Debt Overlay Basket (i.e., net of any losses from the call options sold by the Fund referencing the Underlying Bond ETF). Additionally, for certain types of options, the Fund has no control over the time when it may be required to fulfill its obligation under the option. There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist for the options if and when the Fund seeks to close out an option position.

Synthetic Autocallable ELN Strategy Risk

The Fund’s Synthetic Autocallable ELN Strategy is subject to risks associated with investing in autocallable ELNs directly, derivatives instruments on the Autocallable ELN Reference Index, including Common Equity Securities Risk, Synthetic Investments Risk, Derivatives Transactions Risk, Counterparty Risk and Swap Risk.

The Synthetic Autocallable ELN Strategy is also subject to certain additional or heightened risks, including:

| · | Contingent Income Risk. Coupon Payments from the Synthetic Autocallable Contract are not guaranteed and will not be made if the price level of the Autocallable ELN Reference Index falls below the Coupon Barrier on one or more observation dates. This means the Fund may generate significantly less income than anticipated from a Synthetic Autocallable Contract during equity market downturns. The Coupon Payments of Synthetic Autocallable Contracts are not linked to the performance of the Autocallable ELN Reference Index at any time other than on maturity dates and observation dates. Moreover, because the payoff of the Synthetic Autocallable Contract is linked to the price level of the Autocallable ELN Reference Index, the Fund is exposed to the market risk of the Autocallable ELN Reference Index and may not receive any return on the Synthetic Autocallable Contract and may lose a portion or all of the notional value of the Synthetic Autocallable Contract even if the performance of one or more of component securities of the Autocallable ELN Reference Index has exceeded the initial value of such security.

| · | Early Redemption Risk. Synthetic Autocallable Contracts may be called (i.e., cancelled) before their scheduled maturity if the Autocallable ELN Reference Index reaches or exceeds the Autocall Barrier on an observation date. Synthetic Autocallable Contracts limit the positive investment return that can be achieved due to this automatic call feature. This automatic early redemption could result in significantly less income than anticipated from a Synthetic Autocallable Contract and force reinvestment of that principal investment amount at less advantageous terms based on prevailing market conditions. For example, if the automatic call feature is triggered, the Fund would forego any remaining Coupon Payments and may be unable to invest in another Synthetic Autocallable Contract (or other investment) with a similar level of risk and comparable return potential. If the automatic call feature is not triggered, and the Maturity Barrier has been breached as of the maturity date, the Fund will receive less than the initial notional amount regardless of any outperformance of the Autocallable ELN Reference Index (or any component security thereof) throughout the term of the Synthetic Autocallable Contract.

33

| · | Barrier Risk. The Coupon Barrier and Maturity Barrier levels of a Synthetic Autocallable Contract set forth the threshold amount of loss the Autocallable ELN Reference Index could experience before the Fund would forfeit Coupon Payments and/or pay a portion or all of the initial notional amount of such contract. If the Coupon Barrier level is breached on an observation date, the Fund will not receive the Coupon Payment for such period (subject to any features that may provide the Fund to receive a Missed Coupon under certain conditions). Accordingly, it is possible that the Fund may not receive any Coupon Payments under a Synthetic Autocallable Contract. If the Maturity Barrier level is breached on the maturity date, the Fund may be required to pay a percentage of the initial notional amount of the Synthetic Autocallable Contract. If the Autocallable ELN Reference Index falls below the Maturity Barrier at the maturity of a Synthetic Autocallable Contract, the Fund is exposed to the negative performance of the Autocallable ELN Reference Index from a specified level. This could result in sudden, significant losses if the Maturity Barrier is breached. Under some Synthetic Autocallable Contracts, it is possible that the Fund could be required to pay the entire initial notional amount, in addition to forfeiting some or all of the Coupon Payments.

| · | Limited Available Counterparty Risk. Synthetic Autocallable Contracts are bespoke contracts and the Fund may have limited available counterparties. The Fund will be subject to credit and default risk with respect to the counterparties to the Synthetic Autocallable Contracts entered into by the Fund. If a Synthetic Autocallable Contract counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations, the Fund may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery, may obtain only a limited recovery, or may obtain no recovery at all. The Fund may have substantial exposure to one or a limited number of counterparties, which may result in the Fund being more susceptible to a single economic or regulatory occurrence affecting such counterparty(ies).

Management of the Fund

Trustees and Officers

The Board of Trustees is broadly responsible for the management of the Fund, including general supervision of the duties performed by the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser. The names and business addresses of the Trustees and officers of the Fund and their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years are set forth under “Management of the Fund” in the SAI.

Investment Advisers

Investment Adviser. Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC acts as the Fund’s Investment Adviser pursuant to the Advisory Agreement (as defined below). The Investment Adviser is a registered investment adviser and acts as investment adviser to a number of closed-end and open-end management investment companies. The Investment Adviser is a Delaware limited liability company, with its principal offices located at 227 West Monroe Street, Chicago, Illinois 60606. The Investment Adviser is responsible for the management of the Fund. The Investment Adviser furnishes office facilities and equipment and clerical, bookkeeping and administrative services on behalf of the Fund and oversees the activities of the Fund’s Sub-Adviser. The Investment Adviser provides all services through the medium of any directors, officers or employees of the Investment Adviser or its affiliates as the Investment Adviser deems appropriate in order to fulfill its obligations. The Investment Adviser pays the compensation of all officers and Trustees of the Fund who are its affiliates.

Sub-Adviser. Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC acts as the Fund’s Sub-Adviser pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement (as defined below). The Sub-Adviser is a Delaware limited liability company, with its principal offices located at 100 Wilshire Boulevard, Santa Monica, California 90401. The Sub-Adviser, under the oversight and supervision of the Board of Trustees and the Investment Adviser, manages the investment of the assets of the Fund in accordance with its investment policies, places orders to purchase and sell securities on behalf of the Fund, and, at the request of the Investment Adviser, consults with the Investment Adviser as to the overall management of the assets of the Fund and its investment policies and practices.

The Investment Adviser and Sub-Adviser make investment decisions for the assets of the Fund and continuously review, supervise and administer the Fund’s investment program. In carrying out these functions, the personnel of the Investment Adviser and Sub-Adviser operate in teams with various roles. For example, the macroeconomic research team develops the outlook for key economic themes and trends; a sector/security research team selects specific securities for investment consideration and identifies the outlook for different sectors; a portfolio construction team targets investment portfolio positionings and sector weightings; and the portfolio

34

management team provides portfolio monitoring and implementation and risk management services. The Investment Adviser and Sub-Adviser have created a fixed-income investment process designed around the specialization of functions and advances in behavioral finance in an effort to make investment decisions that seek to avoid behavioral anomalies and cognitive biases. To accomplish this, the Investment Adviser and Sub-Adviser have disaggregated the primary functions of investment management into four specialized teams that work in a systematic process. The teams are (1) Macroeconomic Research and Market Strategy, (2) Sector Teams, (3) Portfolio Construction, and (4) Portfolio Management.

Each of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Guggenheim Partners, LLC (“Guggenheim Partners”). Guggenheim Partners is a diversified financial services firm with wealth management, capital markets, investment management and proprietary investing businesses, the clients of which are a mix of individuals, family offices, endowments, investment funds, foundations, insurance companies and other institutions that have entrusted Guggenheim Partners with the supervision of approximately $357 billion of assets as of September 30, 2025. Guggenheim Partners is headquartered in Chicago and New York with a global network of offices throughout the United States, Europe, and Asia.

“Guggenheim Investments” refers to the global asset management and investment advisory division of Guggenheim Partners and includes the Investment Adviser, the Sub-Adviser and other affiliated investment management businesses of Guggenheim Partners.

Investment Advisory Agreement and Sub-Advisory Agreement

Pursuant to an investment advisory agreement between the Fund and the Investment Adviser (the “Advisory Agreement”), the Fund pays the Investment Adviser a fee, payable monthly in arrears at an annual rate equal to 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets (from which the Investment Adviser pays the Sub-Adviser’s fees), as described below.

Pursuant to an investment sub-advisory agreement among the Fund, the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”), the Investment Adviser pays the Sub-Adviser a fee, payable monthly in arrears at an annual rate equal to 0.50% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets, less 0.50% of the Fund’s average daily assets attributable to any investments by the Fund in Affiliated Investment Funds.

A discussion regarding the basis for the most recent approval of the Advisory Agreement and the Sub-Advisory Agreement by the Board of Trustees is available in the Fund’s annual report to shareholders for the period ending May 31, 2025.

Portfolio Management

The Sub-Adviser’s personnel primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio are:

Anne B. Walsh, Managing Partner, Chief Investment Officer and Portfolio Manager of Guggenheim Investments. Ms. Walsh joined Guggenheim Investments (or its affiliate or predecessor) in 2007. Ms. Walsh provides the vision guiding the firm’s investment strategies and leads the investment process to include the macroeconomic outlook, portfolio design, sector allocation, and risk management. She also chairs the Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) Oversight Committee and the Alternatives Investment Committee. Ms. Walsh, whose career in financial services spans nearly four decades, is highly regarded for her active fixed-income, alternatives, and insurance portfolio management expertise in addition to deep background in credit and liability managed investment. She is also a member of the Investor Advisory Committee on Financial Markets (IACFM), an advisory body to the President of the New York Fed. Ms. Walsh holds a BSBA and MBA from Auburn University, and a JD from the University of Miami School of Law. She has earned the right to use the Chartered Financial Analyst® designation and is a member of the CFA Institute.

Steven H. Brown, CFA, Chief Investment Officer, Fixed Income, and Senior Managing Director and Portfolio Manager of Guggenheim Investments. Mr. Brown joined Guggenheim Investments (or its affiliate or predecessor) in 2010. Mr. Brown works with the Chief Investment Officer the Sector Teams, Portfolio Management, Macroeconomic Research, and the Portfolio Construction Group to develop and execute investment strategy. Mr. Brown was previously a member of the structured credit sector team at Guggenheim. Prior to joining Guggenheim, Mr. Brown held roles focused on structured products at Bank of America and ABN AMRO. Mr. Brown received a B.S. in Finance from Indiana University's Kelley School of Business. He has earned the right to use the Chartered Financial Analyst® designation and is a member of the CFA Institute.

35

Adam J. Bloch, Managing Director and Portfolio Manager of Guggenheim Investments. Mr. Bloch joined Guggenheim Investments in 2012 and is a Portfolio Manager for the firm's Active Fixed Income and Total Return mandates. He oversees strategy implementation, working with research analysts and traders to generate trade ideas and manage day-to-day risk. Mr. Bloch works with the Chief Investment Officers, the Sector Teams, the Macroeconomic Research and Market Strategy Group, and the Portfolio Construction Group to develop and execute investment strategy. Prior to joining Guggenheim Investments, he worked in Leveraged Finance at Bank of America Merrill Lynch where he structured high-yield bonds and leveraged loans for leveraged buyouts, restructurings, and corporate refinancings across multiple industries. Mr. Bloch graduated with a B.A. in Philosophy, Politics, and Economics from the University of Pennsylvania.

Evan L. Serdensky, Managing Director and Portfolio Manager of Guggenheim Investments. Mr. Serdensky joined Guggenheim in 2018 and is a Portfolio Manager for Guggenheim’s Active Fixed Income and Total Return mandates. Previously, Mr. Serdensky was a Trader on the Investment Grade Corporate team at Guggenheim Investments, where he was responsible for identifying and executing investment opportunities across corporate securities. Prior to joining Guggenheim, Mr. Serdensky was a Vice President and Portfolio Manager at BlackRock, responsible for actively managing High Yield and Multi-Sector Credit portfolios. Mr. Serdensky started his career at PIMCO supporting Total Return and Alternative strategies. Mr. Serdensky completed his B.S. in Finance from the University of Maryland and earned his M.S. in Finance from the Washington University in St. Louis.

The SAI provides additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers’ ownership of securities of the Fund.

Net Asset Value

The net asset value of the Common Shares is calculated by subtracting the Fund’s total liabilities (including from Borrowings) and the liquidation preference of any outstanding Preferred Shares from total assets (the current market value of the securities the Fund holds plus cash and other assets). The per share net asset value is calculated by dividing its net asset value by the number of Common Shares outstanding and rounding the result to the nearest full cent.

The Fund generally calculates its net asset value once each day on which there is a regular trading session on the NYSE as of the scheduled close of normal trading on the “NYSE” (normally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time). The NYSE is open Monday through Friday, except on observation of the following holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, President’s Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Juneteenth, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. If the NYSE has an earlier closing time (scheduled or unscheduled), such as on days in advance of holidays generally observed by the NYSE, the Fund may calculate its net asset value as of the earlier closing time or calculate its net asset value as of the normally scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day, so long as the Investment Adviser, with the assistance of the Sub-Adviser, believes there generally remains an adequate market to obtain reliable and accurate market quotations. The Fund generally does not calculate its net asset value on any day that the NYSE is not open for business. However, if the NYSE is closed for any other reason on a day it would normally be open for business, the Fund may calculate its net asset value as of the normally scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day, so long as the Investment Adviser, with the assistance of the Sub-Adviser, believes there generally remains an adequate market to obtain reliable and accurate market quotations. The Fund discloses its net asset value on a daily basis. Information that becomes known to the Fund or its agent after the Fund’s net asset value has been calculated on a particular day will not be used to retroactively adjust the price of a security or the Fund’s previously determined net asset value.

The Board of Trustees has adopted policies and procedures for the valuation of the Fund’s investments (the “Fund Valuation Procedures”). Pursuant to Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act, the Board designated the Investment Adviser as the valuation designee to perform fair valuation determinations for the Fund with respect to all Fund investments and/or other assets. As the Fund’s valuation designee pursuant to Rule 2a-5, the Investment Adviser has adopted separate procedures (the “Valuation Designee Procedures” and collectively with the Fund Valuation Procedures, the “Valuation Procedures”) reasonably designed to prevent violations of the requirements of Rule 2a-5 and Rule 31a-4 under the 1940 Act. The Investment Adviser, in its role as valuation designee, utilizes the assistance of a valuation committee, consisting of representatives from Guggenheim’s investment management, fund administration, legal and compliance departments (the “Valuation Committee”), in determining fair value of the Fund’s securities and/or other assets. The Valuation Procedures permit the Fund to use a variety of valuation methodologies in connection with valuing the Fund’s investments. The methodology used for a specific type of investment may vary based on available market data or other relevant considerations. As a general matter, valuing

36

securities and assets accurately is difficult and can be based on inputs and assumptions, which may not always be accurate.

In general, portfolio securities and assets of the Fund will be valued on the basis of readily available market quotations at their current market value. With respect to portfolio securities and assets of the Fund for which market quotations are not readily available, or are deemed unreliable by the Investment Adviser, the Fund will fair value those securities and assets in good faith in accordance with the Valuation Procedures. Valuations in accordance with these methods are intended to reflect each security’s (or asset’s or liability’s) “fair value.” Fair value represents a good faith approximation of the value of a security. Fair value determinations may be based on limited inputs and involve the consideration of a number of subjective factors, an analysis of applicable facts and circumstances, and the exercise of judgment. Each such determination is based on a consideration of all relevant factors, which are likely to vary from one pricing context to another. Examples of such factors may include, but are not limited to: market prices; sale prices; broker quotes; and models which derive prices based on inputs such as prices of securities with comparable maturities and characteristics, or based on inputs such as anticipated cash flows or collateral, spread over U.S. Treasury securities, and other information analysis. As a result, it is possible that the fair value for a security determined in good faith in accordance with the Valuation Procedures may differ from valuations for the same security determined by other funds using their own valuation procedures. Although the Valuation Procedures are designed to value a portfolio security or asset at the price the Fund may reasonably expect to receive upon its sale in an orderly transaction, there can be no assurance that any fair value determination thereunder would, in fact, approximate the amount that the Fund could reasonably expect to receive upon the sale of the portfolio security or asset.

Equity securities listed or traded on a recognized U.S. securities exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market (“NASDAQ”) are generally valued on the basis of the last sale price on the primary U.S. exchange or market on which the security is listed or traded; provided, however, that securities listed on NASDAQ will be valued at the NASDAQ official closing price, which may not necessarily represent the last sale price.

Open-end investment companies are valued at their net asset value as of the close of the NYSE, on the valuation date. Exchange-traded funds and closed-end investment companies are generally valued at the last quoted sale price.

Commercial paper and discount notes with a maturity of greater than 60 days at acquisition are valued at prices that are obtained from independent third party pricing services, which may consider the trade activity, treasury spreads, yields or prices of bonds of comparable quality, coupon, maturity, and type, as well as prices quoted by dealers who make markets in such securities. Commercial paper and discount notes with a maturity of 60 days or less at acquisition are valued at amortized cost, unless the Investment Adviser concludes that amortized cost does not represent the fair value of the applicable asset in which case it will be valued using an independent third party pricing service.

CLOs, CDOs, MBS, ABS, and other structured finance securities are generally valued using an independent third party pricing service.

U.S. Government securities are valued by independent third party pricing services, using the last traded fill price, or at the reported bid price at the close of business on the valuation date.

Typically, loans are valued using information provided by an independent third party pricing service that uses broker quotes, among other inputs. If the independent third party pricing service cannot or does not provide a valuation for a particular loan, or such valuation is deemed unreliable by the Investment Adviser, such investment is valued based on a quote from a broker-dealer or is fair valued by the Investment Adviser. The Fund invests in loans and asset-backed securities as part of its investment strategies and has a significant amount of these instruments that are fair valued by the Investment Adviser.

Repurchase agreements are generally valued at amortized cost, provided such amounts approximate market value.

Exchange-traded options are valued at the mean of the bid and ask prices on the principal exchange on which they are traded. Over-the-counter (“OTC”) options and options on swaps (“swaptions”) are valued using a price provided by a pricing service.

Futures contracts are valued on the basis of the last sale price as of 4:00 p.m. on the valuation date. In the event that the exchange for a specific futures contract closes earlier than 4:00 p.m., the futures contract is valued at

37

the official settlement price of the exchange. However, the underlying securities from which the futures contract value is derived are monitored until 4:00 p.m. to determine if fair valuation would provide a more accurate valuation.

Interest rate swap agreements entered into by the Fund are valued on the basis of the last sale price on the primary exchange on which the swap is traded. Other swap agreements entered into by the Fund are generally valued using an evaluated price provided by an independent third party pricing service.

Forward foreign currency exchange contracts are valued daily based on the applicable exchange rate of the underlying currency.

Generally, trading in foreign securities markets is substantially completed each day at various times prior to the close of the NYSE. The values of foreign securities are determined as of the close of such foreign markets or the close of the NYSE, if earlier. All investments quoted in foreign currencies are valued in U.S. dollars on the basis of the foreign currency exchange rates prevailing at the close of U.S. business at 4:00 p.m. E.T. Investments in foreign securities may involve risks not present in domestic investments. The Investment Adviser will determine the current value of such foreign securities by taking into consideration certain factors which may include those discussed above, as well as the following factors, among others: the value of the securities traded on other foreign markets, American Depository Receipt trading, closed-end fund trading, foreign currency exchange activity, and the trading prices of financial products that are tied to foreign securities. In addition, under the Valuation Procedures , the Investment Adviser is authorized to use prices and other information supplied by an independent third-party pricing vendor in valuing foreign securities.

The Fund may also fair value securities and other assets when a significant event is deemed to have occurred after the time of a market quotation including for securities and assets traded on foreign markets and securities and assets for which market quotations are provided by independent third party pricing services as of a time that is prior to the time when the Fund determines its NAV. There can be no assurance in each case that significant events will be identified.

Valuations of the Fund’s securities and other assets are supplied primarily by independent third-party pricing services appointed pursuant to the processes set forth in the Valuation Designee Procedures. Valuations provided by the independent third-party pricing services are generally based on methods designed to approximate the amount that the Fund could reasonably expect to receive upon the sale of the portfolio security or asset. When providing valuations to the Fund, independent third-party pricing services use various inputs, methods, models and assumptions, which may include information provided by broker-dealers and other market makers. Independent third-party pricing services face the same challenges as the Fund in valuing securities and assets and may rely on limited available information. If the independent third-party pricing service cannot or does not provide a valuation for a particular investment, or such valuation is deemed unreliable, such investment is fair valued by the Investment Adviser. The Fund may also use third party service providers to model certain securities, using models to determine fair market value. While the Fund’s use of fair valuation is intended to result in calculation of net asset value that fairly reflects values of the Fund’s portfolio securities as of the time of pricing, the Fund cannot guarantee that any fair valuation will, in fact, approximate the amount the Fund would actually realize upon the sale of the securities in question.

Quotes from broker-dealers (i.e., prices provided by a broker-dealer or other market participant, which may or may not be committed to trade at that price), adjusted for fluctuations in criteria such as credit spreads and interest rates, may also be used to value the Fund’s securities and other assets. Quotes from broker-dealers and vendor prices based on broker quotes can vary in terms of depth (e.g., provided by a single broker-dealer) and frequency (e.g., provided on a daily, weekly, or monthly basis, or any other regular or irregular interval). Although quotes from broker-dealers and vendor prices based on broker quotes are typically received from established market participants, the Fund may not have the transparency to view the underlying inputs which support such quotes. Significant changes in a quote from a broker-dealer would generally result in significant changes in the fair value of the security.

Proportions of the Fund’s investments that are fair valued vary from time to time and the Fund may fair value a significant amount of its portfolio securities and other assets. The Fund’s shareholder reports contain more information about the Fund’s holdings that are fair valued. Investors should consult these reports for additional information. For underlying funds in which the Fund may invest, additional information about the circumstances

38

when those underlying funds may use fair value pricing may be found in each underlying fund’s respective prospectus.

Distributions

The Fund intends to pay substantially all of its net investment income, if any, to Common Shareholders through monthly distributions. In addition, the Fund intends to distribute any net long-term capital gains to Common Shareholders at least annually. The Fund expects that distributions paid on Common Shares will generally consist of (i) investment company taxable income taxed as ordinary income, which includes, among other things, dividend and interest income accrued on portfolio assets, short-term capital gain and income from certain hedging and interest rate transactions, (ii) long-term capital gain and (iii) return of capital. To the extent the Fund receives dividends with respect to its investments in Common Equity Securities that consist of qualified dividend income (income from domestic and certain foreign corporations), a portion of the Fund’s distributions to its Common Shareholders may consist of qualified dividend income. Qualified dividend income and long-term capital gains of certain non-corporate U.S. Common Shareholders (including individuals) will be taxable at reduced maximum rates. The Fund cannot assure you, however, as to what percentage of the dividends paid on Common Shares, if any, will consist of qualified dividend income or long-term capital gains.

Pursuant to the requirements of the 1940 Act, in the event the Fund makes distributions from sources other than income, a notice will accompany each monthly distribution with respect to the estimated source of the distribution made. Such notices will describe the portion, if any, of the monthly dividend which, in the Fund’s good faith judgment, constitutes long-term capital gain, short-term capital gain, investment company taxable income or a return of capital. The actual character of such dividend distributions for U.S. federal income tax purposes, however, will only be determined finally by the Fund at the close of its fiscal year, based on the Fund’s full year performance and its actual net investment company taxable income and net capital gains for the year, which may result in a recharacterization of amounts distributed during such fiscal year from the characterization in the monthly estimates.

The Fund’s distributions may be greater than the Fund’s net investment income or profit. As a result, all or a portion of a distribution may be a return of capital, which is in effect a partial return of the amount a Common Shareholder invested in the Fund.

If the Fund’s total distributions in any year exceed the amount of its investment company taxable income and net capital gain for the year, any such excess would generally be characterized as a return of capital for U.S. federal income tax purposes, to the extent such amounts exceed the Fund’s current and accumulated earning and profits. For example, because of the nature of the Fund’s investments, the Fund may distribute net short-term capital gains early in the calendar year, but incur net short-term capital losses later in the year, thereby offsetting the short-term net capital gains for which distributions have already been made by the Fund. In such a situation, the amount by which the Fund’s total distributions exceed the Fund’s current and accumulated earning and profits would generally be treated as a tax-free return of capital up to the amount of the Common Shareholder’s tax basis in their Common Shares, which would reduce such tax basis, with any amounts exceeding such basis treated as a gain from the sale of their Common Shares. Although a return of capital may not be taxable, it will generally increase the Common Shareholder’s potential gain, or reduce the Common Shareholder’s potential loss, on any subsequent sale or other disposition of Common Shares. Common Shareholders who receive the payment of a distribution consisting of a return of capital may be under the impression that they are receiving net investment income or profits when they are not. Common Shareholders should not assume that the source of a distribution from the Fund is net investment income or profit.

The Fund expects that over time it will distribute all of its investment company taxable income. The investment company taxable income of the Fund will consist of all dividend and interest income accrued on portfolio assets, short-term capital gain and income from certain hedging and interest rate transactions, less all expenses of the Fund. Expenses of the Fund will be accrued each day.

To permit the Fund to maintain more stable monthly distributions, the Fund may distribute more or less than the entire amount of the net investment income earned in a particular period. As a result, the distributions paid by the Fund for any particular monthly period may be more or less than the amount of net investment income actually earned by the Fund during the period, and, to pay distributions, the Fund may have to use net proceeds of an offering or sell a portion of its investment portfolio to make a distribution at a time when independent investment judgment might not dictate such action. Any undistributed net investment income may be available to supplement future distributions. Undistributed net investment income is included in the Common Shares’ net asset value, and,

39

correspondingly, distributions from net investment income will reduce the Common Shares’ net asset value. In certain circumstances, the Fund may elect to retain income or capital gain and pay income or excise tax on such undistributed amount. During the Fund’s fiscal year ended May 31, 2025, the Fund paid excise tax of $0. See “U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

Distributions paid on the Common Shares that consist of investment company taxable income and/or long-term capital gains are taxable even if they are paid from income or gains earned by the Fund before your investment in the Fund (and thus were included in the price paid for your Common Shares). These distributions are likely to occur in respect of Common Shares purchased at a time when the Fund’s net asset value (“NAV”) reflects earnings realized but not distributed. These distributions may be taxable despite constituting an economic return of your investment.

The Fund’s distribution rate is not constant and the amount of distributions, when declared by the Board of Trustees, is subject to change. There is no guarantee of any future distribution or that the current returns and distribution rates will be maintained. The Fund reserves the right to change its distribution policy and the basis for establishing the rate of distributions at any time and may do so without prior notice to Common Shareholders.

If you hold your Common Shares in your own name or if you hold your Common Shares with a brokerage firm that participates in the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”), unless you elect to receive cash, all dividends and distributions that are declared by the Fund will be automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares of the Fund pursuant to the Plan. If you hold your Common Shares with a brokerage firm that does not participate in the Plan, you will not be able to participate in the Plan and any dividend reinvestment may be effected on different terms than those described below. Consult your financial adviser for more information. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

Please refer to the section of the Fund’s most recent annual report on Form N-CSR entitled “Dividend Reinvestment Plan,” which is incorporated by reference herein, for a discussion of the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan.

Description of Capital Structure

The Fund is an unincorporated statutory trust organized under the laws of Delaware pursuant to a Certificate of Trust, dated as of November 13, 2006, and pursuant to an Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust, dated as of February 29, 2024, as amended and/or restated from time to time (the “Declaration of Trust”). The following is a brief description of the terms of the Common Shares, Borrowings and Preferred Shares which may be issued by the Fund. This description does not purport to be complete and is qualified by reference to the Fund’s Governing Documents.

Common Shares

The Fund is an unincorporated statutory trust organized under the laws of Delaware pursuant to a Certificate of Trust, dated as of November 13, 2006. Pursuant to the Declaration of Trust, the Fund is authorized to issue an unlimited number of common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share. Each Common Share has one vote (fractional Common Shares are entitled to a vote of such fraction) and, when issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of this offering, will be fully paid and non-assessable, except that the Board of Trustees shall have the power to cause shareholders to pay certain expenses of the Fund by setting off charges due from shareholders from declared but unpaid dividends or distributions owed the shareholders and/or by reducing the number of Common Shares owned by each respective shareholder. All Common Shares are equal as to dividends, assets and voting privileges and shall not entitle the holders to preference, preemptive, appraisal, conversion or exchange rights, except as otherwise required by law or permitted by the Declaration of Trust.

Under Delaware law applicable to the Fund as of August 1, 2022, if a shareholder acquires direct or indirect ownership or power to direct the voting of shares of the Fund in an amount that equals or exceeds certain percentage thresholds specified under Delaware law (beginning at 10% or more of shares of the Fund), the shareholder’s ability to vote certain of these shares may be limited.

The Fund will send annual and semi-annual reports, including financial statements, to all Common Shareholders, as required by applicable law or regulation.

40

Any additional offerings of Common Shares will require approval by the Board of Trustees. Any additional offering of Common Shares will be subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, which provides that shares may not be issued at a price below the then current net asset value, exclusive of distributing commissions or discounts, except in connection with an offering to existing Common Shareholders, with the consent of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities or as otherwise permitted under the 1940 Act.

Voting Rights. Until any Preferred Shares are issued, holders of the Common Shares will vote as a single class to elect the Fund’s Board of Trustees and on additional matters with respect to which the 1940 Act mandates a vote by the Fund’s shareholders. If Preferred Shares are issued, holders of Preferred Shares will have a right to elect at least two of the Fund’s Trustees, and will have certain other voting rights. See “Anti-Takeover Provisions in the Fund’s Governing Documents.”

Issuance of Additional Common Shares. The provisions of the 1940 Act generally require that the public offering price (less underwriting commissions and discounts) of common shares sold by a closed-end investment company must equal or exceed the net asset value of such company’s common shares (calculated within 48 hours of the pricing of such offering, excluding Sundays and holidays), unless such sale is made with the consent of a majority of its common shareholders and under certain other enumerated circumstances. The Fund may, from time to time, seek the consent of Common Shareholders to permit the issuance and sale by the Fund of Common Shares at a price below the Fund’s then-current net asset value, subject to certain conditions. If such consent is obtained, the Fund may, contemporaneous with and in no event more than one year following the receipt of such consent, sell Common Shares at a price below net asset value in accordance with any conditions adopted in connection with the giving of such consent. Additional information regarding any consent of Common Shareholders obtained by the Fund and the applicable conditions imposed on the issuance and sale by the Fund of Common Shares at a price below net asset value will be disclosed in the Prospectus Supplement relating to any such offering of Common Shares at a price below net asset value. Until such consent of Common Shareholders, if any, is obtained (or other applicable 1940 Act requirements are met), the Fund may not sell Common Shares at a price below net asset value. Because the Fund’s advisory fee and sub-advisory fee are based upon average Managed Assets, the Investment Adviser’s and the Sub-Adviser’s interests in recommending the issuance and sale of Common Shares at a price below net asset value may conflict with the interests of the Fund and its Common Shareholders.

Borrowings

The Fund is permitted, without prior approval of the Common Shareholders, to borrow money. The Fund may issue notes or other evidence of indebtedness (including bank borrowings or commercial paper) and may secure any such Borrowings by mortgaging, pledging or otherwise subjecting the Fund’s assets as security. In connection with such Borrowings, the Fund may be required to maintain minimum average balances with the lender or to pay a commitment or other fee to maintain a line of credit. Any such requirements will increase the cost of borrowing over the stated interest rate.

41

Limitations. Borrowings by the Fund are subject to certain limitations under the 1940 Act, including the amount of asset coverage required. In addition, agreements related to the Borrowings may also impose certain requirements, which may be more stringent than those imposed by the 1940 Act. See “Use of Leverage.”

Distribution Preference. The rights of lenders to the Fund to receive interest on, and repayment of, principal of any such Borrowings will be senior to those of the Common Shareholders, and the terms of any such Borrowings may contain provisions which limit certain activities of the Fund, including the payment of dividends to Common Shareholders in certain circumstances.

Voting Rights. The 1940 Act does (in certain circumstances) grant to the lenders to the Fund certain voting rights in the event of default in the payment of interest on, or repayment of, principal. Any Borrowings will likely be ranked senior or equal to all other existing and future borrowings of the Fund.

Preferred Shares

The Fund’s Governing Documents provide that the Board of Trustees may authorize and issue Preferred Shares with rights as determined by the Board of Trustees, by action of the Board of Trustees without prior approval of the holders of the Common Shares. Common Shareholders have no preemptive right to purchase any Preferred Shares that might be issued. Under the 1940 Act, the Fund may not issue Preferred Shares if, immediately after issuance, the Fund would have asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) of less than 200%, calculated as the ratio of the Fund’s total assets (less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities) over the aggregate amount of the Fund’s outstanding senior securities representing indebtedness plus the aggregate liquidation preference of any outstanding shares of preferred stock. In addition, the Fund generally is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on the Fund’s Common Shares, or purchase any such Common Shares, unless, at the time of such declaration, the Fund would have asset coverage (as described above) of at least 200% after deducting the amount of such dividend or other distribution. The 1940 Act grants to the holders of senior securities representing stock issued by the Fund certain voting rights. Failure to maintain certain asset coverage requirements under the 1940 Act could entitle the holders of Preferred Shares to elect a majority of the Board. If the Fund issues and has Preferred Shares outstanding, the Common Shareholders will generally not be entitled to receive any distributions from the Fund unless all accrued dividends on Preferred Shares have been paid. Issuance of Preferred Shares would constitute financial leverage and would entail special risks to the Common Shareholders. The Fund has no present intention to issue Preferred Shares.

42

Capitalization

The following table provides information about the outstanding securities of the Fund as of November 14, 2025:

Title of Class | Amount Authorized | Amount Held by the Fund or for its Account | Amount Outstanding
Common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share | Unlimited | — | 199,267,847

Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Fund’s Governing Documents

The Fund presently has provisions in its Governing Documents which could have the effect of limiting, in each case, (i) the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund, (ii) the Fund’s freedom to engage in certain transactions or (iii) the ability of the Fund’s Board of Trustees or shareholders to amend the Governing Documents or effectuate changes in the Fund’s management. These provisions of the Governing Documents of the Fund may be regarded as “anti-takeover” provisions. The Board of Trustees is divided into two classes, with the terms of one class expiring at each annual meeting of shareholders. At each annual meeting, one class of Trustees is elected to a two-year term. This provision could delay for up to one year the replacement of a majority of the Board of Trustees. A Trustee may be removed from office, for cause only, and not without cause, by the action of a majority of the remaining Trustees followed by a vote of the holders of at least 75% of the shares then entitled to vote for the election of the respective Trustee.

In addition, the Declaration of Trust requires the affirmative vote or consent of a majority of the Board of Trustees followed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of the Fund, voting separately as a class or series, to approve, adopt or authorize certain transactions with 5% or greater holders of a class or series of shares and their associates, unless the transaction has been approved by at least 80% of the Board Trustees, in which case “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund shall be required. For purposes of these provisions, a 5% or greater holder of a class or series of shares (a “Principal Shareholder”) refers to any person who, whether directly or indirectly and whether alone or together with its affiliates and associates, beneficially owns 5% or more of the outstanding shares of any class or series of shares of beneficial interest of the Fund.

The 5% holder transactions subject to these special approval requirements are:

| · | the merger or consolidation of the Fund or any subsidiary of the Fund with or into any Principal Shareholder;

| · | the issuance of any securities of the Fund to any Principal Shareholder for cash (other than pursuant to any automatic dividend reinvestment plan);

| · | the sale, lease or exchange of all or any substantial part of the assets of the Fund to any Principal Shareholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than $1,000,000, aggregating for purpose of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period; or

| · | the sale, lease or exchange to the Fund or any subsidiary of the Fund, in exchange for securities of the Fund, of any assets of any Principal Shareholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than $1,000,000, aggregating for purposes of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period.

To liquidate the Fund, the Declaration of Trust requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees followed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of the Fund, voting separately as a class or series, unless such liquidation has been approved by at least 80% of Board of Trustees, in which case “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund shall be required.

43

For the purposes of calculating “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” under the Declaration of Trust, each class and series of the Fund shall vote together as a single class, except to the extent required by the 1940 Act or the Declaration of Trust with respect to any class or series of shares. If a separate vote is required, the applicable proportion of shares of the class or series, voting as a separate class or series, also will be required. A “majority of the outstanding voting securities” means the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the Fund’s voting securities present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy; or (ii) more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities.

The Board of Trustees has determined that provisions with respect to the Board of Trustees and the shareholder voting requirements described above, which voting requirements are greater than the minimum requirements under Delaware law or the 1940 Act, are in the best interest of shareholders generally. Reference should be made to the Declaration of Trust on file with the SEC for the full text of these provisions. See “Additional Information.”

The Fund’s Declaration of Trust contains provisions relating to forum selection. For example, the Fund’s Declaration of Trust provides that, unless the Fund consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, any claims, suits, actions or proceedings arising under the Securities Act shall be exclusively brought in the federal district courts of the United States of America. The designation of exclusive forum may make it more expensive for a shareholder to bring a suit and may limit a shareholder’s ability to litigate a claim in a jurisdiction or forum that may be more convenient and that a shareholder believes is favorable to the shareholder for the claim.

Closed-End Fund Structure

Closed-end management investment companies (“closed-end funds”) differ from open-end management investment companies (commonly referred to as “mutual funds”) in that closed-end funds generally list their shares for trading on a securities exchange and do not redeem their shares at the option of the shareholder. By comparison, mutual funds issue securities redeemable at net asset value at the option of the shareholder and typically engage in a continuous offering of their shares. Mutual funds are subject to continuous asset in-flows and out-flows that can complicate portfolio management, whereas closed-end funds generally can stay more fully invested in securities consistent with the closed-end fund’s investment objective and policies. In addition, in comparison to open-end funds, closed-end funds have greater flexibility in their ability to make certain types of investments, including investments in illiquid securities.

However, shares of closed-end funds listed for trading on a securities exchange frequently trade at a discount from net asset value, but in some cases trade at a premium. The market price may be affected by trading volume of the shares, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the closed-end fund. The foregoing factors may result in the market price of the Common Shares being greater than, less than or equal to net asset value.

The Fund reserves the right to merge or reorganize with another fund, liquidate or convert into an open-end fund, in each case subject to applicable approvals by shareholders and the Fund’s Board of Trustees as required by law and the Fund’s Governing Documents. The Board of Trustees has reviewed the structure of the Fund in light of its investment objective and policies and has determined that the closed-end structure is in the best interests of the shareholders. Investors should assume that it is unlikely that the Board of Trustees would vote to convert the Fund to an open-end management investment company.

Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund

Repurchase of Common Shares

The Board of Trustees will review periodically the trading range and activity of the Fund’s shares with respect to its net asset value and may take certain actions to seek to reduce or eliminate any such discount. Such actions may include open market repurchases or tender offers for the Common Shares at net asset value. There can be no assurance that the Board of Trustees will decide to undertake any of these actions or that, if undertaken, such actions would result in the Common Shares trading at a price equal to or closer to net asset value per Common Share.

Conversion to Open-End Fund

To convert the Fund to an open-end management investment company, the Declaration of Trust requires the favorable vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees followed by the favorable vote of the holders of at least

44

75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of shares of the Fund, voting separately as a class or series, unless such action has been approved by at least 80% of the Board of Trustees, in which case “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund shall be required. A “majority of the outstanding voting securities” means the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the Fund’s voting securities present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy; or (ii) more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities. The foregoing vote would satisfy a separate requirement in the 1940 Act that any conversion of the Fund to an open-end management investment company be approved by the shareholders. If approved in the foregoing manner, conversion of the Fund to an open-end management investment company could not occur until 90 days after the shareholders’ meeting at which such conversion was approved and would also require at least 30 days’ prior notice to all shareholders.

In the event of conversion, the Common Shares would cease to be listed on the NYSE or other national securities exchange or market system. If the Fund were converted to an open-end management investment company, it is likely that new Common Shares would be sold at net asset value plus a sales load. The Board of Trustees believes, however, that the closed-end structure is desirable, given the Fund’s investment objective and policies. Investors should assume, therefore, that it is unlikely that the Board of Trustees would vote to convert the Fund to an open-end management investment company. Shareholders of an open-end management investment company may require the company to redeem their shares at any time (except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the 1940 Act) at their net asset value, less such redemption charge, if any, as might be in effect at the time of a redemption. In the event of conversion, the Fund would expect to pay all such redemption requests in cash, but would intend to reserve the right to pay redemption requests in a combination of cash or securities. If such partial payment in securities were made, investors could incur brokerage costs in converting such securities to cash.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following discussion is a brief summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations affecting the Fund and the ownership and disposition of the Fund’s Common Shares. A more complete discussion of the tax rules applicable to the Fund and its Common Shareholders can be found in the SAI that is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus. Except as otherwise noted, this discussion assumes you are a taxable U.S. person (as defined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and that you hold your Common Shares as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally, assets held for investments). This discussion is based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the regulations promulgated thereunder and judicial and administrative authorities, all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations by the courts or the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), possibly with retroactive effect. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal tax concerns affecting the Fund and its Common Shareholders (including Common Shareholders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax law). No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that the court would not sustain, a position contrary to any of the tax aspects set forth below.

The discussion set forth herein does not constitute tax advice and potential investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers to determine the specific U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences to them of investing in the Fund.

Taxation of the Fund

The Fund has elected to be treated and intends to continue to qualify annually as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code. Accordingly, the Fund must, among other things, meet certain income, asset diversification and distribution requirements:

| (i) | The Fund must derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from the following sources: (a) dividends, interest (including tax-exempt interest), payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including gain from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies; and (b) net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined in the Code). Generally, a qualified publicly traded partnership includes a partnership the interests of which are traded on an established securities market or readily tradable on a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof) and that derives less than 90% of its gross income from the items described in (a) above.

| (ii) | The Fund must diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items, including receivables,

45

|  | U.S. government securities, the securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (b) not more than 25% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities and the securities of other RICs) of (I) any one issuer, (II) any two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same business or similar or related trades or businesses or (III) any one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined in the Code).

As long as the Fund qualifies as a RIC, the Fund generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on income and gains that the Fund distributes to its Common Shareholders, provided that it distributes each taxable year at least the sum of (i) 90% of the Fund’s investment company taxable income (which includes, among other items, dividends, interest, the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, and other taxable income, other than any net capital gain (defined below), reduced by deductible expenses) determined without regard to the deduction for dividends and distributions paid and (ii) 90% of the Fund’s net tax-exempt interest (the excess of its gross tax-exempt interest over certain disallowed deductions). The Fund intends to distribute substantially all of such income each year. The Fund will be subject to income tax at regular corporate rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its Common Shareholders.

The Fund will either distribute or retain for reinvestment all or part of its net capital gain (which consists of the excess of its net long-term capital gain over its net short-term capital loss). If any such gain is retained, the Fund will be subject to a corporate income tax (at regular corporate rates) on such retained amount. In that event, the Fund may report the retained amount as undistributed capital gain in a notice to its Common Shareholders, each of whom, if subject to U.S. federal income tax on long-term capital gains, (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes as long-term capital gain its share of such undistributed amounts, (ii) will be entitled to credit its proportionate share of the tax paid by the Fund against its U.S. federal income tax liability and to claim refunds to the extent that the credit exceeds such liability and (iii) will increase its basis in its Common Shares by the amount of undistributed capital gain included in such Common Shareholder’s gross income net of the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii).

The Code imposes a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the Fund to the extent the Fund does not distribute by the end of any calendar year at least the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gain or loss) for the calendar year and (ii) 98.2% of its capital gain in excess of its capital loss (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for a one-year period generally ending on October 31 of the calendar year. In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any under-distribution or over-distribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. For purposes of the excise tax, the Fund will be deemed to have distributed any income on which it paid federal income tax in the taxable year ending within the calendar year. While the Fund intends to distribute any income and capital gain in order to minimize imposition of the 4% nondeductible excise tax, there can be no assurance that amounts of the Fund’s taxable income and capital gain will be distributed to entirely avoid the imposition of the excise tax. In that event, the Fund will be liable for the excise tax only on the amount by which it does not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.

Certain of the Fund’s investment practices are subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gains or “qualified dividend income” into higher taxed short-term capital gains or ordinary income, (iii) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause the Fund to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (vii) produce income that will not be “qualified” income for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement described above. These U.S. federal income tax provisions could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to Common Shareholders. The Fund intends to structure and monitor its transactions and may make certain tax elections and may be required to dispose of securities to mitigate the effect of these provisions and prevent disqualification of the Fund as a RIC (which may adversely affect the net after-tax return to the Fund).

If for any taxable year the Fund does not qualify as a RIC, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain) will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to Common Shareholders, and such distributions will be taxable to the Common Shareholders as ordinary dividends to the extent

46

of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits. Provided that certain holding period and other requirements are met, such dividends, however, would generally be eligible (i) to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of U.S. Common Shareholders taxed as individuals and (ii) for the dividends-received deduction in the case of U.S. Common Shareholders taxed as corporations. The Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay taxes and make distributions (which could be subject to interest charges) before requalifying for taxation as a RIC.

Taxation of Common Shareholders

Distributions. Distributions paid to you by the Fund from its net capital gains, which is the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss, if any, that the Fund properly reports as capital gains dividends (“capital gain dividends”) are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you have held your Common Shares. All other dividends paid to you by the Fund from its current or accumulated earnings and profits (including dividends from short-term capital gains) (“ordinary income dividends”) are generally subject to tax as ordinary income.

In the case of corporate shareholders, properly reported ordinary income dividends paid by the Fund generally will be eligible for the dividends received deduction to the extent that the Fund’s income consists of dividend income from U.S. corporations and certain holding period requirements are satisfied by both the Fund and the corporate shareholders. In the case of individuals, any properly reported ordinary income dividend that you receive from the Fund generally will be eligible for taxation at the rates applicable to long-term capital gains to the extent that (i) the ordinary income dividend is attributable to “qualified dividend income” (i.e., generally dividends paid by U.S. corporations and certain foreign corporations) received by the Fund, (ii) the Fund satisfies certain holding period and other requirements with respect to the stock on which such qualified dividend income was paid and (iii) you satisfy certain holding period and other requirements with respect to your Common Shares. Qualified dividend income eligible for these special rules is not actually treated as capital gains, however, and thus will not be included in the computation of your net capital gain and generally cannot be used to offset any capital losses. In general, you may include as qualified dividend income only that portion of the dividends that may be and are so reported by the Fund as qualified dividend income. Dividend income from “passive foreign investment companies” (as defined in the Code) and, in general, dividend income from REITs is not eligible for the reduced rate for qualified dividend income and is taxed as ordinary income. There can be no assurance as to what portion of the Fund’s distributions will qualify for favorable treatment as qualified dividend income.

Any distributions you receive that are in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax basis in your Common Shares, and thereafter as capital gain from the sale of Common Shares. The amount of any Fund distribution that is treated as a tax-free return of capital will reduce your adjusted tax basis in your Common Shares, thereby increasing your potential gain or reducing your potential loss on any subsequent sale or other disposition of your Common Shares.

Dividends and other taxable distributions are taxable to you even if they are reinvested in additional Common Shares of the Fund. Dividends and other distributions paid by the Fund are generally treated as received by you at the time the dividend or distribution is made. If, however, the Fund pays you a dividend in January that was declared in the previous October, November or December and you were the Common Shareholder of record on a specified date in one of such months, then such dividend will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as being paid by the Fund and received by you on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.

The Fund will send you information after the end of each year setting forth the amount and tax status of any distributions paid to you by the Fund.

Sale of Common Shares. The sale or other disposition of Common Shares of the Fund will generally result in capital gain or loss to you and will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held such Common Shares for more than one year. Any loss upon the sale or other disposition of Common Shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain) by you with respect to such Common Shares. Any loss you recognize on a sale or other disposition of Common Shares will be disallowed if you acquire other Common Shares (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after your sale or exchange of the Common Shares. In such case, your tax basis in Common Shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

47

Current U.S. federal income tax law taxes both long-term and short-term capital gain of corporations at the rates applicable to ordinary income. For non-corporate taxpayers, short-term capital gain is currently taxed at rates applicable to ordinary income, while long-term capital gain generally is taxed at reduced maximum rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations under the Code.

The Fund or your financial intermediary (if any) will be required to report to you and the IRS annually on Form 1099-B not only the gross proceeds of Common Shares sold but also, for Common Shares purchased on or after January 1, 2012, their cost basis. You should consult with your tax advisors to determine the appropriate cost basis method for your tax situation and to obtain more information about the cost basis reporting rules.

Medicare Tax. Certain U.S. Common Shareholders who are individuals, estates or trusts and whose income exceeds certain thresholds will be required to pay a 3.8% Medicare tax on all or part of their “net investment income,” which includes dividends received from the Fund and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of the Fund’s stock.

Backup Withholding. The Fund may be required to withhold, for U.S. federal backup withholding tax purposes, a portion of the dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds payable to non-corporate Common Shareholders who fail to provide the Fund (or its agent) with their correct taxpayer identification number (in the case of individuals, generally, their social security number) or to make required certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that you timely furnish the required information to the IRS.

The foregoing is a general and abbreviated summary of the provisions of the Code and the Treasury regulations in effect as they directly govern the taxation of the Fund and its Common Shareholders. These provisions are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, and any such change may be retroactive. A more complete discussion of the tax rules applicable to the Fund and its Common Shareholders can be found in the SAI that is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus. Common Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding specific questions as to U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income or other taxes.

Plan of Distribution

The Fund may sell up to $1,000,000,000 aggregate initial offering price of Common Shares from time to time under this Prospectus and any related Prospectus Supplement (1) directly to one or more purchasers; (2) through agents; (3) through underwriters; (4) through dealers; or (5) pursuant to the Plan. Each Prospectus Supplement relating to an offering of Common Shares will state the terms of the offering, including:

| · | the names of any agents, underwriters or dealers;

| · | any sales loads or other items constituting underwriters’ compensation;

| · | any discounts, commissions, or fees allowed or paid to dealers or agents;

| · | the public offering or purchase price of the offered Common Shares and the net proceeds the Fund will receive from the sale; and

| · | any securities exchange on which the offered Common Shares may be listed.

Direct Sales

The Fund may sell Common Shares directly to, and solicit offers from, institutional investors or others who may be deemed to be underwriters as defined in the Securities Act for any resales of the securities. In this case, no underwriters or agents would be involved. The Fund may use electronic media, including the internet, to sell offered securities directly. The Fund will describe the terms of any of those sales in the Prospectus Supplement.

By Agents

The Fund may offer Common Shares through agents that the Fund may designate. The Fund will name any agent involved in the offer and sale and describe any commissions payable by the Fund in the Prospectus Supplement. Unless otherwise indicated in the Prospectus Supplement, the agents will be acting on a best efforts basis for the period of their appointment.

48

By Underwriters

The Fund may offer and sell Common Shares from time to time to one or more underwriters who would purchase the Common Shares as principal for resale to the public, either on a firm commitment or best efforts basis. If the Fund sells Common Shares to underwriters, the Fund will execute an underwriting agreement with them at the time of the sale and will name them in the Prospectus Supplement. In connection with these sales, the underwriters may be deemed to have received compensation from the Fund in the form of underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters also may receive commissions from purchasers of Common Shares for whom they may act as agent. Unless otherwise stated in the Prospectus Supplement, the underwriters will not be obligated to purchase the Common Shares unless the conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement are satisfied, and if the underwriters purchase any of the Common Shares, they will be required to purchase all of the offered Common Shares. The underwriters may sell the offered Common Shares to or through dealers, and those dealers may receive discounts, concessions or commissions from the underwriters as well as from the purchasers for whom they may act as agent. Any public offering price and any discounts or concessions allowed or reallowed or paid to dealers may be changed from time to time.

If the Prospectus Supplement so indicates, the Fund may grant the underwriters an option to purchase additional Common Shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, within 45 days from the date of the Prospectus Supplement, to cover any overallotments.

By Dealers

The Fund may offer and sell Common Shares from time to time to one or more dealers who would purchase the securities as principal. The dealers then may resell the offered Common Shares to the public at fixed or varying prices to be determined by those dealers at the time of resale. The Fund will set forth the names of the dealers and the terms of the transaction in the Prospectus Supplement.

General Information

Agents, underwriters, or dealers participating in an offering of Common Shares may be deemed to be underwriters, and any discounts and commission received by them and any profit realized by them on resale of the offered Common Shares for whom they act as agent, may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act.

The Fund may offer to sell securities either at a fixed price or at prices that may vary, at market prices prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related to prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices.

To facilitate an offering of Common Shares in an underwritten transaction and in accordance with industry practice, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the market price of the Common Shares or any other security. Those transactions may include overallotment, entering stabilizing bids, effecting syndicate covering transactions, and reclaiming selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer.

| · | An overallotment in connection with an offering creates a short position in the common stock for the underwriter’s own account.

| · | An underwriter may place a stabilizing bid to purchase the Common Shares for the purpose of pegging, fixing, or maintaining the price of the Common Shares.

| · | Underwriters may engage in syndicate covering transactions to cover overallotments or to stabilize the price of the Common Shares by bidding for, and purchasing, the Common Shares or any other securities in the open market in order to reduce a short position created in connection with the offering.

| · | The managing underwriter may impose a penalty bid on a syndicate member to reclaim a selling concession in connection with an offering when the Common Shares originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in syndicate covering transactions or otherwise.

Any of these activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of the Common Shares above independent market levels. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at any time.

Any underwriters to whom the offered Common Shares are sold for offering and sale may make a market in the offered Common Shares, but the underwriters will not be obligated to do so and may discontinue any market-

49

making at any time without notice. There can be no assurance that there will be a liquid trading market for the offered Common Shares.

Under agreements entered into with the Fund, underwriters and agents may be entitled to indemnification by the Fund against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribution for payments the underwriters or agents may be required to make.

The underwriters, agents, and their affiliates may engage in financial or other business transactions with the Fund in the ordinary course of business.

Pursuant to a requirement of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, the maximum compensation to be received by any FINRA member or independent broker-dealer may not be greater than eight percent (8%) of the gross proceeds received by the Fund for the sale of any securities being registered pursuant to SEC Rule 415 under the Securities Act.

The aggregate offering price specified on the cover of this Prospectus relates to the offering of the Common Shares not yet issued as of the date of this Prospectus.

To the extent permitted under the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the underwriters may from time to time act as a broker or dealer and receive fees in connection with the execution of portfolio transactions on behalf of the Fund after the underwriters have ceased to be underwriters and, subject to certain restrictions, each may act as a broker while it is an underwriter.

A Prospectus and accompanying Prospectus Supplement in electronic form may be made available on the websites maintained by underwriters. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of Common Shares for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Such allocations of Common Shares for internet distributions will be made on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, Common Shares may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell Common Shares to online brokerage account holders.

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

The Fund may issue and sell Common Shares pursuant to the Plan.

Custodian, Administrator, Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent

The Bank of New York Mellon (“BNY”) acts as the custodian of the Fund’s assets pursuant to a custody agreement. Under the custody agreement, the custodian holds the Fund’s assets in compliance with the 1940 Act. For its services, the custodian receives a monthly fee based upon, among other things, the average value of the total assets of the Fund, plus certain securities transactions. The Bank of New York Mellon is located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286.

Computershare Inc. acts as the Fund’s dividend disbursing agent, transfer agent and registrar for the Common Shares of the Fund. Computershare Inc. is located at 250 Royall Street, Canton, MA 02021. Computershare Trust Company, N.A. acts as Plan Agent under the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan.

MUFG Investor Services (US) LLC (“MUFG”), acts as the Fund’s administrator. Pursuant to an accounting and administration agreement, MUFG is responsible for providing administrative services to the Fund, including assisting the Fund with regulatory filings. For these services, the Fund pays MUFG a fee, accrued daily and paid monthly, at the annual rate equal to 0.0275% of the first $200 million in average daily Managed Assets, 0.0200% of the next $300 million in average daily Managed Assets, 0.0150% of the next $500 million in average daily Managed Assets, and 0.0100% of average daily Managed Assets above $1 billion, along with an annual fixed fee ranging from $500 to $11,000 for assisting the Fund with certain regulatory filings.

MUFG also acts as fund accounting agent to the Fund. Pursuant to an accounting and administration agreement, MUFG performs certain accounting services to the Fund. For the services, the Fund pays MUFG a fee, accrued daily and paid monthly, at the annual rate equal to 0.0300% of the first $200 million in average daily Managed Assets, 0.0150% of the next $300 million in average daily Managed Assets, 0.0100% of the next $500 million in average daily Managed Assets, and 0.0075% of average daily Managed Assets above $1 billion, subject to a minimum fee of $50,000 per year, and reimburses MUFG for certain out-of-pocket expenses.

50

Legal Matters

Certain legal matters will be passed on by Dechert LLP as counsel to the Fund in connection with the offering of the Common Shares. If certain legal matters in connection with an offering of Common Shares are passed upon by counsel for the underwriters of such offering, that counsel will be named in the Prospectus Supplement related to that offering.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Ernst & Young LLP, 1775 Tysons Blvd, Tysons, Virginia 22102, is the independent registered public accounting firm of the Fund. The Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm is expected to render an opinion annually on the financial statements of the Fund.

Additional Information

This Prospectus constitutes part of a Registration Statement filed by the Fund with the SEC under the Securities Act and the 1940 Act. This Prospectus omits certain of the information contained in the Registration Statement, and reference is hereby made to the Registration Statement and related exhibits for further information with respect to the Fund and the Common Shares offered hereby. Any statements contained herein concerning the provisions of any document are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement or otherwise filed with the SEC. Each such statement is qualified in its entirety by such reference. The complete Registration Statement, other documents incorporated by reference, and other information the Fund has filed electronically with the SEC, may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the fee prescribed by its rules and regulations or free of charge through the SEC website (http://www.sec.gov), by calling (800) 345-7999, by writing to the Investment Adviser at Guggenheim Investment Advisors, LLC, 227 West Monroe Street, Chicago, Illinois 60606, or by visiting our website at www.guggenheiminvestments.com.

Privacy Principles of the Fund

The Fund is committed to maintaining the privacy of its shareholders and to safeguarding their non-public personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what personal information the Fund collects, how the Fund protects that information and why, in certain cases, the Fund may share information with select other parties.

Generally, the Fund does not receive any non-public personal information relating to its shareholders, although certain non-public personal information of its shareholders may become available to the Fund. The Fund does not disclose any non-public personal information about its shareholders or former shareholders to anyone, except as permitted by law or as is necessary in order to service shareholder accounts (for example, to a transfer agent or third party administrator).

The Fund restricts access to non-public personal information about its shareholders to employees of the Fund’s Investment Adviser and its delegates and affiliates with a legitimate business need for the information. The Fund maintains physical, electronic and procedural safeguards designed to protect the non-public personal information of its shareholders.

Incorporation By Reference

As noted above, this Prospectus is part of a registration statement that has been filed with the SEC. The Fund is permitted to “incorporate by reference” the information that it files with the SEC, which means that the Fund can disclose important information to you by referring you to those documents. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be part of this Prospectus, and later information that the Fund files with the SEC will automatically update and supersede this information.

The Fund incorporates by reference any future filings it will make with the SEC under Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14, or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or pursuant to Section 30(b)(2) under the 1940 Act, until the Fund has sold all of the offered securities to which this Prospectus, the SAI and any accompanying Prospectus Supplement relate, or the offering is otherwise terminated. The documents incorporated by reference herein include:

| · | The Fund’s SAI, dated November 21, 2025, filed with this Prospectus;

51

| · | The Fund’s annual report on Form N-CSR for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2025, filed with the SEC on August 4, 2025;

| · | The Fund’s definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A, filed with the SEC on February 28, 2025; and

| · | The description of the Fund’s common shares contained in its Registration Statement on Form 8-A (File No. 001-33565), filed with the SEC on June 27, 2007, including any amendment or report filed for the purpose of updating such description prior to the termination of the offering registered hereby.

To obtain copies of these filings, see “Additional Information.”

52

Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund
__________________________
Statement of Additional Information

Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund (the “Fund”) is a diversified, closed-end management investment company. The Fund’s investment objective is to maximize total return through a combination of current income and capital appreciation. The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing in a wide range of fixed-income and other debt and senior equity securities (“Income Securities”) selected from a variety of sectors and credit qualities, including, but not limited to, corporate bonds, loans and loan participations, structured finance investments, U.S. government and agency securities and sovereign or supranational debt obligations, mezzanine and preferred securities and convertible securities, and in common stocks, limited liability company interests, trust certificates and other equity investments (“Common Equity Securities”) that the Fund’s sub-adviser believes offer attractive yield and/or capital appreciation potential, including employing a strategy of writing (selling) covered call options and may, from time to time, buy or sell put options on individual Common Equity Securities and, to a lesser extent, on indices of securities and sectors of securities. The Fund may also invest in asset-backed securities (“ABS”) and mortgage-related securities. These securities may include complex instruments such as collateralized mortgage obligations, real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) (including debt and preferred stock issued by REITs), and other real estate-related securities. There can be no assurance that the Fund’s investment objective will be achieved.

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) relating to the offering, from time to time, of up to $1,000,000,000 aggregate initial offering price of the Fund’s common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Shares”), in one or more offerings, is not a prospectus, but should be read in conjunction with the prospectus for the Fund dated November 21, 2025 (the “Prospectus”), and any related supplement to the Prospectus (each, a “Prospectus Supplement”). Investors should obtain and read the Prospectus and any related Prospectus Supplement prior to purchasing Common Shares. A copy of the Prospectus and any related Prospectus Supplement may be obtained without charge, by calling the Fund at (800) 345-7999.

You may also obtain a copy of the Prospectus on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (the “SEC”) website (http://www.sec.gov) at no charge. The Prospectus and this SAI omit certain information contained in the Fund’s registration statement filed with SEC, which is also available on the SEC’s website at no charge. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.

Table of Contents

Page

The Fund | S-1
Investment Objective and Policies | S-1
Investment Restrictions | S-17
Management of the Fund | S-18
Portfolio Transactions | S-29
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations | S-30
General Information | S-37
Financial Statements | S-38
Appendix A Description of Securities Ratings | A-1
Appendix B Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC | B-1

Statement of Additional Information dated November 21, 2025.

The Fund

The Fund is a diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Fund was organized as a statutory trust on November 13, 2006, pursuant to a Certificate of Trust, and is governed by the laws of the State of Delaware. The Fund’s currently outstanding Common Shares are, and the Common Shares offered by the Prospectus will be, subject to notice of issuance, listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “GOF.” The Fund commenced operations on July 27, 2007. Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (the “Investment Adviser”) acts as the Fund’s investment adviser and is responsible for the management of the Fund. Guggenheim Partners Investment Management LLC acts as the sub-adviser to the Fund (the “Sub-Adviser”) and is responsible for the management of the Fund’s portfolio securities. References to the “Adviser” or “Advisers” may include the Investment Adviser and/or the Sub-Adviser, as applicable.

Investment Objective and Policies

Additional Investment Policies

The following information supplements the discussion of the Fund’s investment objective, policies and techniques that are described in the Prospectus. The Fund may make the following investments or use the following techniques, among others, some of which are part of its principal investment strategies and some of which are not. The principal risks of the Fund’s principal investment strategies are discussed in the Prospectus. The Fund may not buy all of the types of securities or use all of the investment techniques that are described.

Mortgage-Related Securities. Mortgage-related securities include structured debt obligations collateralized by pools of commercial or residential mortgages. Pools of mortgage loans and mortgage-related loans such as mezzanine loans are assembled as securities for sale to investors by various governmental, government-related and private organizations. Mortgage-related securities include complex instruments such as collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”), stripped mortgage-backed securities, mortgage pass-through securities, interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”), real estate investment trusts (“REITs”), including debt and preferred stock issued by REITs, as well as other real estate-related securities. The mortgage-related securities in which the Fund may invest include those with fixed, floating or variable interest rates, those with interest rates that change based on multiples of changes in a specified index of interest rates and those with interest rates that change inversely to changes in interest rates, as well as those that do not bear interest. The Fund may invest in residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) and commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”), including residual interests, issued by governmental entities and private issuers, including subordinated mortgage-related securities. The Fund may invest in sub-prime mortgages or mortgage-related securities that are backed by sub-prime mortgages. Certain mortgage-related securities that the Fund may invest in are described below.

Mortgage-Backed Securities. The risks associated with mortgage-backed securities include, but are not limited to: (1) credit risk associated with the performance of the underlying mortgage properties and of the borrowers owning these properties; (2) adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances are likely to have an adverse impact on mortgage-backed securities secured by loans on certain types of commercial properties than on those secured by loans on residential properties; (3) prepayment risk, which can lead to significant fluctuations in the value of the mortgage-backed security; (4) extension risk, which may reduce the value of the Fund’s investment in mortgage-backed securities and may prevent the Fund from receiving higher interest rates on proceeds reinvested in other instruments; (5) loss of all or part of the premium, if any, paid; and (6) decline in the market value of the security, whether resulting from changes in interest rates, prepayments on the underlying mortgage collateral or perceptions of the credit risk associated with the underlying mortgage collateral.

Mortgage-backed securities represent an interest in a pool of mortgages. When market interest rates decline, more mortgages are refinanced and the securities are paid off earlier than expected. Prepayments may also occur on a scheduled basis or due to foreclosure. When market interest rates increase, the market values of mortgage-backed securities decline. At the same time, however, mortgage refinancings and prepayments slow, which lengthens the effective maturities of these securities. As a result, the negative effect of the rate increase on the market value of mortgage-backed securities is usually more pronounced than it is for other types of debt securities. In addition, due to increased instability in the credit markets, the market for some mortgage-backed securities has at times experienced reduced liquidity and greater volatility with respect to the value of such securities, making it more

S-1

difficult to value and sell such securities. The Fund may invest in sub-prime mortgages or mortgage-backed securities that are backed by sub-prime mortgages.

Moreover, the relationship between prepayments and interest rates may give some high-yielding mortgage-related and asset-backed securities less potential for growth in value than conventional bonds with comparable maturities. In addition, in periods of falling interest rates, the rate of prepayments tends to increase. During such periods, the reinvestment of prepayment proceeds by the Fund will generally be at lower rates than the rates that were carried by the obligations that have been prepaid. Because of these and other reasons, mortgage-related and asset-backed security’s total return and maturity may be difficult to predict precisely. To the extent that the Fund purchases mortgage-related and asset-backed securities at a premium, prepayments (which may be made without penalty) may result in loss of the Fund’s principal investment to the extent of premium paid.

Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities. RMBS are securities the payments on which depend (except for rights or other assets designed to assure the servicing or timely distribution of proceeds to holders of such securities) primarily on the cash flow from residential mortgage loans made to borrowers that are secured (on a first priority basis or second priority basis, subject to permitted liens, easements and other encumbrances) by residential real estate (one- to four-family properties) the proceeds of which are used to purchase real estate and purchase or construct dwellings thereon (or to refinance indebtedness previously so used). Residential mortgage loans are obligations of the borrowers thereunder only and are not typically insured or guaranteed by any other person or entity. The ability of a borrower to repay a loan secured by residential property is dependent upon the income or assets of the borrower. A number of factors, including a general economic downturn, acts of God, terrorism, social unrest and civil disturbances, may impair borrowers’ abilities to repay their loans.

Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities. CMBS generally are multi-class debt or pass-through certificates secured or backed by mortgage loans on commercial properties. CMBS generally are structured to provide protection to the senior class investors against potential losses on the underlying mortgage loans. This protection generally is provided by having the holders of subordinated classes of securities (“Subordinated CMBS”) take the first loss if there are defaults on the underlying commercial mortgage loans. Other protection, which may benefit all of the classes or particular classes, may include issuer guarantees, reserve funds, additional Subordinated CMBS, cross-collateralization and over-collateralization.

The Fund may invest in Subordinated CMBS issued or sponsored by commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, mortgage bankers, private mortgage insurance companies and other non-governmental issuers. Subordinated CMBS have no governmental guarantee and are subordinated in some manner as to the payment of principal and/or interest to the holders of more senior mortgage-related securities arising out of the same pool of mortgages. The holders of Subordinated CMBS typically are compensated with a higher stated yield than are the holders of more senior mortgage-related securities. On the other hand, Subordinated CMBS typically subject the holder to greater risk than senior CMBS and tend to be rated in a lower rating category, and frequently a substantially lower rating category, than the senior CMBS issued in respect of the same mortgage pool. Subordinated CMBS generally are likely to be more sensitive to changes in prepayment and interest rates and the market for such securities may be less liquid than is the case for traditional income securities and senior mortgage-related securities.

In addition to the foregoing risks, CMBS are subject to particular risks, including lack of standardized terms, shorter maturities than residential mortgage loans and payment of all or substantially all of the principal only at maturity rather than regular amortization of principal. In addition, commercial lending generally is viewed as exposing the lender to a greater risk of loss than one-to-four family residential lending. Commercial lending, for example, typically involves larger loans to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers than residential one-to-four family mortgage loans. In addition, the repayment of loans secured by income producing properties typically is dependent upon the successful operation of the related real estate project and the cash flow generated therefrom. Net operating income of an income-producing property can be affected by, among other things: tenant mix, success of tenant businesses, property management decisions, property location and condition, competition from comparable types of properties, changes in laws that increase operating expense or limit rents that may be charged, any need to address environmental contamination at the property, the occurrence of any uninsured casualty at the property, changes in national, regional or local economic conditions and/or specific industry segments, declines in regional or local real estate values, declines in regional or local rental or occupancy rates, increases in interest rates, real estate tax rates and other operating expenses, change in governmental rules, regulations and fiscal policies, including environmental legislation, acts of God, terrorism, social unrest and civil disturbances. Consequently, adverse

S-2

changes in economic conditions and circumstances are likely to have an adverse impact on mortgage-related securities secured by loans on commercial properties than on those secured by loans on residential properties. Economic downturns, rises in unemployment, tightening lending standards, increased interest and lending rates, developments adverse to the commercial real estate markets, and other developments that limit or reduce the activities of and demand for commercial retail and office spaces (including continued or expanded remote working arrangements) as well as increased maintenance or tenant improvement costs and costs to convert properties for other uses adversely impact these investments. Additional risks may be presented by the type and use of a particular commercial property. Special risks are presented by hospitals, nursing homes, hospitality properties and certain other property types. Commercial property values and net operating income are subject to volatility, which may result in net operating income becoming insufficient to cover debt service on the related mortgage loan. The exercise of remedies and successful realization of liquidation proceeds relating to CMBS may be highly dependent on the performance of the servicer or special servicer. There may be a limited number of special servicers available, particularly those that do not have conflicts of interest.

Government Agency Securities. Mortgage-related securities issued by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) include GNMA Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates (also known as “Ginnie Maes”) which are guaranteed as to the timely payment of principal and interest by GNMA and such guarantee is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. GNMA is a wholly owned U.S. Government corporation within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. GNMA certificates also are supported by the authority of GNMA to borrow funds from the U.S. Treasury to make payments under its guarantee.

Government-Related Securities. Mortgage-related securities issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) include FNMA Guaranteed Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates (also known as “Fannie Maes”) which are solely the obligations of FNMA and are not backed by or entitled to the full faith and credit of the United States. FNMA is a privately owned government-sponsored organization. The FNMA guarantees Fannie Maes as to timely payment of principal and interest. Mortgage-related securities issued by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) include FHLMC Mortgage Participation Certificates (also known as “Freddie Macs” or “PCs”). Freddie Macs are not guaranteed by the United States or by any Federal Home Loan Bank and do not constitute a debt or obligation of the United States or of any Federal Home Loan Bank. Freddie Macs entitle the holder to timely payment of interest, which FHLMC guarantees. FHLMC guarantees either ultimate collection or timely payment of all principal payments on the underlying mortgage loans. When FHLMC does not guarantee timely payment of principal, FHLMC may remit the amount due on account of its guarantee of ultimate payment of principal at any time after default on an underlying mortgage, but in no event later than one year after it becomes payable. On September 7, 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”), an independent regulatory agency, placed FNMA and FHLMC into conservatorship. At the same time, the U.S. Treasury agreed to acquire $1 billion of senior preferred stock of each instrumentality and obtained warrants for the purchase of common stock of each instrumentality. Under these Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreements (“SPAs”), as amended, the U.S. Treasury has pledged to provide financial support to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac in any quarter which the respective entity has a net worth deficit as defined in the respective SPA, as amended.

Also in December 2009, the U.S. Treasury amended the SPAs to provide Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac with some additional flexibility to meet the requirement to reduce their mortgage portfolios. The actions of the U.S. Treasury are intended to ensure that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac maintain a positive net worth and meet their financial obligations, preventing mandatory triggering of receivership. No assurance can be given that the U.S. Treasury initiatives will be successful. Other U.S. government securities the Fund may invest in include (but are not limited to) securities issued or guaranteed by the Federal Housing Administration, Farmers Home Loan Administration, Export-Import Bank of the U.S., Small Business Administration, General Services Administration, Central Bank for Cooperatives, Federal Farm Credit Banks, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, Federal Land Banks, Maritime Administration, Tennessee Valley Authority, District of Columbia Armory Board and Student Loan Marketing Association. Because the U.S. government is not obligated by law to provide support to an instrumentality it sponsors, the Fund will invest in obligations issued by such an instrumentality only if the Adviser determines that the credit risk with respect to the instrumentality does not make its securities unsuitable for investment by the Fund.

No assurance can be given as to whether the U.S. government will continue to support Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. In addition, the future for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac remains uncertain. Congress has considered proposals to reduce the U.S. government’s role in the mortgage market of both Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, including proposals as to whether Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac should be nationalized, privatized, restructured or

S-3

eliminated altogether. Should the federal government adopt any such proposal, the value of the Fund’s investments in securities issued by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac would be impacted. Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are also the subject of continuing legal actions and investigations which may have an adverse effect on these entities. In the event that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are taken out of conservatorship, it is unclear whether the U.S. Treasury would continue to enforce its rights or perform its obligations under the SPAs. It is also unclear how the capital structure of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac would be constructed post-conservatorship, and what effects, if any, the privatization of the enterprises will have on their creditworthiness and guarantees of certain MBS. Accordingly, should the FHFA take the enterprises out of conservatorship, there could be an adverse impact on the value of their securities, which could cause the Fund to lose value.

Under a letter agreement entered into in January 2021, each enterprise is permitted to retain earnings and raise private capital to enable them to meet the minimum capital requirements under the FHFA’s Enterprise Regulatory Capital Framework. The letter agreement also permits each enterprise to develop a plan to exit conservatorship, but may not do so until all litigation involving the conservatorships is resolved and each enterprise has the minimum capital required by FHFA’s rules.

Any controversy or ongoing uncertainty regarding the status of negotiations in the U.S. Congress to increase the statutory debt ceiling may impact the creditworthiness of the U.S. Government and the liquidity and/or market value of U.S. government debt securities held by the Fund. If the U.S. Congress is unable to negotiate an adjustment to the statutory debt ceiling, there is also the risk that the U.S. government may default on payments on certain U.S. government securities (including U.S. Treasury securities), including those held by the Fund, which could have a material negative impact on the Fund. These types of situations could result in higher interest rates, lower prices of U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government securities and could adversely affect the Fund’s investments, including in other types of debt instruments or other investments.

Private Entity Securities. These mortgage-related securities are issued by commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, mortgage bankers, private mortgage insurance companies and other non-governmental issuers (referred to as “non-agency” MBS). Timely payment of principal and interest on mortgage-related securities backed by pools created by non-governmental issuers often is supported partially by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance. The insurance and guarantees are issued by government entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers. There can be no assurance that the private insurers or mortgage poolers can or will meet their obligations under the policies, so that if the issuers default on their obligations the holders of the security could sustain a loss. No insurance or guarantee covers the Fund or the price of the Fund’s shares. Mortgage-related securities issued by non-governmental issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than government-agency and government-related securities because there are no direct or indirect government guarantees of payment.

Non-agency MBS (also referred to as “private label”) are subject to the risk that the value of such securities will decline because, among other things, the securities are not guaranteed as to principal or interest by the U.S. government or a government sponsored enterprise. Non-agency MBS are not subject to the same underwriting requirements for underlying mortgages as agency MBS and, as a result, mortgage loans underlying non-agency MBS typically have less favorable underwriting characteristics (such as credit and default risk and collateral) and a wider range in terms (such as interest rate, term and borrower characteristics) than agency MBS. Non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities often are issued in the form of several different tranches. Depending on their respective seniority, individual tranches are subject to increased (and sometimes different) credit, prepayment and liquidity and valuation risks as compared to other tranches. These securities are often subject to greater credit, prepayment and liquidity and valuation risks than agency MBS. In addition, these securities may be less readily marketable as the market for these securities is typically smaller and less liquid than the market for agency MBS, thus these securities may be subject to greater price fluctuation than agency MBS, especially during periods of weakness or perceived weakness in the mortgage and real estate sectors.

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations. A CMO is a multi-class bond backed by a pool of mortgage pass-through certificates or mortgage loans. CMOs may be collateralized by (a) Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac pass-through certificates, (b) unsecuritized mortgage loans insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans’ Affairs, (c) unsecuritized conventional mortgages, (d) other mortgage-related securities or (e) any combination thereof. Each class of CMOs, often referred to as a “tranche,” is issued at a specific coupon rate and has a stated maturity or final distribution date. Principal prepayments on collateral underlying a CMO may cause it to be retired substantially earlier than the stated maturities or final distribution

S-4

dates. The principal and interest on the underlying mortgages may be allocated among the several classes of a series of a CMO in many ways. One or more tranches of a CMO may have coupon rates which reset periodically at a specified increment over an index, such as the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) or another rate (or sometimes more than one index). These floating rate CMOs typically are issued with lifetime caps on the coupon rate thereon. The Fund also may invest in inverse floating rate CMOs. Inverse floating rate CMOs constitute a tranche of a CMO with a coupon rate that moves in the reverse direction to an applicable index. Accordingly, the coupon rate thereon will increase as interest rates decrease. Inverse floating rate CMOs are typically more volatile than fixed or floating rate tranches of CMOs. Many inverse floating rate CMOs have coupons that move inversely to a multiple of the applicable indexes. The effect of the coupon varying inversely to a multiple of an applicable index creates a leverage factor. Inverse floaters based on multiples of a stated index are designed to be highly sensitive to changes in interest rates and can subject the holders thereof to extreme reductions of yield and loss of principal. The markets for inverse floating rate CMOs with highly leveraged characteristics at times may be very thin. The Fund’s ability to dispose of its positions in such securities will depend on the degree of liquidity in the markets for such securities. It is impossible to predict the amount of trading interest that may exist in such securities, and therefore the future degree of liquidity.

Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities. Stripped mortgage-backed securities are created by segregating the cash flows from underlying mortgage loans or mortgage securities to create two or more new securities, each with a specified percentage of the underlying security’s principal or interest payments. Mortgage securities may be partially stripped so that each investor class receives some interest and some principal. When securities are completely stripped, however, all of the interest is distributed to holders of one type of security, known as an interest-only security (“IO”), and all of the principal is distributed to holders of another type of security known as a principal-only security (“PO”). Strips can be created in a pass-through structure or as tranches of a CMO. The yields to maturity on IOs and POs are very sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Fund may not fully recoup its initial investment in IOs. Conversely, if the underlying mortgage assets experience less than anticipated prepayments of principal, the yield on POs could be materially and adversely affected.

Sub-Prime Mortgages. Sub-prime mortgages are mortgages rated below “A” by S&P, Moody’s or Fitch. Historically, sub-prime mortgage loans have been made to borrowers with blemished (or non-existent) credit records, and the borrower is charged a higher interest rate to compensate for the greater risk of delinquency and the higher costs of loan servicing and collection. Sub-prime mortgages are subject to both state and federal anti-predatory lending statutes that carry potential liability to secondary market purchasers such as the Fund. Sub-prime mortgages have certain characteristics and associated risks similar to below investment grade securities, including a higher degree of credit and default risk, and certain characteristics and associated risks similar to mortgage-backed securities, including prepayment risk.

Mortgage REITs. Mortgage REITs are pooled investment vehicles that invest the majority of their assets in real property mortgages and which generally derive income primarily from interest payments thereon. Mortgage REITs are generally not taxed on income timely distributed to shareholders, provided they comply with the applicable requirements of the Code. The Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management and other expenses paid by mortgage REITs in which it invests. Investing in mortgage REITs involves certain risks related to investing in real property mortgages. Mortgage REITs are subject to interest rate risk and the risk of default on payment obligations by borrowers. Mortgage REITs whose underlying assets are mortgages on real properties used by a particular industry, of a particular property type, or concentrated in a particular geographic region are subject to risks associated with such industry, property type or region. Real property mortgages may be relatively illiquid, limiting the ability of mortgage REITs to vary their portfolios promptly in response to changes in economic or other conditions. Mortgage REITs may have limited financial resources, their securities may trade infrequently and in limited volume, and they may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than securities of larger or more broadly based companies.

Other Mortgage-Related Securities. Other mortgage-related securities include securities other than those described above that directly or indirectly represent a participation in, or are secured by and payable from, mortgage loans on real property, including CMO residuals. Other mortgage-related securities may be equity or debt securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, homebuilders, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks, partnerships, trusts and special purpose entities of the foregoing.

S-5

Loans. The Fund may invest a portion of its assets in loans directly, loan participations and other direct claims against a borrower. The Sub-Adviser believes corporate loans to be high-yield debt instruments if the issuer has outstanding debt securities rated below-investment grade or has no rated securities. The corporate loans in which the Fund invests primarily consist of direct obligations of a borrower and may include debtor in possession financings pursuant to Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, obligations of a borrower issued in connection with a restructuring pursuant to Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, leveraged buy-out loans, leveraged recapitalization loans, receivables purchase facilities, and privately placed notes. The Fund may invest in a corporate loan at origination as a co-lender or by acquiring in the secondary market participations in, assignments of or novations of a corporate loan. By purchasing a participation, the Fund acquires some or all of the interest of a bank or other lending institution in a loan to a corporate or government borrower. The participations typically will result in the Fund having a contractual relationship only with the lender, not the borrower. The Fund will have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the participation and only upon receipt by the lender of the payments from the borrower. Many such loans are secured, although some may be unsecured. Such loans may be in default at the time of purchase. Loans that are fully secured offer the Fund more protection than an unsecured loan in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. However, there is no assurance that the liquidation of collateral from a secured loan would satisfy the corporate borrower’s obligation, or that the collateral can be liquidated. The Fund may have limited rights to exercise remedies against collateral or against an obligor when payments are delayed or missed. Direct debt instruments may involve a risk of loss in case of default or insolvency of the borrower and may offer less legal protection to the Fund in the event of fraud or misrepresentation. In addition, loan participations involve a risk of insolvency of the lending bank or other financial intermediary. The markets in loans are not regulated by federal securities laws or the SEC. As in the case of other high-yield investments, such corporate loans may be rated in the lower rating categories of the established rating services (such as “Ba” or lower by Moody’s or “BB” or lower by S&P), or may be unrated investments determined to be of comparable quality by the Sub-Adviser. As in the case of other high-yield investments, such corporate loans can be expected to provide higher yields than lower yielding, higher rated fixed-income securities, but may be subject to greater risk of loss of principal and income. There are, however, some significant differences between corporate loans and high-yield bonds. Corporate loan obligations are frequently secured by pledges of liens and security interests in the assets of the borrower, and the holders of corporate loans are frequently the beneficiaries of debt service subordination provisions imposed on the borrower’s bondholders. These arrangements are designed to give corporate loan investors preferential treatment over high-yield investors in the event of deterioration in the credit quality of the issuer. Even when these arrangements exist, however, there can be no assurance that the borrowers of the corporate loans will repay principal and/or pay interest in full. The Fund’s interest in a particular loan and/or in particular collateral securing a loan may be subordinate to the interests of other creditors of the obligor, which leads to the risk of subordination to other creditors. Corporate loans generally bear interest at rates set at a margin above a generally recognized base lending rate that may fluctuate on a day-to-day basis, in the case of the prime rate of a U.S. bank, or which may be adjusted on set dates, typically 30 days but generally not more than one year. Consequently, the value of corporate loans held by the Fund may be expected to fluctuate significantly less than the value of other fixed rate high-yield instruments as a result of changes in the interest rate environment; however, the secondary dealer market for certain corporate loans may not be as well developed as the secondary dealer market for high-yield bonds and, therefore, presents increased market risk relating to liquidity and pricing concerns. Investments in loans can also be difficult to value accurately because of, among other factors, limited public information regarding the loan or the borrowers. Risks associated with investments in loans are increased if the loans are secured by a single asset.

Loans may offer a fixed rate or floating rate of interest. Loans may decline in value if their interest rates do not rise as much or as fast as interest rates in general. For example, the interest rates on floating rate loans typically adjust only periodically and therefore the interest rate payable under such loans may significantly trail market interest rates.

Mezzanine Investments. The Fund may invest in certain lower grade securities known as “Mezzanine Investments,” which are subordinated debt securities that are generally issued in private placements in connection with an equity security (e.g., with attached warrants) or may be convertible into equity securities. Mezzanine Investments may be issued with or without registration rights. Similar to other lower grade securities, maturities of Mezzanine Investments are typically seven to ten years, but the expected average life is significantly shorter at three to five years. Mezzanine Investments are usually unsecured and subordinated to other obligations of the issuer.

S-6

In connection with its purchase of Mezzanine Investments, the Fund may participate in rights offerings and may purchase warrants, which are privileges issued by corporations enabling the owners to subscribe and purchase a specified number of shares of the corporation at a specified price during a specified period of time. Subscription rights normally have a short life span to expiration. The purchase of rights or warrants involves the risk that the Fund could lose the purchase value of a right or warrant if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not exercised prior to the rights’ and warrants’ expiration. Also, the purchase of rights and/or warrants involves risks such as that the effective price paid for the right and/or warrant added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the value of the subscribed security’s market price such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security.

Short Sales. The Fund is authorized to make short sales of securities. A short sale is a transaction in which the Fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation that the market price of that security will decline. To the extent the Fund engages in short sales, the Fund will not make a short sale, if, after giving effect to such sale, the market value of all securities sold short exceeds 25% of the value of its total assets. Also, the market value of the securities sold short of any one issuer will not exceed either 10% of the Fund’s total assets or 5% of such issuer’s voting securities. The Fund may also make short sales “against the box” without respect to such limitations. In this type of short sale, at the time of the sale, the Fund owns, or has the immediate and unconditional right to acquire at no additional cost, the identical security. If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the Fund replaces the borrowed security, the Fund will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the Fund will realize a capital gain. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss will be increased, by the transaction costs incurred by the Fund, including the costs associated with providing collateral to the broker-dealer (usually cash and liquid securities) and the maintenance of collateral with its custodian. Although the Fund’s gain is limited to the price at which it sold the security short, its potential loss is theoretically unlimited.

As discussed in more detail below, an SEC rule related to the use of derivatives, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements and certain other transactions by registered investment companies regulates and imposes certain limits on such transactions. (See “Legislation and Regulation Risk Related to Derivatives and Certain Other Instruments.”)

Securities Subject To Reorganization. The Fund may invest in securities of companies for which a tender or exchange offer has been made or announced and in securities of companies for which a merger, consolidation, liquidation or reorganization proposal has been announced if, in the judgment of the Adviser, there is a reasonable prospect of high total return significantly greater than the brokerage and other transaction expenses involved. In general, securities which are the subject of such an offer or proposal sell at a premium to their historic market price immediately prior to the announcement of the offer or may also discount what the stated or appraised value of the security would be if the contemplated transaction were approved or consummated. Such investments may be advantageous when the discount significantly overstates the risk of the contingencies involved; significantly undervalues the securities, assets or cash to be received by shareholders of the prospective portfolio company as a result of the contemplated transaction; or fails adequately to recognize the possibility that the offer or proposal may be replaced or superseded by an offer or proposal of greater value. The evaluation of such contingencies requires unusually broad knowledge and experience on the part of the Sub-Adviser which must appraise not only the value of the issuer and its component businesses as well as the assets or securities to be received as a result of the contemplated transaction but also the financial resources and business motivation of the offer and/or the dynamics and business climate when the offer or proposal is in process. Since such investments are ordinarily short-term in nature, they will tend to increase the turnover ratio of the Fund, thereby increasing its brokerage and other transaction expenses. The Sub-Adviser intends to select investments of the type described which, in its view, have a reasonable prospect of capital appreciation which is significant in relation to both the risk involved and the potential of available alternative investments.

Special Purpose Acquisition Companies. —The Fund may invest in stock, warrants, rights and other securities of special purpose acquisition companies (“SPACs”) or similar special purpose entities in a private placement transaction or as part of a public offering. A SPAC, sometimes referred to as “blank check company,” is a private or publicly traded company that raises investment capital for the purpose of acquiring or merging with an existing company. The shares of a SPAC are typically issued in “units” that include one share of common stock and one right or warrant (or partial right or warrant) conveying the right to purchase additional shares of common stock. At a specified time, the rights and warrants may be separated from the common stock at the election of the holder, after which time each security typically is freely tradeable. Private companies can combine with a SPAC to go public by taking the SPAC’s place on an exchange as an alternative to making an initial public offering.

S-7

As an alternative to obtaining a public listing through a traditional IPO, SPAC investments carry many of the same risks as investments in IPO securities. These may include, but are not limited to, erratic price movements, greater risk of loss, lack of information about the issuer, limited operating history and liquidity, and little public or no trading history, and higher transaction costs. Because of the price volatility of these investments, the Fund may hold a SPAC for a short period of time. This may increase the turnover of the Fund’s portfolio and may lead to increased expenses to the Fund, such as commissions and transaction costs, which decrease the value of investments and may result in additional taxable gains for the Fund and adversely affect the Fund’s performance. The Fund may not be able to invest in SPACs, or invest to the extent desired, because, for example, only a small portion (if any) of the securities being offered in a SPAC may be made available to the Fund.

Investments in SPACs also have risks peculiar to the SPAC structure and investment process. Until an acquisition or merger is completed, a SPAC generally invests its assets, less a portion retained to cover expenses, in U.S. government securities, money market securities and cash and does not typically pay dividends in respect of its common stock. To the extent a SPAC is invested in cash or similar securities, this may impact the Fund’s ability to meet its investment objective. SPAC shareholders may not approve any proposed acquisition or merger, or an acquisition or merger, once effected, may prove unsuccessful. If an acquisition or merger is not completed within a pre-established period (typically, two years), the remainder of the funds invested in the SPAC are returned to its shareholders unless shareholders approve alternative options. While a SPAC investor may receive both stock in the SPAC, as well as warrants or other rights at no marginal cost, those warrants or other rights may expire worthless or may be repurchased or retired by the SPAC at an unfavorable price. The Fund may also be delayed in receiving any redemption or liquidation proceeds from a SPAC to which it is entitled. An investment in a SPAC is typically subject to a higher risk of dilution by additional later offerings of interests in the SPAC or by other investors exercising existing rights to purchase shares of the SPAC.

SPAC investments are also subject to the risk that a significant portion of the funds raised by the SPAC may be expended during the search for a target acquisition or merger. Because SPACs only business is to seek acquisitions, the value of their securities is particularly dependent on the ability of the SPAC’s management to identify and complete a profitable acquisition or merger target. Among other conflicts of interest, the economic interests of the management, directors, officers and related parties of a SPAC can differ from the economic interests of public shareholders, which may lead to conflicts as they evaluate, negotiate and recommend business combination transactions to shareholders. For example, since the sponsor, directors and officers of a SPAC may directly or indirectly own interests in a SPAC, the sponsor, directors and officers may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate a business combination. This risk may become more acute as the deadline for the completion of a business combination nears. In addition, the requirement that a SPAC complete a business combination within a prescribed time frame may give potential target businesses leverage over the SPAC in negotiating a business combination, and may limit the time the SPAC has in which to conduct due diligence on potential business combination targets, which could undermine the SPAC’s ability to complete a business combination on terms that would produce value for its shareholders. Some SPACs pursue acquisitions and mergers only within certain market sectors or regions, which can increase the volatility of their prices. Conversely, other SPACs may invest without such limitations, in which case management may have limited experience or knowledge of the market sector or region in which the transaction is contemplated. Moreover, interests in SPACs may be illiquid and/or be subject to restrictions on resale, which may remain for an extended time, and may only be traded in the over-the-counter market. If there is no market for some interests in a SPAC, or only a thinly traded market, the Fund may not be able to sell its interest, or may be able to sell its interest only at a price below what the Fund believes is the SPAC interest’s value.

Warrants and Rights. The Fund may invest in warrants or rights (including those acquired in units or attached to other securities) that entitle the holder to buy equity securities at a specific price for a specific period of time but will do so only if such equity securities are deemed appropriate by the Sub-Adviser for inclusion in the Fund’s portfolio.

S-8

Availability and Quality of Data—The Sub-Adviser faces the general risk regarding the availability and quality of information concerning a particular asset or investment, and employs a variety of policies, practices and methodologies designed to minimize that risk. This is particularly relevant in fixed income strategies. For example, there is less readily available and reliable information about most bank loans than is the case for many other types of instruments, including listed securities. Another example is the consideration of Environmental, Social, and Governance (“ESG”) criteria where the Sub-Adviser believes it could have a material impact on an investment’s return or issuer’s financial performance (though, for avoidance of doubt, the Sub-Adviser does not offer any ESG products). Similar to the Sub-Adviser’s ability to evaluate traditional factors in making investment decisions, the ability for the Sub-Adviser to identify and evaluate ESG characteristics and risks, or to engage with an issuer, is limited to the availability and quality of information on an asset or issuer. In some cases, the Sub-Adviser may decline to consider ESG criteria in an investment decision due to the unavailability of information on an issuer, or the quality of that information. In addition, the Sub-Adviser often uses data and insights from third-party research to provide additional input in the analysis of ESG-related criteria. Third-party information and data will, from time to time, be incomplete, inaccurate or unavailable. As a result, there is a risk that the Sub-Adviser could incorrectly assess the ESG criteria or risks associated with a particular asset or issuer. Additionally, the Sub-Adviser expects from time to time to directly engage with certain corporate credit issuers by requesting improved issuer disclosure relating to ESG factors, as well as discussing potential opportunities to improve various ESG metrics and other related topics. Direct engagement will occur with only a minority of portfolio investments and issuers the Sub-Adviser considers for investment and will depend on a variety of considerations, including the materiality of ESG criteria to the specific issuer or sector and the size of the Sub-Adviser client investments in the issuer. There can be no assurance that the Sub-Adviser’s engagement efforts will be successful or provide benefits to clients.

The application of ESG criteria and risk factors to portfolio investments (if any) could result in one or more assets or issuers being excluded from the Fund, which could have an adverse effect on the performance of the Fund. Additionally, in some circumstances a client mandate or applicable regulations can cause the Sub-Adviser to restrict specific investments based on particular ESG characteristics. The Sub-Adviser also reserves the right, in the future, to implement restrictions or prohibitions on investments within certain industries for all or a sub-set of all client accounts which could be based on particular ESG criteria or other relevant factors. As a result of any of the aforementioned circumstances, clients may be limited as to available investments, which could hinder performance when compared to investments with no such restrictions.

Derivative Instruments

Swaps. A swap is an agreement that obligates two parties to exchange a series of cash flows at specified intervals based upon or calculated by reference to changes in specified prices or rates for a specified amount of an underlying asset. The Fund may enter in to cleared and exchange-traded swaps (where applicable) and bilaterally-traded OTC swaps. When utilizing OTC swaps, the Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty or if the underlying asset declines in value. Certain standardized swaps are subject to mandatory central clearing and are executed on a multi-lateral or other trade facility platform, such as a registered exchange. There is limited counterparty credit risk with respect to centrally-cleared swaps as the transaction is facilitated through a central clearinghouse, much like exchange-traded futures contracts. If the Fund utilizes centrally-cleared swaps, the exchange bears the risk of loss resulting from a counterparty not being able to pay. There is no guarantee that the Fund could eliminate its exposure under an outstanding swap agreement by entering into an offsetting swap agreement with the same or another party. Swap contracts may be purchased or sold to obtain investment exposure and/or to hedge against fluctuations in securities prices, currencies, interest rates or market conditions, to change the duration of the overall portfolio or to mitigate default risk. In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) on different currencies, securities, baskets of currencies or securities, indices or other instruments, which returns are calculated with respect to a “notional value” (i.e., the designated reference amount of exposure to the underlying instruments). The Fund intends to enter into swaps primarily on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted out), with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the payments. The Fund may use swaps for risk management purposes and as a speculative investment.

The Sub-Adviser generally requires counterparties to have a minimum credit rating of A3 from Moody’s Investors Service (or comparable rating from another rating agency) and monitors such rating on an on-going basis. If the other party to a swap contract defaults, the Fund’s risk of loss will consist of the net amount of payments that

S-9

the Fund is contractually entitled to receive. Under such circumstances, the Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction.

Interest rate swaps. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Fund with another party of respective commitments to pay or receive interest (e.g., an exchange of fixed rate payments for floating rate payments).

Total return swaps. Total return swaps are contracts in which one party agrees to make payments of the total return from the designated underlying asset(s), which may include securities, baskets of securities, or securities indices, during the specified period, in return for receiving payments equal to a fixed or floating rate of interest or the total return from the other designated underlying asset(s).

Currency swaps. Currency swaps involve the exchange of the two parties’ respective commitments to pay or receive fluctuations with respect to a notional amount of two different currencies (e.g., an exchange of payments with respect to fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the Japanese yen).

Credit default swaps. The Fund may be either the buyer or seller in a credit default swap transaction. The “buyer” in a credit default contract is obligated to pay the “seller” a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no specified credit event with respect to a reference issuer has occurred. When the Fund acts as a seller of a credit default swap agreement with respect to a debt security, it is subject to the risk that an adverse credit event may occur with respect to the issuer of the debt security and the Fund may be required to pay the buyer the full notional value of the debt security under the swap net of any amounts owed to the Fund by the buyer under the swap (such as the buyer’s obligation to deliver the debt security to the Fund). As a result, the Fund bears the entire risk of loss due to a decline in value of a referenced debt security on a credit default swap it has sold if there is a credit event with respect to the issuer of the security. If the Fund is a buyer of a credit default swap and no credit event occurs, the Fund may recover nothing if the swap is held through its termination date. However, if a credit event occurs, the buyer generally may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity whose value may have significantly decreased.

The use of interest rate, total return, currency, credit default and other swaps is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. If the Sub-Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates and other applicable factors, the investment performance of the Fund would be unfavorably affected.

Credit-Linked Notes. The Fund may invest in credit-linked notes (“CLN”) for risk management purposes, including diversification. A CLN may be viewed as a derivative instrument. It is a synthetic obligation between two or more parties where the payment of principal and/or interest is based on the performance of some obligation (a reference obligation). In addition to the credit risk of the reference obligations and interest rate risk, the buyer/seller of the CLN is subject to counterparty risk.

Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts. A forward foreign currency exchange contract is an agreement between two parties to exchange two designated currencies at a specific time in the future. Certain types of contracts may be cash settled, in an amount equal to the change in exchange rates during the term of the contract. The contracts can be used to hedge or manage exposure to foreign currency risks with portfolio investments or to gain exposure to foreign currencies. The market value of a forward foreign currency exchange contract changes with fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. Furthermore, the Fund may be exposed to risk if the counterparties cannot meet the contract terms or if the currency value changes unfavorably as compared to the U.S. dollar.

Futures and Options on Futures. The Fund may purchase and sell various kinds of financial futures contracts (including, but not limited to, futures on rates such as SOFR, securities, indices, currencies and other investments) and options thereon to obtain investment exposure and/or to seek to hedge against changes in interest rates or for other risk management purposes. Futures contracts may be based on various securities and securities indices. Such transactions involve a risk of loss or depreciation due to adverse changes in prices of the reference securities or indices, and such losses may exceed the Fund’s initial investment in these contracts. The Fund will only purchase or sell futures contracts or related options in compliance with the rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. Transactions in financial futures and options on futures involve certain costs. There can be no assurance that the Fund’s use of futures contracts will be advantageous. Financial covenants related to future Fund borrowings may limit use of these transactions.

S-10

Options. The Fund may purchase or sell (i.e., write) options on securities and securities indices or on currencies, which options are listed on a national securities exchange or in the OTC market, as a means of achieving additional return or of hedging the value of the Fund’s portfolio.

The Fund may purchase or write (sell) exchange traded and OTC options. Writing call options involves giving third parties the right to buy securities from the Fund for a fixed price at a future date and writing put options involves giving third parties the right to sell securities to the Fund for a fixed price at a future date. Buying an options contract gives the Fund the right to purchase securities from third parties or gives the Fund the right to sell securities to third parties for a fixed price at a future date. The number of call options the Fund can write is limited by the amount of Fund assets that can cover such options, and further limited by the fact that call options normally represent 100 share lots of the underlying common stock. In addition to options on individual securities, the Fund may buy and sell put and call options on currencies, baskets of securities or currencies, indices and other instruments. Options bought or sold by the Fund may be “cash settled,” meaning that the purchaser of the option has the right to receive a cash payment from the writer of the option to the extent that the value of the underlying position rises above (in the case of a call) or falls below (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option. There can be no assurance that the Fund’s use of options will be successful.

In the case of a call option on a common stock or other security, the option is “covered” if the Fund owns the security or instrument underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security or instrument without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash or other assets determined to be liquid by the Investment Adviser (in accordance with procedures established by the board of trustees of the Fund (the “Board of Trustees” or the “Board”)) in such amount are segregated by the Fund’s custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by the Fund. A call option is also covered if the Fund holds a call on the same security as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written, or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the Fund in segregated assets determined to be liquid by the Investment Adviser as described above. A written put option on a security is “covered” if the Fund segregates assets determined to be liquid by the Investment Adviser as described above equal to the exercise price. A put option is also covered if the Fund holds a put on the same security as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is (i) equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written, or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided the difference is maintained by the Fund in segregated assets determined to be liquid by the Investment Adviser as described above.

If the Fund has written an option, it may terminate its obligation by effecting a closing purchase transaction. This is accomplished by purchasing an option of the same series as the option previously written. However, once the Fund has been assigned an exercise notice, the Fund will be unable to effect a closing purchase transaction. Similarly, if the Fund is the holder of an option it may liquidate its position by effecting a closing sale transaction. This is accomplished by selling an option of the same series as the option previously purchased. There can be no assurance that either a closing purchase or sale transaction can be effected when the Fund so desires.

To the extent that the Fund writes covered call options, the Fund forgoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security or instrument covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the strike price of the call, but has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. The writer of an option has no control over the time when it may be required to fulfill its obligation as a writer of the option. Once an option writer has received an exercise notice, it cannot effect a closing purchase transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the option and must deliver the underlying security or instrument at the exercise price. Thus, the use of options may require the Fund to sell portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Fund can realize on an investment or may cause the Fund to hold a security that it might otherwise sell.

The Fund will not write “naked” or uncovered call options, except in connection with the Fund’s Debt Overlay Strategy. The Fund’s options transactions will be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities on which such options are traded (if exchange-traded). These limitations govern the maximum number of options in each class which may be written or purchased by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert, regardless of whether the options are written or purchased on the same or different exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities or are held or written in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers. Thus, the number of options which the Fund may write or purchase may be affected by options written or purchased by other investment advisory clients of the Investment Adviser. An exchange, board

S-11

of trade or other trading facility may order the liquidation of positions found to be in excess of these limits, and it may impose certain other sanctions.

To the extent that the Fund writes covered put options, the Fund will bear the risk of loss if the value of the underlying stock declines below the exercise price. If the option is exercised, the Fund could incur a loss if it is required to purchase the stock underlying the put option at a price greater than the market price of the stock at the time of exercise. While the Fund’s potential gain in writing a covered put option is limited to the interest earned on the liquid assets securing the put option plus the premium received from the purchaser of the put option, the Fund risks a loss equal to the entire value of the stock.

The Fund will realize a profit from a closing transaction if the price of the transaction is less than the premium received from writing the option or is more than the premium paid to purchase the option; the Fund will realize a loss from a closing transaction if the price of the transaction is more than the premium received from writing the option or is less than the premium paid to purchase the option. Since call option prices generally reflect increases in the price of the underlying security or currency, any loss resulting from the repurchase of a call option may also be wholly or partially offset by unrealized appreciation of the underlying security or currency. Other principal factors affecting the market value of a put or a call option include supply and demand, interest rates, the current market price and price volatility of the underlying security or currency and the time remaining until the expiration date. Gains and losses on investments in options depend, in part, on the ability of the Adviser to correctly predict the effect of these factors. The use of options cannot serve as a complete hedge since the price movement of securities underlying the options will not necessarily follow the price movements of the portfolio securities subject to the hedge.

There are several risks associated with transactions in options on securities. For example, there are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events.

There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when the Fund seeks to close out an option position. Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation (the “OCC”) may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options). If trading were discontinued, the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist. However, outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by the OCC as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. The market value of an option also may be adversely affected if the market for the option is reduced or becomes less liquid. Additionally, the market for an option may be impacted by the availability of additional expiry cycles, which may lead trading volume into contracts closer to expiration, including zero days to expiration contracts ("0DTE" contracts). 0DTE contracts may involve substantially greater volatility than other options contracts. The Fund’s ability to terminate OTC options is more limited than with exchange-traded options and may involve the risk that broker-dealers participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations. If the Fund were unable to close out a covered call option that it had written on a security, it would not be able to sell the underlying security unless the option expired without exercise.

The hours of trading for options may not conform to the hours during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the options markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the options markets. Call options are marked-to-market daily and their value will be affected by changes in the value of and dividend rates of the underlying common stocks, an increase in interest rates, changes in the actual or perceived volatility of the stock market and the underlying common stocks and the remaining time to the options’ expiration. Additionally, the exercise price of an option may be adjusted downward before the option’s expiration as a result of the occurrence of certain corporate events affecting the underlying equity security, such as extraordinary dividends, stock splits,

S-12

merger or other extraordinary distributions or events. A reduction in the exercise price of an option would reduce the Fund’s capital appreciation potential on the underlying security.

To the extent that the Fund purchases options, the Fund will be subject to the following additional risks. If a put or call option purchased by the Fund is not sold when it has remaining value, and if the market price of the underlying security remains equal to or greater than the exercise price (in the case of a put), or remains less than or equal to the exercise price (in the case of a call), the Fund will lose its entire investment in the option. Also, where a put or call option on a particular security is purchased to hedge against price movements in a related security, the price of the put or call option may move more or less than the price of the related security. If restrictions on exercise were imposed, the Fund might be unable to exercise an option it had purchased. If the Fund were unable to close out an option that it had purchased on a security, it would have to exercise the option in order to realize any profit or the option may expire worthless.

An option position may be closed out only on an exchange that provides a secondary market for an option of the same series or in a private transaction. Although the Fund will generally purchase or write only those options for which there appears to be an active secondary market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an exchange will exist for any particular option. In such event it might not be possible to effect closing transactions in particular options, so that the Fund would have to exercise its options in order to realize any profit and would incur brokerage commissions upon the exercise of call options and upon the subsequent disposition of underlying securities for the exercise of put options. If the Fund, as a covered call option writer, is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction in a secondary market, it will not be able to sell the underlying security until the option expires or it delivers the underlying security upon exercise or otherwise covers the position.

Options on Securities Indices. The Fund may purchase and sell options on securities indices. One effect of such transactions may be to hedge all or part of the Fund’s securities holdings against a general decline in the securities market or a segment of the securities market. Options on securities indices are similar to options on stocks except that, rather than the right to take or make delivery of stock at a specified price, an option on a securities index gives the holder the right to receive, upon exercise of the option, an amount of cash if the closing level of the securities index upon which the option is based is greater than, in the case of a call, or less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option.

The Fund’s successful use of options on indices depends upon its ability to predict the direction of the market and is subject to various additional risks. The correlation between movements in the index and the price of the securities being hedged against is imperfect and the risk from imperfect correlation increases as the composition of the Fund diverges from the composition of the relevant index. Accordingly, a decrease in the value of the securities being hedged against may not be wholly offset by a gain on the exercise or sale of a securities index put option held by the Fund.

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures. The Fund may, without limit, enter into futures contracts or options on futures contracts. It is anticipated that these investments, if any, will be made by the Fund primarily for the purpose of hedging against changes in the value of its portfolio securities and in the value of securities it intends to purchase. Such investments will only be made if they are economically appropriate to the reduction of risks involved in the management of the Fund. In this regard, the Fund may enter into futures contracts or options on futures for the purchase or sale of securities indices or other financial instruments including but not limited to U.S. government securities.

A “sale” of a futures contract (or a “short” futures position) means the assumption of a contractual obligation to deliver the instrument underlying the contract at a specified price at a specified future time. A “purchase” of a futures contract (or a “long” futures position) means the assumption of a contractual obligation to acquire the instrument underlying the contract at a specified price at a specified future time. Certain futures contracts, including stock and bond index futures, are settled on a net cash payment basis rather than by the payment vs. delivery of the instrument underlying the futures contracts.

No consideration will be paid or received by the Fund upon the purchase or sale of a futures contract. Initially, the Fund will be required to deposit with the broker an amount of cash or cash equivalents equal to approximately 1% to 10% of the contract amount (this amount is subject to change by the exchange or board of trade on which the contract is traded and brokers or members of such board of trade may charge a higher amount). This amount is known as the “initial margin” and is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract. Subsequent payments, known as “variation margin,” to and from the broker will be made daily as the price

S-13

of the instrument underlying the futures contract fluctuates. At any time prior to the expiration of the futures contract, the Fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, which will operate to terminate its existing position in the contract.

An option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in a futures contract at a specified exercise price at a specified time or times prior to the expiration of the option. Upon exercise of an option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account attributable to that contract, which represents the amount by which the market price of the futures contract exceeds, in the case of a call, or is less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option on the futures contract. The potential loss related to the purchase of an option on futures contracts is limited to the premium paid for the option (plus transaction costs). Because the value of the option purchased is fixed at the point of sale, there are no daily cash payments by the purchaser to reflect changes in the value of the underlying contract; however, the value of the option does change daily and that change would be reflected in the net assets of the Fund.

SOFR futures contracts are U.S. dollar-denominated futures contracts or options on those contracts that are based on SOFR. These contracts enable purchasers to obtain a fixed rate for the lending of funds and sellers to obtain a fixed rate for borrowings. The Fund may use SOFR futures contracts and options thereon to hedge against changes in SOFR, to which many interest rate swaps and fixed income instruments are linked, or for other purposes.

There are significant risks associated with the Fund’s use of futures contracts and options on futures contracts, including the following: (1) the success of a hedging strategy may depend on the ability of the Sub-Adviser to predict movements in the prices of individual securities, fluctuations in markets and movements in interest rates, and there is no assurance that futures contracts or options on futures contracts can be offset at favorable prices; (2) the use of hedging may result in a reduction of the yield of the Fund and/or in value of both the securities hedged and the hedging instrument; (3) there may be an imperfect or no correlation between the changes in market value of the securities held by the Fund and the prices of futures and options on futures; (4) there may not be a liquid secondary market for a futures contract or option; (5) trading restrictions or limitations may be imposed by an exchange; and (6) government regulations may restrict trading in futures contracts and options on futures. In addition, some strategies reduce the Fund’s exposure to price fluctuations, while others tend to increase its market exposure. Losses from investing in futures transactions are potentially unlimited.

The purchase of a call option on a futures contract is similar in some respects to the purchase of a call option on an individual security. Depending on the pricing of the option compared to either the price of the futures contract upon which it is based or the price of the underlying instrument, it may or may not be less risky than ownership of the futures contract or underlying instrument. As with the purchase of futures contracts, when the Fund is not fully invested it may purchase a call option on a futures contract to hedge against a market advance due to declining interest rates.

The purchase of a put option on a futures contract is similar to the purchase of protective put options on portfolio securities. The Fund may purchase a put option on a futures contract to hedge the Fund’s portfolio against the risk of rising interest rates and consequent reduction in the value of portfolio securities.

The Fund’s ability to establish and close out positions in futures contracts and options thereon will be subject to the development and maintenance of liquid markets. Although the Fund generally will purchase or sell only those futures contracts and options thereon for which there appears to be a liquid market, there is no assurance that a liquid market on an exchange will exist for any particular futures contract or option thereon at any particular time. In the event no liquid market exists for a particular futures contract or option thereon in which the Fund maintains a position, it will not be possible to effect a closing transaction in that contract or to do so at a satisfactory price, and the Fund would either have to make or take delivery under the futures contract or, in the case of a written option, wait to sell the underlying securities until the option expires or is exercised or, in the case of a purchased option, exercise the option. In the case of a futures contract or an option thereon that the Fund has written and that the Fund is unable to close, the Fund would be required to maintain margin deposits on the futures contract or option thereon and to make variation margin payments until the contract is closed.

Successful use of futures contracts and options thereon by the Fund is subject to the ability of the Investment Adviser to predict correctly movements in the direction of interest rates. If the Investment Adviser’s expectations are not met, the Fund will be in a worse position than if a hedging strategy had not been pursued. For example, if the Fund has hedged against the possibility of an increase in interest rates that would adversely affect the

S-14

price of securities in its portfolio and the price of such securities increases instead, the Fund will lose part or all of the benefit of the increased value of its securities because it will have offsetting losses in its futures positions. In addition, in such situations, if the Fund has insufficient cash to meet daily variation margin requirements, it may have to sell securities to meet the requirements. These sales may be, but will not necessarily be, at increased prices which reflect the rising market. The Fund may have to sell securities at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so, which may result in losses to the Fund.

Interest Rate Futures Contracts and Options Thereon. The Fund may purchase or sell interest rate futures contracts to take advantage of or to protect the Fund against fluctuations in interest rates affecting the value of securities that the Fund holds or intends to acquire. For example, if interest rates are expected to increase, the Fund might sell futures contracts on securities, the values of which historically have a high degree of positive correlation to the values of the Fund’s portfolio securities. Such a sale would have an effect similar to selling an equivalent value of the Fund’s portfolio securities. If interest rates increase, the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities will decline, but the value of the futures contracts to the Fund will increase at approximately an equivalent rate thereby keeping the net asset value of the Fund from declining as much as it otherwise would have. The Fund could accomplish similar results by selling securities with longer maturities and investing in securities with shorter maturities when interest rates are expected to increase. However, since the futures market may be more liquid than the cash market, the use of futures contracts as a risk management technique allows the Fund to maintain a defensive position without having to sell its portfolio securities.

Similarly, the Fund may purchase interest rate futures contracts when it is expected that interest rates may decline. The purchase of futures contracts for this purpose constitutes a hedge against increases in the price of securities (caused by declining interest rates) that the Fund intends to acquire. Since fluctuations in the value of appropriately selected futures contracts should approximate that of the securities that will be purchased, the Fund can take advantage of the anticipated rise in the cost of the securities without actually buying them. Subsequently, the Fund can make its intended purchase of the securities in the cash market and currently liquidate its futures position.

Securities Index Futures Contracts and Options Thereon. Purchases or sales of securities index futures contracts are used for hedging purposes to attempt to protect the Fund’s current or intended investments from broad fluctuations in stock or bond prices. For example, the Fund may sell securities index futures contracts in anticipation of or during a market decline to attempt to offset the decrease in market value of the Fund’s securities portfolio that might otherwise result. If such decline occurs, the loss in value of portfolio securities may be offset, in whole or part, by gains on the futures position. When the Fund is not fully invested in the securities market and anticipates a significant market advance, it may purchase securities index futures contracts in order to gain rapid market exposure that may, in part or entirely, offset increases in the cost of securities that the Fund intends to purchase. As such purchases are made, the corresponding positions in securities index futures contracts will be closed out. The Fund may write put and call options on securities index futures contracts for hedging purposes.

Additional Risks of Foreign Options, Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts and Forward Contracts. Options, futures contracts and options thereon and forward contracts on securities may be traded on foreign exchanges. Such transactions may not be regulated as effectively as similar transactions in the United States, may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees, and are subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the prices of, foreign securities. The value of such positions also could be adversely affected by, among other things: (i) other complex foreign political, legal and economic factors, (ii) lesser availability than in the United States of data on which to make trading decisions, (iii) delays in the Fund’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in the foreign markets during non-business hours in the United States, (iv) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States and (v) lesser trading volume.

Exchanges on which options, futures and options on futures are traded may impose limits on the positions that the Fund may take in certain circumstances.

Legislation and Regulation Risk Related to Derivative and Certain Other Instruments. The laws and regulations that apply to derivatives (e.g., swaps, futures, etc.) and persons who use them (including the Fund, Adviser and others) are continuously changing in the U.S. and abroad. As a result, restrictions and additional regulations may be imposed on these parties, trading restrictions may be adopted and additional trading costs are possible. The impact of these changes on the Fund, its investment strategies and performance is difficult to predict.

S-15

The CFTC and various exchanges have rules limiting the maximum net long or short positions which any person or group may own, hold or control in any given futures contract or option on such futures contract. The Adviser must consider the effect of these limits in managing the Fund. In addition, the CFTC has position limits rules that establish position limits for 25 specified physical commodity futures and related options contracts traded on exchanges, other futures contracts and related options directly or indirectly linked to such contracts, and any OTC transactions that are economically equivalent.

The SEC rule related to the use of derivatives, reverse repurchase agreements and certain other transactions by registered investment companies requires the Fund to trade derivatives and other transactions that create future payment or delivery obligations (except reverse repurchase agreements and similar financing transactions) subject to value-at-risk (“VaR”) leverage limits and derivatives risk management program and reporting requirements. Generally, these requirements apply unless the Fund satisfies a “limited derivatives users” exception that is included in the final rule. When the Fund trades reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions, including certain tender option bonds, it needs to aggregate the amount of indebtedness associated with the reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions with the aggregate amount of any other senior securities representing indebtedness when calculating the Fund’s asset coverage ratio or treat all such transactions as derivatives transactions. Reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions aggregated with other indebtedness do not need to be included in the calculation of whether a fund satisfies the limited derivatives users exception, but for funds subject to the VaR testing requirement, reverse repurchase agreements and similar financing transactions must be included for purposes of such testing whether treated as derivatives transactions or not. SEC guidance in connection with the rule regarding the use of securities lending collateral may limit the Fund’s potential securities lending activities. In addition, the Fund is permitted to invest in a security on a when-issued or forward-settling basis, or with a non-standard settlement cycle, and the transaction will be deemed not to involve a senior security, provided that (i) the Fund intends to physically settle the transaction and (ii) the transaction will settle within 35 days of its trade date (the “Delayed-Settlement Securities Provision”). The Fund may otherwise engage in such transactions that do not meet the conditions of the Delayed-Settlement Securities Provision so long as the Fund treats any such transaction as a “derivatives transaction” for purposes of compliance with the rule. Furthermore, under the rule, the Fund will be permitted to enter into an unfunded commitment agreement, and such unfunded commitment agreement will not be subject to the asset coverage requirements under the 1940 Act, if the Fund reasonably believes, at the time it enters into such agreement, that it will have sufficient cash and cash equivalents to meet its obligations with respect to all such agreements as they come due.

Regulatory changes may negatively impact the Fund’s ability to meet its investment objective either through limits or requirements imposed on it or upon its counterparties. New requirements, even if not directly applicable to the Fund, including capital requirements, changes to the CFTC speculative position limits regime, mandatory clearing requirements, trade execution requirements and margin requirements, may increase the cost of the Fund’s investments and cost of doing business, which would adversely affect the performance of the Fund.

The Investment Adviser has filed with the National Futures Association a notice of eligibility claiming an exclusion from the definition of “commodity pool operator” (“CPO”) under CFTC Rule 4.5 under the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended (the “CEA”), with respect to the Fund’s operation. Accordingly, the Investment Adviser with respect to the Fund is not subject to registration or regulation as a CPO. Changes to the Fund’s investment strategies or investments may cause the Investment Adviser with respect to the Fund to lose the benefits of the exclusion under CFTC Rule 4.5 under the CEA and may trigger additional CFTC regulation as a CPO. If the Fund becomes subject to CFTC regulation, the Fund or the Investment Adviser may incur additional expenses.

In December 2023, the SEC adopted rule amendments providing that any covered clearing agency (“CCA”) for U.S. Treasury securities must adopt policies and procedures designed to require that every direct participant of the CCA (which generally would be a bank or broker-dealer) submit for clearance and settlement all eligible secondary market transactions in U.S. Treasury securities to which it is a counterparty. The clearing mandate includes in its scope all repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements of such direct participants collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities (collectively, “Treasury repo transactions”) of a type accepted for clearing by a registered CCA, including both bilateral Treasury repo transactions and triparty Treasury repo transactions where a bank agent provides custody, collateral management and settlement services.

The Treasury repo transactions of registered funds with any direct participants of a CCA will be subject to the mandatory clearing requirement. Currently, the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation (“FICC”) is the only CCA for U.S. Treasury securities. FICC currently operates a “Sponsored Program” for clearing of Treasury repo

S-16

transactions pursuant to which a registered fund may enter into a clearing arrangement with a “sponsoring member” bank or broker-dealer that is a direct participant of FICC as a “sponsored member” of FICC.

Compliance with the clearing mandate for Treasury repo transactions is scheduled to be required by June 30, 2027. The clearing mandate is expected to result in the Fund being required to clear all or substantially all of its Treasury repo transactions as of the compliance date. There are currently substantial regulatory and operational uncertainties associated with the implementation which may affect the cost, terms and/or availability of cleared repo transactions.

Loans of Portfolio Securities

Consistent with applicable regulatory requirements and the Fund’s investment restrictions, the Fund may lend its portfolio securities to securities broker-dealers or financial institutions, provided that such loans are callable at any time by the Fund (subject to notice provisions described below), and are at all times secured by cash or cash equivalents, which are maintained in a segregated account pursuant to applicable regulations and that are at least equal to the market value, determined daily, of the loaned securities. The advantage of such loans is that the Fund continues to receive the income on the loaned securities while at the same time earns interest on the cash amounts deposited as collateral, which will be invested in short-term obligations. The Fund will not lend its portfolio securities if such loans are not permitted by the laws or regulations of any state in which its shares are qualified for sale. The Fund’s loans of portfolio securities will be collateralized in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements and no loan will cause the value of all loaned securities to exceed 33% of the value of the Fund’s total assets.

A loan may generally be terminated by the borrower on one business day’s notice, or by the Fund on five business days’ notice. If the borrower fails to deliver the loaned securities within five days after receipt of notice, the Fund could use the collateral to replace the securities while holding the borrower liable for any excess of replacement cost over collateral. As with any extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery and in some cases even loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially. However, these loans of portfolio securities will only be made to firms deemed to be creditworthy and when the income that can be earned from such loans justifies the attendant risks. Upon termination of the loan, the borrower is required to return the securities to the Fund. Any gain or loss in the market price during the loan period would inure to the Fund. The risks associated with loans of portfolio securities are substantially similar to those associated with repurchase agreements. Thus, if the counterparty to the loan petitions for bankruptcy or becomes subject to the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the law regarding the rights of the Fund is unsettled. As a result, under extreme circumstances, there may be a restriction on the Fund’s ability to sell the collateral, and the Fund would suffer a loss. When voting or consent rights that accompany loaned securities pass to the borrower, the Fund will follow the policy of calling the loaned securities, to be delivered within one day after notice, to permit the exercise of such rights if the matters involved would have a material effect on the Fund’s investment in such loaned securities. The Fund will pay reasonable finder’s, administrative and custodial fees in connection with a loan of its securities.

Investment Restrictions

Please refer to the section of the Fund’s most recent annual report on Form N-CSR entitled “Additional Information Regarding the Fund—Fundamental Investment Restrictions,” which is incorporated by reference herein, for a discussion of the investment restrictions of the Fund that constitute fundamental policies.

S-17

Management of the Fund

Board of Trustees

Overall responsibility for management and supervision of the Fund rests with the Board of Trustees of the Fund (the “Board”). The Board approves all significant agreements between the Fund and the companies that furnish the Fund with services, including agreements with the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser.

The Trustees are divided into two classes. Trustees serve until their successors have been duly elected. Please refer to the section of the Fund’s February 28, 2025, definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A for the annual meeting of shareholders entitled “The Proposal: Election of Trustees—Trustees,” which is incorporated herein by reference, for a list of the names, business addresses, dates of birth, present positions with the Fund, length of time served with the Fund, principal occupations during the past five years and other directorships held by each Trustee during the past five years.

Trustee Qualifications

Please refer to the section of the February 28, 2025, definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A for the annual meeting of shareholders entitled “The Proposal: Election of Trustees—Trustee Qualifications,” which is incorporated herein by reference, for a discussion of the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills of each Trustee that support the conclusion, as of the date of this SAI, that each Trustee should serve as a Trustee in light of the Fund’s business and structure. References to the qualifications, attributes and skills of Trustees do not constitute the holding out of any Trustee as being an expert under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Executive Officers

Please refer to the section of the February 28, 2025, definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A for the annual meeting of shareholders entitled “The Proposal: Election of Trustees—Executive Officers,” which is incorporated herein by reference for information relating to the executive officers of the Fund who are not Trustees. The Fund’s officers receive no compensation from the Fund but may also be officers or employees of the Investment Adviser, the Sub-Adviser or affiliates of the Investment Adviser or the Sub-Adviser and may receive compensation in such capacities.

Board Leadership Structure and Oversight

Please refer to the sections of the February 28, 2025, definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A for the annual meeting of shareholders entitled “The Proposal: Election of Trustees—Board Leadership Structure,” “The Proposal: Election of Trustees—Board Committees” and “The Proposal: Election of Trustees—Board’s Role in Risk Oversight,” which is incorporated herein by reference, for a discussion of the Board’s leadership structure and oversight.

Remuneration of Trustees and Officers

Please refer to the section of the February 28, 2025, definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A for the annual meeting of shareholders entitled “The Proposal: Election of Trustees—Trustees Compensation,” which is incorporated herein by reference, for a discussion of the remuneration of Trustees and Officers.

Trustee Share Ownership

Please refer to the section of the February 28, 2025, definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A for the annual meeting of shareholders entitled “The Proposal: Election of Trustees—Trustee Beneficial Ownership of Securities,” which is incorporated herein by reference, for information relating to each Trustee’s share of ownership in the Fund and in all registered investment companies in the family of investment companies overseen by the Trustees as of December 31, 2024.

As of October 31, 2025, the Trustees and officers of the Fund as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding Shares of the Fund.

Indemnification of Officers and Trustees; Limitations on Liability

The governing documents of the Fund provide that the Fund will indemnify its Trustees and officers and may indemnify its employees or agents against liabilities and expenses incurred in connection with litigation in

S-18

which they may be involved because of their positions with the Fund, to the fullest extent permitted by law. However, nothing in the governing documents of the Fund protects or indemnifies a trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Fund against any liability to which such person would otherwise be subject in the event of such person’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her position.

The Fund has entered into an Indemnification Agreement with each Independent Trustee, which provides that the Fund shall indemnify and hold harmless such Trustee against any and all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Trustee in any proceeding arising out of or in connection with the Trustee’s service to the Fund, to the fullest extent permitted by the Declaration of Trust and By-Laws and the laws of the State of Delaware, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and the 1940 Act, unless it has been finally adjudicated that (i) the Trustee is subject to such expenses by reason of the Trustee’s not having acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his or her action was in the best interests of the Fund or (ii) the Trustee is liable to the Fund or its shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office, as defined in Section 17(h) of the 1940 Act.

Portfolio Management

The Sub-Adviser’s personnel primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio are Anne B. Walsh, CFA, JD, Managing Partner, Chief Investment Officer and Portfolio Manager; Steven H. Brown, CFA, Chief Investment Officer, Fixed Income, and Senior Managing Director and Portfolio Manager; Adam J. Bloch, Managing Director and Portfolio Manager; and Evan L. Serdensky, Managing Director and Portfolio Manager.

Portfolio Manager Compensation. The Sub-Adviser compensates the portfolio managers for their management of the Fund’s portfolio. Compensation is evaluated 1) quantitatively based on their contribution to investment performance and portfolio risk control and 2) qualitatively based on factors such as teamwork and client service efforts. The Sub-Adviser’s staff incentives may include: a competitive base salary, bonus determined by individual and firm wide performance, equity participation, and participation opportunities in various investments of the Sub-Adviser. Some portfolio managers earn compensations that vary based on the performances of certain accounts or investments. All employees of the Sub-Adviser are also eligible to participate in a 401(k) plan to which the Sub-Adviser may make a discretionary match after the completion of each plan year. The Sub-Adviser’s deferred compensation programs include equity that vests over a period of years, including equity in the form of shares of funds managed by the particular portfolio manager. The value of the fund shares under the deferred compensation program is awarded annually and each award vests over a period of years (generally 4 years). As discussed below, a portfolio manager’s ownership of shares of a Fund managed by the portfolio manager may create conflicts of interest that incentivize the portfolio manager to favor such fund over the Fund or other accounts.

Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Managers. The following table sets forth information about funds and accounts (including the Fund) for which the portfolio managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management as of May 31, 2025.

| Number of Other Accounts Managed and Assets by Account Type | Number of Other Account Assets for Which Advisory Fee is Performance-Based
Name of Portfolio Manager | Other Registered Investment Companies | Other Pooled Investment Vehicles | Other Accounts | Other Registered Investment Companies | Other Pooled Investment Vehicles | Other Accounts
Anne B. Walsh | 23 | 11 | 69 | 0 | 3 | 1
| $49,387,087,246 | $3,089,562,183 | $130,551,683,092 | $0 | $1,709,313,462 | $115,959,692
Steven H. Brown | 23 | 10 | 46 | 0 | 3 | 1
| $49,387,087,246 | $3,077,921,672 | $25,377,194,258 | $0 | $1,709,313,462 | $115,959,692

S-19

Adam J. Bloch | 19 | 10 | 46 | 0 | 3 | 1
| $48,332,751,425 | $3,077,921,672 | $25,377,194,258 | $0 | $1,709,313,462 | $115,959,692
Evan L. Serdensky | 19 | 3 | 38 | 0 | 1 | 1
| $48,332,751,425 | $1,544,075,813 | $24,283,301,424 | $0 | $206,187,622 | $115,959,692

Information Regarding Potential Conflicts of Interest.

Potential Conflicts Related to the Sale of Fund Shares. The Advisers, their affiliates and their respective employees may have relationships with distributors, consultants and others who recommend, or engage in transactions with or for, the Fund. The Fund and/or an Adviser or its affiliates may compensate such distributors, consultants and other parties in connection with such relationships. As a result of these relationships, distributors, consultants and other parties may have conflicts that create incentives for them to promote the Fund over other funds or financial products.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Advisers and their affiliates and the Fund may make payments to authorized dealers and other financial intermediaries and to salespersons to promote the Fund. These payments may be made out of the assets of an Adviser or its affiliates or amounts payable to an Adviser or its affiliates. These payments may create an incentive for such persons to highlight, feature or recommend the Fund over other funds or financial products.

Potential Conflicts Related to Management of the Fund by the Advisers. The following are descriptions of certain conflicts, financial or otherwise, that the Advisers and their employees may have in managing the Fund. The descriptions below are not intended to be a complete enumeration or explanation of all of the conflicts of interests that may arise from the business activities of the Advisers, their affiliates, or their respective clients. To address these and other actual or potential conflicts, the Advisers and the Fund have established various policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to identify and mitigate such conflicts and to ensure that such conflicts are appropriately resolved taking into consideration the best interest of all clients involved, consistent with the Advisers’ fiduciary obligations and in accordance with applicable law. However, there can be no guarantee that these policies and procedures will be successful in every instance. In certain cases, transactions involving potential conflicts of interest described below may be elevated for review by a conflicts review committee, the members of which are senior personnel of the Advisers’ affiliates and are not employees or clients of the Advisers.

Additional information about potential conflicts of interest regarding the Advisers is set forth in each Adviser’s Form ADV. A copy of Part 1 and Part 2A of each of the Adviser’s Form ADV is available on the SEC’s website at www.adviserinfo.sec.gov.

The Advisers and Their Affiliates Provide a Broad Array of Services and Have Various Investment Banking, Advisory and Other Relationships. The Advisers are affiliates of Guggenheim Partners, LLC (“Guggenheim Partners”), which is a global, full service financial services firm. Guggenheim Partners and its affiliates, including the Advisers (collectively, “Guggenheim Entities”), provide their clients with a broad array of investment management, insurance, broker-dealer, investment banking and other similar services (“Other Business Activities”). These Other Business Activities create actual and potential conflicts of interest for the Advisers in managing the Fund.

For example, the Other Business Activities may create conflicts between the interests of the Fund, on the one hand, and the interests of the Advisers, their affiliates and their respective other clients, on the other hand. The Advisers and their affiliates may act as advisers to clients in investment banking, loan arranging and structuring, financial advisory, restructuring, liability management, asset management and other capacities related to securities and instruments that may be purchased, sold or held by the Fund, and the Advisers or an affiliate may issue, or be engaged as underwriter for the issuer of, securities and instruments that the Fund may (in accordance with applicable rules) purchase, sell or hold. At times, these activities may cause the Advisers and their affiliates to give advice to their clients that may cause these clients to take actions in conflict with or adverse to the interest of the Fund. In addition, Guggenheim Entities may take action that differs from, potentially conflicts with or is adverse to advice given or action taken for the Advisers’ clients. The Guggenheim Entities and their respective officers, directors,

S-20

managing directors, partners, employees and consultants may act in a proprietary capacity with long or short positions in securities and instruments of all types, including those that may be purchased, sold or held by the Fund. Such activities can give rise to interests different from or adverse to those of the Fund, and they could affect the prices and availability of the securities and instruments that the Fund holds or that an Adviser seeks to buy or sell for the Fund’s account, which could adversely impact the financial returns of the Fund.

These Other Business Activities may create other potential conflicts of interests in managing the Fund, may cause the Fund to be subject to additional regulatory limits and, in certain circumstances, may prevent the Fund from participating or limit the Fund’s participation in an investment opportunity that the Fund’s portfolio managers view to be favorable. As a result, activities and dealings of the Advisers and their affiliates may affect the Fund in ways that may disadvantage or restrict the Fund or be deemed to benefit an Adviser, its affiliates or other client accounts.

Advisers’ and Their Affiliates’ Activities on Behalf of Other Clients. The Advisers and their affiliates currently manage and expect to continue to manage a variety of other client accounts, including (without limitation) separately managed accounts (including through the Investment Adviser’s participation in third-party sponsored separately managed account programs through which the Investment Adviser provides discretionary sub-advisory services to individuals and other investors), open-end registered funds, closed-end registered funds, private funds and other collective investment vehicles, and may serve as asset or collateral manager or in other capacities for certain non-registered structured products (collectively, “Other Clients”). Investors in such Other Clients include insurance companies affiliated with or related to the Advisers, as described below. Other Clients invest pursuant to the same or different investment objective, strategies and philosophies as those employed by the Fund and may seek to make or sell investments in the same securities, instruments, sectors or strategies as the Fund. This “side-by-side” management of multiple accounts may create potential conflicts, particularly in circumstances where the availability or liquidity of investment opportunities is limited, or when accounts trade in opposite directions. For example, there is a risk that sales (including short sales) of one client portfolio security adversely affects the market value of securities held in another client portfolio, or trading terms could be adversely affected when opposite trades are executed. In addition, other Clients may also be subject to different legal restrictions or regulatory regimes than the Fund. Regardless of the similarity in investment objective and strategies between the Fund and Other Clients, the Advisers may give advice and recommend investments to Other Clients that may differ from advice given to, or investments bought or sold for, the Fund, and the Fund and Other Clients may vote differently on or take or refrain from taking different actions with respect to the same security or instrument. Furthermore, the manner in which the Advisers execute a strategy for the Fund may differ from how that same or similar strategy is executed for Other Clients due to, for example, investment restrictions imposed the Fund or the Other Clients. These practices, limitations and conflicts may be disadvantageous to the Fund and adversely affect their performance.

The investment policies, fee arrangements and other characteristics of the Fund may also vary from those of Other Clients. In some cases, the Advisers or an affiliate may receive a potentially larger financial benefit from managing one or more such Other Clients as compared to the Fund (for example, some Other Clients are charged performance or incentive fees constituting a percentage of profits or gains), which may provide an incentive to favor such Other Clients over the Fund or to recommend favorable investments to Other Clients who pay higher fees or who have the potential to generate greater fees over the Fund. The Advisers on behalf of the Fund or Other Clients may, pursuant to one transaction or in a series of transactions over time, invest in different parts of an issuer’s or borrower’s capital structure (including but not limited to investments in public versus private securities, investments in debt versus equity, or investments in senior versus subordinated debt or when the same or similar investments have different rights or benefits), depending on the respective client’s investment objective and policies. Relevant issuers or borrowers may also include special purpose issuers or borrowers in structured finance, asset backed, collateralized loan obligation, collateralized debt obligation or similar transactions. As a result of the foregoing, the interests of one group of clients could conflict with those of other clients with respect to the same issuer or borrower. In managing such investments, the Advisers will consider the interests of all affected clients in deciding what actions to take with respect to a given issuer or borrower, but at times will pursue or enforce rights on behalf of some clients in a manner that may have an adverse effect on, or result in asymmetrical financial outcomes to, other clients owning a different, including more senior or junior, investment in the same issuer or borrower. In these types of scenarios, the Advisers may occasionally engage and appoint an independent party to provide independent analysis or recommendations with respect to consents, proxy voting, or other similar shareholder or debt holder rights decision (or a series of consents, votes or similar decisions) pertaining to the Fund and other clients. These potential conflicts of interests between the Advisers’ clients may become more pronounced in situations in which an

S-21

issuer or borrower experiences financial or operational challenges, or as a result of the Fund’s use of certain investment strategies, including small capitalization, emerging market, distressed or less liquid strategies.

Adviser Activities on Behalf of Affiliated or Related Accounts. To the extent permitted by the 1940 Act and other laws, the Advisers, from time to time, may initiate or recommend transactions in the loans or securities of companies in which the Advisers, their related persons, or their respective affiliates have a controlling or other material direct or indirect interest.

Sammons Enterprises, Inc., a diversified company with several insurance company subsidiaries (together with its subsidiaries, “Sammons”), holds indirect economic and voting interests in Guggenheim Capital, LLC (“Guggenheim Capital”), the Advisers’ ultimate parent company. As a result of its ownership stake in Guggenheim Capital, Sammons is the largest individual stakeholder of the Advisers. Certain of Sammons’ wholly owned insurance company and other subsidiaries are advisory clients of, and pay fees to, the Advisers. As a result, Sammons is the largest individual source of annual advisory fees paid to the Advisers. Sammons also has other relationships with the Advisers and various Guggenheim Entities.

Furthermore, some officers and directors of Guggenheim Capital and its subsidiaries, including the Advisers (“Guggenheim Related Persons”), have economic interests or voting interests in companies, including insurance companies that are advisory clients of the Advisers. Guggenheim Related Persons from time to time enter into transactions, including loans and other financings, with these companies. Some Guggenheim Related Persons also may have economic interests or voting interests in issuers, which may be controlling or otherwise material interests, or may serve as a director on the board of issuers, in which the Advisers have invested or will invest on behalf of their clients or to which the Advisers have provided or will provide financing on behalf of their clients. Additionally, Guggenheim Related Persons may have direct or indirect investments in and/or have financial or other relationships with some of the Advisers’ clients or other investment vehicles that may create potential conflicts of interest. Sammons and certain advisory or other clients in which Guggenheim Related Persons have interests have provided, and from time to time may provide, significant loans and other financing to an Adviser and its affiliates. In addition, Guggenheim Related Persons have direct or indirect proprietary or personal investments in and/or have financial or other relationships with financial industry participants or other entities (including trading platforms) that may perform services on behalf of, or in connection with, investments made by the Advisers on behalf of their clients. The Advisers do not expect these transactions to be material.

The relationships described above create potential conflicts of interest for the Advisers in managing the Fund and could create an incentive for an Adviser to favor the interests of these companies over its clients. These incentives are more pronounced where an Adviser has multiple relationships with the client. For example, the Advisers have invested, and may in the future invest, on behalf of its clients in issuers or transactions in which Affiliated Insurance Companies or Guggenheim Related Persons have direct and/or indirect interests, which may include a controlling or significant beneficial interest. In addition, Guggenheim Related Persons and the accounts of Affiliated Insurance Companies and other Adviser clients have invested, and may in the future invest, in securities at different levels of the capital structure of the same issuer, in some cases at the same time and in other cases at different times as the Fund and other clients of the Advisers. The following conflicts may arise in such situations: (i) enforcement of rights or determination not to enforce rights by the Advisers on behalf of the Fund and other clients may have an adverse effect on the interests of its affiliates or related persons, and vice versa, (ii) the Advisers may have an incentive to invest client funds in the issuer or borrower to either facilitate or obtain preferable terms for a proposed investment by an affiliate or related person in such issuer or borrower, or (iii) the Advisers may have an incentive to preserve or protect the value or rights associated with an existing economic interest of an affiliate or related person in the issuer or borrower, which may have an adverse effect on the interests of other clients, including the Fund. In addition, the Advisers may be subject to conflicts of interest with respect to financial industry participants or other entities (including trading platforms) because transactions on or through such platforms may result in compensation directly being paid to these entities that indirectly benefits Guggenheim Related Persons.

The Advisers mitigate potential conflicts of interest in the foregoing and similar situations, including through policies and procedures (i) designed to identify and mitigate conflicts of interest on a transaction-by-transaction basis and (ii) that require investment decisions for all client accounts be made independently from those of other client accounts and be made with specific reference to the individual needs and objectives of each client account, without consideration of the Advisers’ pecuniary or investment interests (or those of their respective employees or

S-22

affiliates). The Fund and the Advisers also maintain procedures to comply with applicable laws, notably relevant provisions of the 1940 Act that prohibit Fund transactions with affiliates (or exemptive rules thereunder).

Allocation of Investment Opportunities. As described above, the Advisers and their affiliates currently manage and expect to continue to manage Other Clients that may invest pursuant to the same or different strategies as those employed by the Fund, and such Other Clients could be viewed as being in competition with the Fund for appropriate investment opportunities, particularly where there is limited capacity with respect to such investment opportunities. The investment policies, fee arrangements and other circumstances of the Fund may vary from those of the Other Clients, and the Advisers may face potential conflicts of interest because the Advisers may have an incentive to favor particular client accounts (such as client accounts that pay performance-based fees) over other client accounts that may be less lucrative in the allocation of investment opportunities.

At times, in order to minimize execution costs for clients, trades in the same security transacted on behalf of more than one client will generally be aggregated (i.e., blocked or bunched) by the Advisers unless the Advisers believe that doing so would conflict or otherwise be inconsistent with its duty to seek best execution for the clients and/or the terms of the respective investment advisory contracts and other agreements and understandings relating to the clients for which trades are being aggregated. In particular, the Advisers expect that trades will be aggregated between the Advisers’ clients and the Advisers’ affiliates’ clients, unless they believe that doing so would conflict or otherwise be inconsistent with their duty to seek best execution for the clients and/or the terms of the respective investment advisory contracts and other agreements and understandings relating to the clients for which trades are being aggregated. When the Advisers believe that it can effectively obtain best execution for the clients by aggregating trades, it will do so for all clients participating in the trade for which aggregated trades are consistent with the respective investment advisory contracts, investment guidelines, and other agreements and understandings relating to the clients.

The Advisers have implemented policies and procedures that govern the allocation of investment opportunities among clients in a fair and equitable manner, taking into account the needs and financial objectives of the clients, their specific objectives and constraints for each account, as well as prevailing market conditions. If an investment opportunity would be appropriate for more than one client, an Adviser may be required to choose among those clients in allocating the opportunity, or to allocate less of the opportunity to a client than it would ideally allocate if it did not have to allocate to multiple clients. In addition, an Adviser may determine that an investment opportunity is appropriate for a particular client account, but not for another.

The Advisers allocate transactions on an objective basis and in a manner designed to assure that no participating client is favored over any other participating client. If an investment is suitable and desirable for more than one client account, an initial allocation study will be determined based upon demand ascertained from the portfolio managers. With respect to fixed income and private equity, this initial allocation study is overseen by a central allocation group and generally reflects a pro rata participation in the investment opportunity among the participating client accounts that expressed demand. Final allocation decisions are made or verified independently by the central allocation group. With respect to public equity securities and public equity-related securities, the allocation generally reflects a pro rata participation in the investment opportunity among participating client accounts. Allocations may be adjusted under specific circumstances, such as situations of scarcity where pro rata allocations would result in de minimis positions or odd lots.

The application of relevant allocation factors may result in non-pro rata allocations, and particular client accounts (including client accounts in which the Advisers and their affiliates or related persons, or their respective officers, directors or employees, including portfolio managers or senior managers, have an interest) may receive an allocation when other client accounts do not or receive a greater than pro-rata allocation. There can be no assurance that a particular investment opportunity will be allocated in any particular manner, and circumstances may occur in which an allocation could have adverse effects on the Fund with respect to the price or size of securities positions obtainable or saleable. All of the foregoing procedures could in certain circumstances adversely affect the price paid or received by the Fund or the size of the position purchased or sold by the Fund (including prohibiting the Fund from purchasing a position) or may limit the rights that the Fund may exercise with respect to an investment.

In addition, the Advisers and the Fund have filed an application seeking exemptive relief from the SEC that would permit the Fund to, among other things, participate in co-investment transactions in portfolio companies with certain affiliated investment entities, including certain affiliates of the Advisers and certain public or private funds or

S-23

other accounts managed by the Advisers and their affiliates, subject to certain terms and conditions (such as the adoption and implementation of certain policies and procedures). However, there is no assurance that such relief will be granted.

Allocation of Limited Time and Attention. The portfolio managers for the Fund may devote as much time to the Fund as the Advisers deem appropriate to perform their duties in accordance with reasonable commercial standards and the Advisers’ duties. However, as described above, these portfolio managers are presently committed to and expect to be committed in the future to providing investment advisory and other services for Other Clients and engage in Other Business Activities in which the Fund may have no interest. As a result of these separate business activities, an Adviser may have conflicts of interest in allocating management time, services and functions among the Fund and Other Business Activities or Other Clients in that the time and effort of the Fund’s portfolio managers would not be devoted exclusively to the business of the Fund.

Potential Restrictions and Issues Related to Material Non-Public Information. By reason of Other Business Activities as well as services and advice provided to Other Clients, the Advisers and their affiliates may acquire confidential or material non-public information and may be restricted from initiating transactions in certain securities and instruments. The Advisers will not be free to divulge, or to act upon, any such confidential or material non-public information and, due to these restrictions, an Adviser may be unable to initiate a transaction for the Fund’s account that it otherwise might have initiated. As a result, the Fund may be frozen in an investment position that it otherwise might have liquidated or closed out or may not be able to acquire a position that it might otherwise have acquired.

Valuation of the Fund’s Investments. Fund assets are valued in accordance with the Fund’s valuation policy and procedures and Advisers’ Rule 2a-5 fair valuation policy and procedures. The valuation of a security or other asset for the Fund may differ from the value ascribed to the same asset by affiliates of an Adviser (particularly difficult-to-value assets) or Other Clients because, among other things, they may have procedures that differ from the Fund’s and Advisers’ procedures or may have access to different information or pricing vendors or use different models or techniques. The Advisers have been designated as the valuation designee to perform fair value determinations for the Fund with respect to the Fund’s investments and may face a potential conflict with respect to such valuations.

Investments in Other Guggenheim Funds. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Fund may invest in other funds sponsored, managed, advised or sub-advised by the Advisers. Investments by the Fund in such funds present potential conflicts of interest, including potential incentives to invest in smaller or newer funds to increase asset levels or provide greater viability and to invest in funds managed by the portfolio manager(s) of the Fund. As disclosed in the Prospectus and this SAI, the Advisers have agreed to waive certain fees associated with these investments, which will reduce, but will not eliminate, these types of conflicts. In other circumstances, the Advisers may make investments for clients for various portfolio management purposes in limited partnerships or similar vehicles that are managed or otherwise serviced by affiliates of the Advisers that will be compensated for such services.

Potential Conflicts Associated with the Advisers and Their Affiliates Acting in Multiple Capacities Simultaneously.

Principal and Cross Transactions. The Advisers may, to the extent permitted under applicable law, effect client cross transactions where an Adviser causes a transaction to be effected between the Fund and an Other Client; provided, that conditions set forth in SEC rules under the 1940 Act are followed. Cross transactions present an inherent conflict of interest because an Adviser represents the interests of both the selling account and the buying account in the same transaction, and the Adviser could seek to treat one party to the cross transaction more favorably than the other party. The Advisers have policies and procedures designed to mitigate these conflicts and help ensure that any cross transactions are in the best interests of, and appropriate for, all clients involved and the transactions are consistent with the Advisers’ fiduciary duties and obligation to seek best execution and applicable rules.

The Advisers and Their Affiliates May Act in Multiple Commercial Capacities. Subject to applicable law, the provisions of the 1940 Act and rules thereunder and the Fund’s and Other Clients’ investment guidelines, an Adviser may cause the Fund to invest in securities, bank loans or other obligations of companies or structured product vehicles that result in commissions, initial or ongoing fees, or other remuneration paid to (and retained by) an

S-24

Adviser or one of its affiliates. Such investments may include (i) investments that an Adviser or one of its affiliates originated, arranged or placed; (ii) investments in which the Advisers’ affiliate provided investment banking, financial advisory or similar services to a party involved in the transaction to which the investment relates (such as acquisition financing in a transaction in which the Advisers’ affiliate represented the buyer or seller); (iii) investments where an Adviser or its affiliates provided other services to a transaction participant or other third party; (iv) investments where an Adviser or one of its affiliates acts as the collateral agent, administrator, originator, manager, or other service provider; and (v) investments that are secured or otherwise backed by collateral that could include assets originated, sold or financed by an Adviser or its affiliates, investment funds or pools managed by an Adviser or its affiliates or assets or obligations managed by an Adviser or its affiliates. Commissions, fees, or other remuneration payable to an Adviser or its affiliates in these transactions may present a potential conflict in that the Adviser may be viewed as having an incentive to purchase such investments to earn, or facilitate its affiliates’ ability to earn, such additional fees or compensation.

In some circumstances, and also subject to applicable law, the Advisers may cause the Fund to invest in or provide financing to issuers or borrowers, or otherwise participate in transactions, in which the issuer, borrower or another transaction party (such as a placement agent or arranger) is, or is a subsidiary or affiliate of or otherwise related to, (a) an Other Client or (b) a company with which Guggenheim Related Persons, or officers or employees of the Advisers, have investment, financial or other interests or relationships (including but not limited to directorships or equivalent roles). The financial interests of the Advisers’ affiliates or their related persons in issuers or borrowers create potential conflict between the economic interests of these affiliates or related persons and the interests of the Advisers’ clients. In addition, to the extent that a potential issuer or borrower (or one of its affiliates) is an advisory client of an Adviser, or an Adviser’s advisory client is a lender or financing provider to an Adviser or its affiliates (including a parent), a potential conflict may exist as the Adviser may have an incentive to favor the interests of those clients relative to those of its other clients.

Because of limitations imposed by applicable law, notably by provisions of the 1940 Act and rules thereunder, the involvement or presence of the Advisers’ affiliates in the offerings described above or the financial markets more broadly may restrict the Fund’s ability to acquire some securities or loans, even if they would otherwise be desirable investments for the Fund, or affect the timing or price of such acquisitions or the sale of an investment, which may adversely affect Fund performance.

Subject to applicable law and regulation, personnel of the Guggenheim Entities may support the overall investment management functions of the Advisers but may be subject to potential conflicts of interest with respect to certain investment opportunities and, as such, may have an incentive to identify investment opportunities for, and allocate investment opportunities to, third-parties. Similarly, to the extent that other Guggenheim Entities sponsor and manage funds that compete with the Fund’s investment programs, these funds may reduce capacity otherwise available to the Fund.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Advisers and their affiliates may create, write, sell, issue, invest in or act as placement agent or distributor of derivative instruments related to the Fund, or with respect to portfolio holdings of the Fund, or which may be otherwise based on or seek to replicate or hedge the performance of the Fund. Such derivative transactions, and any associated hedging activity, may differ from and be adverse to the interests of the Fund.

Some of the Adviser’s employees (and others acting as consultants or advisors) may serve as directors or otherwise serve a role within the portfolio company in which the Fund invests. These services are separate from the services the Advisers render to the Fund and may thus create conflicts.

Certain professionals, including investment professionals, of the Advisers may, from time to time, also serve as investment professionals of affiliates. These arrangements, and the relationship between the Advisers and the affiliates, present potential conflicts of interest, including those described herein.

Present and future activities of the Advisers and their affiliates (and the role and relationships of the Advisers’ personnel with other Guggenheim Entities), in addition to those described in this SAI, may give rise to additional or different conflicts of interest.

S-25

Portfolio Manager Compensation. As discussed above, portfolio managers may own Fund shares and a portion of their compensation may include equity in the form of shares of certain funds (other than the Fund) managed by the particular portfolio manager. As a result, a potential conflict of interest may arise to the extent a portfolio manager owns or has an interest in shares of a specific fund that he or she manages. These personal investments may create an incentive for a portfolio manager to favor such fund(s) over other advisory clients, including the Fund.

Securities Ownership of the Portfolio Managers. As of May 31, 2025, the dollar range of equity securities of the Fund beneficially owned by each portfolio manager is shown below:

Portfolio Manager | Dollar Range of Equity Securities of the Fund Beneficial Owned
Anne B. Walsh | $500,001-$1,000,000
Steve H. Brown | None
Adam J. Bloch | None
Evan L. Serdensky | None

Investment Advisers

Investment Adviser. Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC acts as the Fund’s investment adviser pursuant to an advisory agreement between the Fund and the Investment Adviser (the “Advisory Agreement”). The Investment Adviser is a registered investment adviser and acts as investment adviser to a number of closed-end and open-end management investment companies. The Investment Adviser is a Delaware limited liability company with principal offices located at 227 West Monroe Street, Chicago, Illinois 60606.

Sub-Adviser. Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC acts as an investment sub-adviser to the Fund pursuant to an investment sub-advisory agreement among the Fund, the Investment Adviser and Sub-Adviser (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”). Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC is a Delaware limited liability company, with its principal offices located at 100 Wilshire Boulevard, Santa Monica, California 90401.

Guggenheim Partners. Each of the Investment Adviser and Sub-Adviser is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Guggenheim Partners, LLC. Guggenheim Partners, LLC is a diversified financial services firm with wealth management, capital markets, investment management and proprietary investing businesses, the clients of which are a mix of individuals, family offices, endowments, investment funds, foundations, insurance companies and other institutions that have entrusted Guggenheim Partners, LLC with the supervision of approximately $357 billion of assets as of September 30, 2025. Guggenheim Partners, LLC is headquartered in Chicago and New York with a global network of offices throughout the United States, Europe, and Asia.

In rendering investment advisory services to the Fund, the Investment Adviser and Sub-Adviser will use the resources of Guggenheim Partners Europe Limited (“GPE”) to research, select, and effect some investments for the Fund in Europe and other non-U.S. jurisdictions, an affiliate of the Investment Adviser and Sub-Adviser based in the United Kingdom that is not registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. Under the terms of a participating affiliate arrangement, GPE is considered to be a “Participating Affiliate” of the Investment Adviser, as that term is used in relief granted by the staff of the SEC allowing US-registered advisers to use investment advisory and trading resources of unregistered advisory affiliates, subject to the regulatory supervision of the registered adviser.

“Guggenheim Investments” refers to the global asset management and investment advisory division of Guggenheim Partners and includes the Investment Adviser, the Sub-Adviser and other affiliated investment management businesses of Guggenheim Partners.

Advisory Agreement

Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement between the Fund and the Investment Adviser, the Fund pays the Investment Adviser a fee, payable monthly in arrears at an annual rate equal to 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets (from which the Investment Adviser will pay the Sub-Adviser’s fees). “Managed Assets” means

S-26

the total assets of the Fund (other than assets attributable to any investments by the Fund in Affiliated Investment Funds), including the assets attributable to the proceeds from any borrowings or other forms of financial leverage, minus liabilities, other than liabilities related to any financial leverage. “Affiliated Investment Funds” means investment companies, including registered investment companies, private investment funds and/or other pooled investment vehicles, advised or managed by the Investment Adviser, the Sub-Adviser or any of either’s affiliates.

Under the terms of the Advisory Agreement, the Investment Adviser is responsible for the management of the Fund. The Investment Adviser furnishes office facilities and equipment and clerical, bookkeeping and administrative services on behalf of the Fund and oversees the activities of the Sub-Adviser. The Investment Adviser provides all services through the medium of any directors, officers or employees of the Investment Adviser or its affiliates as the Investment Adviser deems appropriate in order to fulfill its obligations and pays the compensation of all officers and Trustees of the Fund who are its affiliates.

The Advisory Agreement continues from year to year if approved annually by both (i) the vote of a majority of the Fund’s Board of Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund at the time outstanding and entitled to vote and (ii) the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Advisory Agreement terminates automatically on its assignment and may be terminated without penalty on 60 days’ written notice at the option of either party thereto. Termination by the Fund shall be directed or approved by a vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Fund in office at the time or by a vote of the holders of a majority of the voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund at the time outstanding and entitled to vote.

The Advisory Agreement provides that, the Investment Adviser will not be liable for any error or judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Investment Adviser or by the Fund in connection with the performance of the Advisory Agreement, except loss resulting from the breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services or loss resulting from willful malfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its duties under the Advisory Agreement

Advisory Fees

| Fiscal Year Ended May 31,
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023
The Investment Adviser received advisory fees of | $22,295,074 | $19,752,305 | $18,782,204

Sub-Advisory Agreement

Pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement among the Fund, the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, the Investment Adviser pays the Sub-Adviser a fee, payable monthly in arrears at an annual rate equal to 0.50% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets, less 0.50% of the Fund’s average daily assets attributable to any investments by the Fund in Affiliated Investment Funds.

Under the terms of the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Sub-Adviser, under the oversight and supervision of the Board and the Investment Adviser, manages the investment of the assets of the Fund in accordance with its investment policies, places orders to purchase and sell securities on behalf of the Fund, and, at the request of the Investment Adviser, consults with the Investment Adviser as to the overall management of the assets of the Fund and its investment policies and practices.

The Sub-Advisory Agreement continues from year to year if approved annually (i) by a vote of a majority of the Fund’s Board of Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund at the time outstanding and entitled to vote and (ii) by a vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the Sub-Advisory Agreement or “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Sub-Advisory Agreement terminates automatically on its assignment and may be terminated without penalty on 60 days’ written notice at the option of either party thereto. Termination by the Fund shall be directed or approved by a vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Fund in office at the time or by a vote of the holders of a majority of the voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund at the time outstanding and entitled to vote.

S-27

The Sub-Advisory Agreement provides that, the Sub-Adviser will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Investment Adviser or by the Fund (or their respective agents) in connection with the performance of the Sub-Advisory Agreement, except a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services or a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its duties under the Sub-Advisory Agreement.

Sub-Advisory Fees

| Fiscal Year Ended May 31,
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023
The Sub-Adviser received sub-advisory fees of: | $11,147,537 | $9,876,153 | $9,391,102

Other Agreements

Administration Agreement. MUFG Investor Services (US) LLC (“MUFG”), acts as administrator to the Fund. Pursuant to an accounting and administration agreement, MUFG is responsible for providing administrative services to the Fund, including assisting the Fund with regulatory filings. For the services, the Fund pays MUFG a fee, accrued daily and paid monthly, at the annual rate equal to 0.0275% of the first $200 million in average daily Managed Assets, 0.0200% of the next $300 million in average daily Managed Assets, 0.0150% of the next $500 million in average daily Managed Assets, and 0.0100% of average daily Managed Assets above $1 billion, along with an annual fixed fee ranging from $500 to $11,000 for assisting the Fund with certain regulatory filings.

Administration Fee.

| Fiscal Year Ended May 31,
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023
MUFG received administration fees of: | $338,411 | $287,523 | $277,259

Fund Accounting Agreement. MUFG also acts as fund accounting agent to the Fund. Pursuant to an accounting and administration agreement, MUFG performs certain accounting services. For the services, the Fund pays MUFG a fee, accrued daily and paid monthly, at the annual rate equal to 0.0300% of the first $200 million in average daily Managed Assets, 0.0150% of the next $300 million in average daily Managed Assets, 0.0100% of the next $500 million in average daily Managed Assets, and 0.0075% of average daily Managed Assets above $1 billion, subject to a minimum fee of $50,000 per year, and reimburses MUFG for certain out-of-pocket expenses.

Fund Accounting Fee.

| Fiscal Year Ended May 31,
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023
MUFG received fund accounting fees of: | $267,123 | $240,586 | $228,854

S-28

Portfolio Transactions

Subject to policies established by the Board of Trustees, the Sub-Adviser is responsible for placing purchase and sale orders and the allocation of brokerage on behalf of the Fund. Transactions in equity securities are in most cases effected on U.S. stock exchanges and involve the payment of negotiated brokerage commissions. In general, there may be no stated commission in the case of securities traded in OTC markets, but the prices of those securities may include undisclosed commissions or mark-ups. The Fund has no obligations to deal with any broker or group of brokers in executing transactions in portfolio securities. In executing transactions, the Sub-Adviser seeks to obtain best price and execution for the Fund.

In furtherance of seeking the most favorable execution, the Sub-Adviser has adopted a Counterparty Approval Policy pursuant to which it maintains an Approved Counterparty List. Transactions may only be executed with counterparties/broker-dealers on the Approved Counterparties List unless an exception is granted by an authorized person under the Counterparty Approval Policy. Initially and on an ongoing basis, the Sub-Adviser consults a variety of information relating to a counterparty/broker-dealer, including regulatory reports and financial information, in connection with adding and maintaining a counterparty to the Approved Counterparty List. Generally, counterparties on the Approved Counterparty List must, in the Sub-Adviser’s opinion, have financial stability and a positive reputation in the industry. When reviewing brokers, the Sub-Adviser may consider, including, without limitation, the size and type of transaction, access to liquidity, execution efficiency and capability, and other factors it may deem appropriate. The Sub-Adviser uses its judgment to select a broker or dealer on the basis of how a transaction can be executed to achieve the most favorable execution for the Fund under the circumstances. Accordingly, the Sub-Adviser is not obligated to choose the broker or dealer offering the lowest available commission rate or the lowest possible execution cost on a transaction. The sale of Fund shares by a broker or dealer is not a factor in the selection of brokers and dealers to execute portfolio transactions for the Fund. The Sub-Adviser and its affiliates do not currently participate in soft dollar arrangements.

The Sub-Adviser may aggregate trade orders for the Fund and its other clients in a particular security when it believes that doing so is in the best interests of all participating accounts and is in furtherance of its duty to seek best execution. Aggregation of trade orders may result in an overall benefit to the Fund because it may achieve efficiencies in execution and reduce trading costs. When aggregating trades, the Sub-Adviser will continue to seek best execution, treat all participating accounts fairly and ensure participating accounts pay the same price, net of transaction costs. Although investment decisions for the Fund are made independently from those of the other accounts managed by the Sub-Adviser and its affiliates, investments of the kind made by the Fund may also be made by those other accounts. When the same securities are purchased for or sold by the Fund and any of such other accounts, it is the policy of the Sub-Adviser and its affiliates to allocate such purchases and sales in the manner deemed fair and equitable to all of the accounts, including the Fund, taking into account the needs and investment objective of the accounts as well as prevailing market conditions. There can be no assurance that a particular investment opportunity will be allocated in a particular manner.

Commissions Paid. Unless otherwise disclosed below, the Fund paid no commissions to affiliated brokers during the last three fiscal years. The Fund paid approximately the following commissions to brokers during the fiscal years shown:

Fiscal Year Ended May 31, | All Brokers | Affiliated Brokers
2025 | $28,211 | $0
2024 | $115,700 | $0
2023 | $143,262 | $0

Fiscal Year Ended May 31, 2025 Percentages: |  |
Percentage of aggregate brokerage commissions paid to affiliated broker | 0% 0%
Percentage of aggregate dollar amount of transactions involving the payment of commissions effected through affiliated broker

During the fiscal year ended May 31, 2025, the Fund paid $0 in brokerage commissions on transactions totaling $0 to brokers selected primarily on the basis of research services provided to the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser.

S-29

Guggenheim Investments has created a Best Execution Committee (the “Committee”) in connection with the broker-dealer selection process and oversight of the best execution policies. The Committee examines the performance of broker-dealers and, for equity trades, makes recommendations regarding the addition of potential broker-dealers. In addition, the Committee works to mitigate potential conflicts of interest that could exist.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following discussion is a brief summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations affecting the Fund and the ownership and disposition of the Fund’s Common Shares. Except as otherwise noted, this discussion assumes you are a taxable U.S. person (as defined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and that you hold your Common Shares as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally, assets held for investment). This discussion is based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the regulations promulgated thereunder and judicial and administrative authorities, all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations by the courts or the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), possibly with retroactive effect. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax concerns affecting the Fund and its Common Shareholders (including Common Shareholders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax law). No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position contrary to any of the tax aspects set forth below.

The discussions set forth herein and in the Prospectus do not constitute tax advice and potential investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers to determine the specific U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences to them of investing in the Fund.

Taxation of the Fund

The Fund has elected to be treated and intends to continue to qualify each year as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code. Accordingly, the Fund must, among other things, (i) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from (a) dividends, interest (including tax-exempt interest), payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including gain from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies and (b) net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined in the Code); and (ii) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year (a) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, the securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (b) not more than 25% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities and the securities of other RICs) of (I) any one issuer, (II) any two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same business or similar or related trades or businesses or (III) any one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships.” Generally, a qualified publicly traded partnership includes a partnership the interests of which are traded on an established securities market or readily tradable on a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof) and that derives less than 90% of its gross income from the items described in (a) above.

As long as the Fund qualifies as a RIC, the Fund generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on income and gains that the Fund distributes to its Common Shareholders, provided that it distributes each taxable year at least the sum of (i) 90% of the Fund’s investment company taxable income (which includes, among other items, dividends, interest, the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, and other taxable income, other than any net capital gain (defined below), reduced by deductible expenses) determined without regard to the deduction for dividends and distributions paid and (ii) 90% of the Fund’s net tax-exempt interest (the excess of its gross tax-exempt interest over certain disallowed deductions). The Fund intends to distribute substantially all of such income each year. The Fund will be subject to income tax at regular corporate rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its Common Shareholders.

The Code imposes a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the Fund to the extent the Fund does not distribute by the end of any calendar year at least the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gain or loss) for the calendar year and (ii) 98.2% of its capital gain in excess of its capital loss (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for a one-year period generally ending on October 31 of the calendar year. In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to

S-30

reflect any under-distribution or over-distribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. For purposes of the excise tax, the Fund will be deemed to have distributed any income on which it paid federal income tax in the taxable year ending within the calendar year. While the Fund intends to distribute income and capital gain in order to minimize imposition of the 4% nondeductible excise tax, there can be no assurance that amounts of the Fund’s taxable income and capital gain will be distributed to avoid entirely the imposition of the excise tax. In that event, the Fund will be liable for the excise tax only on the amount by which it does not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.

If for any taxable year the Fund does not qualify as a RIC, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain, which consists of the excess of its net long-term capital gain over its net short-term capital loss) will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to Common Shareholders, and such distributions will be taxable to the Common Shareholders as ordinary dividends to the extent of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits. As described below, such dividends, however, would generally be eligible (i) to be treated as “qualified dividend income” in the case of Common Shareholders taxed as individuals and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate Common Shareholders, subject, in each case, to certain holding period and other requirements. To qualify again to be taxed as a RIC in a subsequent year, the Fund would generally be required to distribute to its Common Shareholders its earnings and profits attributable to non-RIC years. If the Fund fails to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, the Fund may be required to recognize and pay tax on any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the Fund had been liquidated) or, alternatively, to elect to be subject to taxation on such built-in gain recognized for a period of five years, in order to qualify as a RIC in a subsequent year.

Taxation of the Fund’s Investments

Certain of the Fund’s investment practices are subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions (including mark-to-market, constructive sale, straddle, wash sale, short sale and other rules) that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, including the dividends received deduction, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gains or “qualified dividend income” into higher taxed short-term capital gains or ordinary income, (iii) convert ordinary loss or a deduction into capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause the Fund to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (vii) produce income that will not be “qualified” income for purposes of the 90% annual gross income requirement described above. These U.S. federal income tax provisions could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to Common Shareholders. The Fund intends to monitor its transactions and may make certain tax elections and may be required to dispose of securities to mitigate the effect of these provisions and prevent disqualification of the Fund as a RIC. Additionally, the Fund may be required to limit its activities in derivative instruments in order to enable it to maintain its RIC status.

The Fund may invest a portion of its net assets in below investment grade securities, commonly known as “junk” securities. Investments in these types of securities may present special tax issues for the Fund. U.S. federal income tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when the Fund may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless securities, how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a bankruptcy or workout context are taxable. These and other issues will be addressed by the Fund, to the extent necessary, in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a RIC and does not become subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax.

Certain debt securities acquired by the Fund may be treated as debt securities that were originally issued at a discount. Generally, the amount of the original issue discount is treated as interest income and is included in taxable income (and required to be distributed by the Fund in order to qualify as a RIC or avoid the 4% excise tax) over the term of the security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, usually when the debt security matures. Other investments may similarly require the Fund to recognize taxable income without a corresponding receipt of cash. If the Fund purchases a debt security on a secondary market at a price lower than its adjusted issue price, the excess of the adjusted issue price over the purchase price is “market discount.” Unless the Fund makes an election to accrue market discount on a current basis, generally, any gain realized on the disposition of, and any partial payment of principal on, a debt security having market discount is treated as ordinary income to

S-31

the extent the gain, or principal payment, does not exceed the “accrued market discount” on the debt security. Market discount generally accrues in equal daily installments unless a constant yield method is elected.

Certain types of income received by the Fund from REITs, REMICs, taxable mortgage pools or other investments may cause the Fund to report some or all of its distributions as “excess inclusion income.” To Fund Common Shareholders such excess inclusion income will (i) constitute taxable income, as “unrelated business taxable income” (“UBTI”) for those Common Shareholders who would otherwise be tax-exempt such as individual retirement accounts, 401(k) accounts, Keogh plans, pension plans and certain charitable entities, (ii) not be offset against net operating losses for tax purposes, (iii) not be eligible for reduced U.S. withholding for non-U.S. Common Shareholders even from tax treaty countries and (iv) cause the Fund to be subject to tax if certain “disqualified organizations,” as defined by the Code (which includes charitable remainder trusts), are Fund Common Shareholders.

The Fund may invest in preferred securities or other securities the U.S. federal income tax treatment of which may not be clear or may be subject to recharacterization by the IRS. To the extent the tax treatment of such securities or the income from such securities differs from the tax treatment expected by the Fund, it could affect the timing or character of income recognized by the Fund, requiring the Fund to purchase or sell securities, or otherwise change its portfolio, in order to comply with the tax rules applicable to RICs under the Code.

Gain or loss on the sales of securities by the Fund will generally be long-term capital gain or loss if the securities have been held by the Fund for more than one year. Gain or loss on the sale of securities held for one year or less will be short-term capital gain or loss. Gain or loss on debt instruments denominated in, or derivatives the value of which is determined based on, foreign currency may be treated as foreign currency gain or loss in part or in whole.

For federal income tax purposes, the Fund is generally permitted to carry forward a net capital loss in any taxable year to offset its own capital gains, if any. These amounts are available to be carried forward to offset future capital gains to the extent permitted by the Code and applicable tax regulations. Any such loss carryforwards will retain their character as short-term or long-term. In the event that the Fund were to experience an ownership change as defined under the Code, the capital loss carryforwards and other favorable tax attributes of the Fund, if any, may be subject to limitation.

Because the Fund may invest in foreign securities, its income from such securities may be subject to non-U.S. taxes. The Fund will not be eligible to elect to “pass-through” to Common Shareholders of the Fund the ability to use the foreign tax deduction or foreign tax credit for foreign taxes paid with respect to qualifying taxes.

Private Investment Funds Taxed as Partnerships. Certain of the private investment funds in which the Fund may invest will be treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Consequently, the Fund’s income, gains, losses, deductions and expenses will depend upon the corresponding items recognized by such private investment funds. In addition, the Fund’s proportionate share of the assets of each such private investment fund will be treated as if held directly by the Fund. In these instances, the Fund will be required to meet the diversification test with respect to the assets of such private investment funds. The Fund generally will not invest in private investment funds that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes unless the terms of such investment provide, or the managers of such private investment funds agree to provide, the Fund with information on a regular basis as reasonably necessary to monitor the Fund’s qualification as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Private Investment Funds Taxed as PFICs. The Fund anticipates that certain of the private investment funds (including certain CLOs) in which it invests will be treated as “passive foreign investment companies” (“PFICs”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In general, a PFIC is any foreign corporation that has 75% or more of its gross income for the taxable year which consists of passive income or that has 50% or more of the average fair market value of its assets which consists of assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income.

If the Fund makes an election to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” (a “QEF Election”), the Fund would be taxed currently on the PFIC’s income without regard to whether the Fund received any distributions from the PFIC. If the Fund makes a QEF Election with respect to a private investment fund and the private investment fund complies with certain annual reporting requirements, the Fund will be required to include in its gross income each year its pro rata share of the private investment fund’s ordinary income and net capital gains (at ordinary income and capital gain rates, respectively) for each year in which the private investment fund is a PFIC, regardless of whether the Fund receives distributions from the private investment fund. Treasury Regulations generally treat income inclusion from a PFIC with respect to which the Fund has made such an election as qualifying income for

S-32

purposes of the income requirement applicable to RICs under the Code if (i) there is a current distribution out of the earnings and profits of the PFIC that are attributable to such income inclusion or (ii) such income inclusion is derived with respect to the Fund’s business of investing in stock, securities, or currencies. By reason of such inclusions, the Fund would be deemed to have received net investment income, which would be subject to the 90% distribution requirement, and to have received net capital gains, possibly without a corresponding receipt of cash. The Fund’s basis in the shares it owns in the private investment fund will be increased to reflect any such deemed distributed income. Because some of the private investment funds in which the Fund may invest may defer the payment of management and/or incentive compensation fees, during the deferral period the Fund’s pro rata share of the private investment fund’s ordinary income will be higher than it would be if the private investment fund had not deferred the payment of such fees. A QEF Election is subject to a number of specific rules and requirements, and not all of the private investment funds in which the Fund may invest may provide their investors with the information required to satisfy the reporting requirements necessary for the Fund to make a QEF Election.

In lieu of making a QEF Election, the Fund could elect to mark-to-market its PFIC stock and include in income any resulting gain or loss (a “Mark-to-Market Election”). The Fund anticipates that it will make a Mark-to-Market Election with respect to the stock of any PFICs in which it invests that do not provide the Fund with the information necessary for the Fund to make a QEF Election. Unlike in the case of a QEF Election, under a Mark-to-Market Election the Fund will not be deemed to have received distributions of net investment income or net capital gains from the PFIC. If the Fund makes a Mark-to-Market Election with respect to a PFIC, the Fund will be deemed to have sold the shares of that PFIC as of the last day of the Fund’s taxable year and will be required to include in the Fund’s net investment income the positive difference, if any, between the fair market value of shares as of the end of the Fund’s taxable year and the adjusted basis of such shares. All of such positive difference will be treated as ordinary income and will be a dividend in the hands of the Fund. Moreover, any gain from the Fund’s actual sale of PFIC shares with respect to which the Fund has made a Mark-to-Market Election will be ordinary income in the Fund’s hands. Thus, unlike the case of a QEF Election, the Fund cannot generate long-term capital gains with respect to PFIC stock for which the Fund has made a Mark-to-Market Election. The Fund will recognize income regardless of whether the PFIC has made any distributions to the Fund and such income will constitute net investment income subject to the 90% distribution requirement described above. The Fund’s basis in the shares it owns in the private investment fund will be increased to reflect any such recognized income. The Fund may deduct any decrease in value equal to the excess of its adjusted basis in the shares over the fair market value of the shares of the private investment fund as of the end of the Fund’s taxable year, but only to the extent of any previously unreversed net mark-to-market gains included in the Fund’s income for prior taxable years.

The Fund intends to borrow funds or to redeem a sufficient amount of its investments in private investment funds that are PFICs and for which the Fund has made either a QEF Election or a Mark-to-Market Election so that the Fund has sufficient cash to meet the distribution requirements to maintain its qualification as a RIC and minimize U.S. federal income and excise taxes.

In the event that the Fund does not make a QEF Election or a Mark-to-Market Election with respect to PFIC stock held by the Fund, the Fund would be taxed at ordinary income rates and pay an interest charge if it received an “excess distribution” (generally, a distribution in excess of a base amount) or if it realized gain on the sale of its PFIC stock. The amount of the excess distribution or gain would be allocated ratably to each day in the Fund’s holding period for the PFIC stock, and the Fund would be required to include the amount allocated to the current taxable year in its income as ordinary income for such year. The amounts allocated to prior taxable years generally would be taxed at the highest ordinary income tax rate in effect for each such prior taxable year and would also be subject to an interest charge computed as if such tax liability had actually been due with respect to each such prior taxable year. The Fund expects to make a QEF Election or a Mark-to-Market Election with respect to the PFICs in which it invests and, accordingly, does not expect to be subject to this “excess distribution” regime.

Risk-Linked Securities. The treatment of risk-linked securities for U.S. federal income tax purposes is uncertain and will depend on the particular features of each such securities. The Fund expects that it will generally treat the risk-linked securities in which it invests as equity of the issuer for U.S. federal income tax purposes, whether that treatment is mandated by the terms of the applicable bond indentures or otherwise, although this determination will necessarily be made on an investment by investment basis. It is possible that the IRS will provide future guidance with respect to the treatment of instruments like the risk-linked securities or challenge the

S-33

treatment adopted by the Fund for one or more of its risk-linked securities investments. A change in the treatment of the Fund’s risk-linked securities investments that is required as a result of such guidance or an IRS challenge could affect the timing, character and amount of the Fund’s income from the risk-linked securities. This, in turn, could affect whether the Fund has satisfied the distribution requirements necessary to qualify as a RIC and to avoid a Fund-level tax.

Risk-linked securities that are treated as equity may be subject to special U.S. federal income tax rules applicable to equity investments in a PFIC, and will generally be subject to the PFIC rules described above under the caption “Private Investment Funds Taxed as PFICs.” In cases in which the Fund treats such risk-linked securities as an equity interest in a PFIC, the Fund generally expects to make a Mark-to-Market Election, which would require the Fund to recognized income or (subject to certain limitations) loss annually based on the difference between the fair market value of the risk-linked securities at the end of the year and the Fund’s adjusted basis in the risk-linked securities. Because the Mark-to-Market Election can result in recognition of income without the concurrent receipt of cash, the Fund may have to borrow funds or sell portfolio securities, thereby possibly resulting in the recognition of additional income or gain to satisfy the distribution requirements necessary to qualify as a RIC and to avoid a Fund-level tax. If the Fund were not able to meet such distribution requirements, the Fund would run the risk of losing its qualification as a RIC.

Taxation of U.S. Common Shareholders

The Fund will either distribute or retain for reinvestment all or part of its net capital gain. If any such gain is retained, the Fund will be subject to a corporate income tax (at regular corporate rates) on such retained amount. In that event, the Fund expects to designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gain in a notice to its Common Shareholders, each of whom, if subject to U.S. federal income tax on long-term capital gains, (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes as long-term capital gain its share of such undistributed amounts, (ii) will be entitled to credit its proportionate share of the tax paid by the Fund against its U.S. federal income tax liability and to claim refunds to the extent that the credit exceeds such liability and (iii) will increase its basis in its Common Shares by the amount of undistributed capital gain included in such Common Shareholder’s gross income net of the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii).

Distributions paid to you by the Fund from its net capital gains, if any, that the Fund properly reports as capital gains dividends (“capital gain dividends”) are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you have held your Common Shares. All other dividends paid to you by the Fund from its current or accumulated earnings and profits (including individuals from net short-term capital gains) (“ordinary income dividends”) are generally subject to tax as ordinary income.

Properly reported ordinary income dividends received by corporate holders of Common Shares generally will be eligible for the dividends received deduction to the extent that the Fund’s income consists of dividend income from U.S. corporations and certain holding period and other requirements are satisfied by both the Fund and the corporate shareholders. In case of Common Shareholders who are individuals, properly reported ordinary income dividends that you receive from the Fund generally will be eligible for taxation at the rates applicable to long-term capital gains to the extent that (i) the ordinary income dividend is attributable to “qualified dividend income” (i.e., generally dividends paid by U.S. corporations and certain foreign corporations) received by the Fund, (ii) the Fund satisfies certain holding period and other requirements with respect to the stock on which such qualified dividend income was paid and (iii) you satisfy certain holding period and other requirements with respect to your Common Shares. The reduced rates for “qualified dividend income” are not applicable to (i) dividends paid by a foreign corporation that is a PFIC, (ii) income inclusions from a QEF Election with respect to a PFIC, (iii) ordinary income from a Mark-to-Market Election with respect to a PFIC, and (iv) dividend income from REITs. In addition, for dividends to be eligible for the dividends received deduction or for reduced rates applicable to individuals, the Fund cannot have an option to sell or be under a contractual obligation to sell (pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) substantially identical stock or securities. Accordingly, the Fund’s writing of call options may, depending on the terms of the option, adversely impact the Fund’s ability to pay dividends eligible for the dividends received deduction or for reduced rates applicable to individuals. Qualified dividend income eligible for these special rules is not actually treated as capital gains, however, and thus will not be included in the computation of your net capital gain and generally cannot be used to offset any capital losses. There can be no assurance as to what portion of the Fund’s distributions will qualify for favorable treatment as qualified dividend income or for the corporate dividends received deduction.

S-34

A dividend (whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional Fund Common Shares) will not be treated as qualified dividend income (whether received by the Fund or paid by the Fund to a Common Shareholder) if (1) the dividend is received with respect to any share held for fewer than 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend, (2) to the extent that the Common Shareholder is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property, or (3) if the Common Shareholder elects to have the dividend treated as investment income for purposes of the limitation on deductibility of investment interest.

Certain distributions reported by the Fund as Section 163(j) interest dividends may be treated as interest income by Common Shareholders for purposes of the tax rules applicable to interest expense limitations under Section 163(j) of the Code. Such treatment by the Common Shareholder is generally subject to holding period requirements and other potential limitations, although the holding period requirements are generally not applicable to dividends declared by money market funds and certain other funds that declare dividends daily and pay such dividends on a monthly or more frequent basis. The amount that the Fund is eligible to report as a Section 163(j) dividend for a tax year is generally limited to the excess of the Fund’s business interest income over the sum of the Fund’s (i) business interest expense and (ii) other deductions properly allocable to the Fund’s business interest income.

Individuals (and certain other non-corporate entities) are generally eligible for a 20% deduction with respect to taxable ordinary REIT dividends. Applicable Treasury regulations allow the Fund to pass through to its Common Shareholders such taxable ordinary REIT dividends. Accordingly, individual (and certain other non-corporate) Common Shareholders of the Fund that have received such taxable ordinary REIT dividends may be able to take advantage of this 20% deduction with respect to any such amounts passed through.

Any distributions you receive that are in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax basis in your Common Shares, and thereafter as capital gain from the sale of Common Shares (assuming the Common Shares are held as a capital asset). The amount of any Fund distribution that is treated as a tax-free return of capital will reduce your adjusted tax basis in your Common Shares, thereby increasing your potential gain or reducing your potential loss on any subsequent sale or other disposition of your Common Shares.

Common Shareholders may be entitled to offset their capital gain dividends with capital losses. The Code contains a number of statutory provisions affecting when capital losses may be offset against capital gain, and limiting the use of losses from certain investments and activities. Accordingly, Common Shareholders that have capital losses are urged to consult their tax advisers.

Dividends and other taxable distributions are taxable to you even though they are reinvested in additional Common Shares of the Fund. Dividends and other distributions paid by the Fund are generally treated under the Code as received by you at the time the dividend or distribution is made. If, however, the Fund pays you a dividend in January that was declared in the previous October, November or December and you were the Common Shareholder of record on a specified date in one of such months, then such dividend will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as being paid by the Fund and received by you on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared. In addition, certain other distributions made after the close of the Fund’s taxable year may be “spilled back” and treated as paid by the Fund (except for purposes of the 4% nondeductible excise tax) during such taxable year. In such case, you will be treated as having received such dividends in the taxable year in which the distributions were actually made.

The price of Common Shares purchased at any time may reflect the amount of a forthcoming distribution. Those purchasing Common Shares just prior to the record date for a distribution will receive a distribution which will be taxable to them even though it represents in part a return of invested capital.

The Fund will send you information after the end of each year setting forth the amount and tax status of any distributions paid to you by the Fund.

Ordinary income dividends and capital gain dividends also may be subject to state and local taxes. Common Shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers regarding specific questions about U.S. federal (including the application of the alternative minimum tax rules), state, local or foreign tax consequences to them of investing in the Fund.

S-35

The sale or other disposition of Common Shares will generally result in capital gain or loss to you and will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held such Common Shares for more than one year at the time of sale. Any loss upon the sale or other disposition of Common Shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain dividend) by you with respect to such Common Shares. Any loss you recognize on a sale or other disposition of Common Shares will be disallowed if you acquire other Common Shares (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after your sale or exchange of the Common Shares. In such case, your tax basis in the Common Shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

Current U.S. federal income tax law taxes both long-term and short-term capital gain of corporations at the rates applicable to ordinary income. For non-corporate taxpayers, short-term capital gain is currently taxed at rates applicable to ordinary income while long-term capital gain generally is taxed at a reduced maximum rate. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations under the Code.

Certain U.S. Common Shareholders who are individuals, estates or trusts and whose income exceeds certain thresholds will be required to pay a 3.8% Medicare tax on all or a part of their “net investment income,” which includes dividends received from the Fund and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of the Fund’s Common Shares.

A Common Shareholder that is a nonresident alien individual or a foreign corporation (a “foreign investor”) generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or possibly a lower rate provided by an applicable tax treaty) on ordinary income dividends (except as discussed below). In general, U.S. federal withholding tax and U.S. federal income tax will not apply to any gain or income realized by a foreign investor in respect of any distribution of net capital gain (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain dividend) or upon the sale or other disposition of Common Shares of the Fund. Different tax consequences may result if the foreign investor is engaged in a trade or business in the United States or, in the case of an individual, is present in the United States for 183 days or more during a taxable year and certain other conditions are met. Foreign investors should consult their tax advisers regarding the tax consequences of investing in the Fund’s Common Shares.

Dividends properly reported by the Fund are generally exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax where they (i) are paid in respect of the Fund’s “qualified net interest income” (generally, the Fund’s U.S.-source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which the Fund is at least a 10% shareholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income) or (ii) are paid in respect of the Fund’s “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of the Fund’s net short-term capital gain over the Fund’s long-term capital loss for such taxable year). Depending on its circumstances, the Fund may report all, some or none of its potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains, and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding, a foreign investor needs to comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or substitute Form). In the case of Common Shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the Fund reports the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Foreign investors should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts. There can be no assurance as to what portion of the Fund’s distributions will qualify for favorable treatment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gains.

In addition, withholding at a rate of 30% is required on dividends in respect of Common Shares held by or through certain foreign financial institutions (including investment funds), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the Secretary of the Treasury to report, on an annual basis, information with respect to shares in, and accounts maintained by, the institution to the extent such shares or accounts are held by certain U.S. persons or by certain non-U.S. entities that are wholly or partially owned by U.S. persons and to withhold on certain payments. Accordingly, the entity through which Common Shares are held will affect the determination of whether such withholding is required. Similarly, dividends in respect of Common Shares held by an investor that is a non-financial non-U.S. entity will be subject to withholding at a rate of 30%, unless such entity either (i) certifies that such entity does not have any “substantial U.S. owners” or (ii) provides certain information regarding the entity’s “substantial U.S. owners,” which the applicable withholding agent will in turn provide to the Secretary of the Treasury. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country, or future Treasury regulations or other guidance, may modify these requirements. Non-U.S. Common Shareholders are

S-36

encouraged to consult with their tax advisers regarding the possible implications of these rules on their investment in our Common Shares.

The Fund may be required to withhold, for U.S. federal backup withholding tax purposes, a portion of the dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds payable to certain non-exempt Common Shareholders who fail to provide the Fund (or its agent) with their correct taxpayer identification number (in the case of individuals, generally, their social security number) or to make required certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that you timely furnish the required information to the IRS.

The foregoing is a general summary of the provisions of the Code and the Treasury regulations in effect as they directly govern the taxation of the Fund and its Common Shareholders. These provisions are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, and any such change may be retroactive. Ordinary income and capital gain dividends may also be subject to state and local taxes. Common Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding specific questions as to U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income or other taxes.

General Information

Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures and Proxy Voting Record

The Fund has delegated the voting of proxies relating to its portfolio securities to the Sub-Adviser. The Sub-Adviser’s Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures are included as Appendix B to this SAI.

Information on how the Fund voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent twelve-month period ended June 30 is available without charge, upon request, by calling (800) 345-7999 or by visiting our website at www.guggenheiminvestments.com. This information is also available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Principal Holders of Securities

As of October 31, 2025, to the knowledge of the Fund, no person beneficially owned more than 5% of the voting securities of any class of equity securities of the Fund.

Legal Matters

Certain legal matters will be passed on by Dechert LLP as counsel to the Fund in connection with the offering of the Common Shares. If certain legal matters in connection with an offering of Common Shares are passed upon by counsel for the underwriters of such offering, that counsel will be named in the Prospectus Supplement related to that offering.

Custodian

The Bank of New York Mellon, 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286, acts as the custodian of the Fund’s assets pursuant to a custody agreement. Under the custody agreement, the custodian holds the Fund’s assets in compliance with the 1940 Act.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Ernst & Young LLP, 1775 Tysons Blvd, Tysons, Virginia 22102, has been engaged as the Fund’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. Ernst & Young LLP has audited the Fund’s financial statements and financial highlights, including the notes thereto, included in the Fund’s annual report to shareholders for the year ended May 31, 2025, as set forth in their report, which is incorporated by reference into this SAI. The Fund’s financial statements and financial highlights are incorporated by reference in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP’s report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

Codes of Ethics

Pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, the Fund, the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser have adopted a written code of ethics (the “Codes of Ethics”) which governs the personal securities transactions of “access persons” of the Fund. Access persons may invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Fund, provided that they obtain prior clearance before engaging in securities transactions, subject to

S-37

certain de minimis exceptions. Access persons include officers and Trustees of the Fund and the Investment Adviser and Sub-Adviser and employees that participate in, or obtain information regarding, the purchase or sale of securities by the Fund or whose job relates to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales. All access persons must report their personal securities transactions within thirty days of the end of each calendar quarter. Subject to certain de minimis exceptions for access persons not involved in the fund accounting or asset management activities of the Investment Adviser and Sub-Adviser, access persons will not be permitted to effect transactions in a security if it: (1) is being considered for purchase or sale by the Fund; (2) is being purchased or sold by the Fund; or (3) is being offered in an initial public offering. Portfolio managers, research analysts and traders are also prohibited from purchasing or selling a security within seven calendar days before or after any fund in the Guggenheim Family of Funds or any funds managed by an affiliated investment adviser trades in that security. Any material violation of the Codes of Ethics is reported to the Board of Trustees. The Board of Trustees also reviews the administration of the Code of Ethics on an annual basis and approves any material changes to the Code of Ethics pursuant to the requirements of Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act. The Codes of Ethics of the Fund, the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser are on file with the SEC and are also available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at www.sec.gov, and copies of the Codes of Ethics may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following email address: publicinfo@sec.gov.

Incorporation by Reference

This SAI is part of a registration statement filed with the SEC. The Fund is permitted to “incorporate by reference” the information that it files with the SEC, which means that the Fund can disclose important information to you by referring to those documents. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be part of this SAI, and later information that the Fund files with the SEC will automatically update and supersede this information.

The documents listed below and any reports and other documents subsequently filed with the SEC under Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14, or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or pursuant to Section 30(b)(2) under the 1940 Act, prior to the termination of this offering, will be incorporated by reference into this SAI and deemed to be a part of this SAI from the date of the filing of such reports and documents:

| · | The Fund’s Prospectus, dated November 21, 2025, filed with this SAI;

| · | The Fund’s annual report on Form N-CSR for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2025, filed with the SEC on August 4, 2025;

| · | The Fund’s definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A, filed with the SEC on February 28, 2025; and

| · | The description of the Fund’s common shares contained in its Registration Statement on Form 8-A (File No. 001-33565), filed with the SEC on June 27, 2007, including any amendment or report filed for the purpose of updating such description prior to the termination of the offering registered hereby.

The complete Registration Statement, other documents incorporated by reference, and other information the Fund has filed electronically with the SEC, may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the fee prescribed by its rules and regulations or free of charge through the SEC website (http://www.sec.gov), by calling (800) 345-7999, by writing to the Investment Adviser at Guggenheim Investment Advisors, LLC, 227 West Monroe Street, Chicago, Illinois 60606, or by visiting our website at www.guggenheiminvestments.com.

Financial Statements

The Fund’s audited financial statements appearing in the Fund’s annual report to shareholders for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2025, including accompanying notes thereto and the report of Ernst & Young LLP thereon, as contained in the Fund’s Form N-CSR filed with the SEC on August 4, 2025 are incorporated by reference into this SAI. Shareholder reports are available upon request and without charge by calling (800) 345-7999 or by writing the Fund at 227 West Monroe Street, Chicago, Illinois 60606.

S-38

This page intentionally left blank.

S-39

Appendix A
Description of Securities Ratings

Standard & Poor’s Corporation

A brief description of the applicable S&P Global Ratings and its affiliates (together, “S&P”) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by S&P) follows.

Issue Credit Ratings Definition

An S&P issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P’s view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and this opinion may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

Issue credit ratings can be either long-term or short-term. Short-term issue credit ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market, typically with an original maturity of no more than 365 days. Short-term issue credit ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. S&P would typically assign a long-term issue credit rating to an obligation with an original maturity of greater than 365 days. However, the ratings S&P assigns to certain instruments may diverge from these guidelines based on market practices.

Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings*

Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on S&P’s analysis of the following considerations:

| · | The likelihood of payment—the capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitments on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation.

| · | The nature and provisions of the financial obligation, and the promise S&P imputes; and·

| · | The protection afforded by, and relative position of, the financial obligation in the event of a bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

An issue rating is an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)

AAA An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is very strong.

A An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is still strong.

BBB An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

BB, B, CCC, CC, and C Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposure to adverse conditions.

A-1

BB An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

B An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

CCC An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

CC An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ‘CC’ rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but S&P expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.

C An obligation rated ‘C’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared with obligations that are rated higher.

D An obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made within the next five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or the next 30 calendar days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring.

| * | Ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the rating categories.

Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings

A-1 A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on these obligations is extremely strong.

A-2 A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is satisfactory.

A-3 A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken an obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

B A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.

C A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

D A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring.

SPUR (S&Ps Underlying Rating) A SPUR is an opinion about the stand-alone capacity of an obligor to pay debt service on a credit-enhanced debt issue, without giving effect to the enhancement that applies to it. These ratings are

A-2

published only at the request of the debt issuer or obligor with the designation SPUR to distinguish them from the credit-enhanced rating that applies to the debt issue. S&P maintains surveillance of an issue with a published SPUR.

Municipal Short-Term Note Ratings

An S&P’s U.S. municipal note rating reflects S&P’s opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&P’s analysis will review the following considerations:

| · | Amortization schedule — the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

| · | Source of payment — the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Note rating symbols are as follows:

SP-1 Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2 Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

SP-3 Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

D ‘D’ is assigned upon failure to pay the note when due, completion of a distressed debt restructuring, or the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions.

Dual Ratings Dual ratings may be assigned to debt issues that have a put option or demand feature. The first component of the rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second component of the rating addresses only the demand feature. The first component of the rating can relate to either a short-term or long-term transaction and accordingly use either short-term or long-term rating symbols. The second component of the rating relates to the put option and is assigned a short-term rating symbol (for example, ‘AAA/A-1+’ or ‘A-1+/A-1’). With U.S. municipal short-term demand debt, the U.S. municipal short-term note rating symbols are used for the first component of the rating (for example, ‘SP-1+/A-1+’).

Active Qualifiers

S&P uses the following qualifiers that limit the scope of a rating. The structure of the transaction can require the use of a qualifier such as a ‘p’ qualifier, which indicates the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. A qualifier appears as a suffix and is part of the rating.

Federal deposit insurance limit: ‘L’ qualifier Ratings qualified with ‘L’ apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

Principal: ‘p’ qualifier This suffix is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms, or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The ‘p’ suffix indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only and that the interest is not rated.

Preliminary ratings: ‘prelim’ qualifier Preliminary ratings, with the ‘prelim’ suffix, may be assigned to obligors or obligations, including financial programs, in the circumstances described below. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt by S&P of appropriate documentation. S&P reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Moreover, if a final rating is issued, it may differ from the preliminary rating.

| · | Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions.

| · | Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations that will likely be issued upon the obligor’s emergence from bankruptcy or similar reorganization, based on late-stage reorganization plans, documentation, and discussions with the obligor. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the obligors. These ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the reorganized or post-bankruptcy issuer as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s).

A-3

| · | Preliminary ratings may be assigned to entities that are being formed or that are in the process of being independently established when, in S&P’s opinion, documentation is close to final. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the obligations of these entities.

| · | Preliminary ratings may be assigned when a previously unrated entity is undergoing a well-formulated restructuring, recapitalization, significant financing, or other transformative event, generally at the point that investor or lender commitments are invited. The preliminary rating may be assigned to the entity and to its proposed obligation(s).

| · | These preliminary ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the obligor, as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s), assuming successful completion of the transformative event. Should the transformative event not occur, S&P would likely withdraw these preliminary ratings.

| · | A preliminary recovery rating may be assigned to an obligation that has a preliminary issue credit rating.

Termination structures: ‘t’ qualifier This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.

Counterparty instrument rating: ‘cir’ qualifier This symbol indicates a counterparty instrument rating (CIR), which is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an issuer in a securitization structure with respect to a specific financial obligation to a counterparty (including interest rate swaps, currency swaps, and liquidity facilities). The CIR is determined on an ultimate payment basis; these opinions do not take into account timeliness of payment.

MOODY’S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.

A brief description of the applicable Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by Moody’s) follows.

Global Rating Scales

Credit ratings are assigned on Moody’s global long-term and short-term rating scales and are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities. Moody’s defines credit risk as the risk that an entity may not meet its contractual financial obligations as they come due and any estimated financial loss in the event of default or impairment. The contractual financial obligations addressed by Moody’s ratings are those that call for, without regard to enforceability, the payment of an ascertainable amount, which may vary based upon standard sources of variation (e.g., floating interest rates), by an ascertainable date. Moody’s rating addresses the issuer’s ability to obtain cash sufficient to service the obligation, and its willingness to pay. Moody’s ratings do not address non-standard sources of variation in the amount of the principal obligation (e.g., equity indexed), absent an express statement to the contrary in a press release accompanying an initial rating. Long-term ratings are assigned to issuers or obligations with an original maturity of eleven months or more and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment. Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment. Moody’s issues ratings at the issuer level and instrument level on both the long-term scale and the short-term scale. Typically, ratings are made publicly available although private and unpublished ratings may also be assigned.

Moody’s differentiates structured finance ratings from fundamental ratings (i.e., ratings on nonfinancial corporate, financial institution, and public sector entities) on the global long-term scale by adding (sf ) to all structured finance ratings. The addition of (sf ) to structured finance ratings should eliminate any presumption that such ratings and fundamental ratings at the same letter grade level will behave the same. The (sf ) indicator for structured finance security ratings indicates that otherwise similarly rated structured finance and fundamental securities may have different risk characteristics. Through its current methodologies, however, Moody’s aspires to achieve broad

A-4

expected equivalence in structured finance and fundamental rating performance when measured over a long period of time.

Global Long-Term Rating Scale

Aaa Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

Aa Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Ba Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category. Additionally, a “(hyb)” indicator is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, insurers, finance companies, and securities firms.

By their terms, hybrid securities allow for the omission of scheduled dividends, interest, or principal payments, which can potentially result in impairment if such an omission occurs. Hybrid securities may also be subject to contractually allowable write-downs of principal that could result in impairment. Together with the hybrid indicator, the long-term obligation rating assigned to a hybrid security is an expression of the relative credit risk associated with that security.

Global Short-Term Rating Scale

P-1 Ratings of Prime-1 reflect a superior ability to repay short-term obligations.

P-2 Ratings of Prime-2 reflect a strong ability to repay short-term obligations.

P-3 Ratings of Prime-3 reflect an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

US Municipal Short-Term Debt and Demand Obligation Ratings. Moody’s uses the global short-term Prime rating scale for commercial paper issued by U.S. municipalities and nonprofits. These commercial paper programs may be backed by external letters of credit or liquidity facilities, or by an issuer’s self-liquidity. For other short-term municipal obligations, Moody’s uses one of two other short-term rating scales, the Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) and Variable Municipal Investment Grade (VMIG) scales discussed below.

MIG Ratings. Moody’s uses the MIG scale for US municipal cash flow notes, bond anticipation notes and certain other short-term obligations, which typically mature in three years or less.

MIG Scale

MIG 1 This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

MIG 2 This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

MIG 3 This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

A-5

SG This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

VMIG Ratings. For variable rate demand obligations (VRDOs), Moody’s assigns both a long-term rating and a short-term payment obligation rating. The long-term rating addresses the issuer’s ability to meet scheduled principal and interest payments. The short-term payment obligation rating addresses the ability of the issuer or the liquidity provider to meet any purchase price payment obligation resulting from optional tenders (“on demand”) and/or mandatory tenders of the VRDO. The short-term payment obligation rating uses the VMIG scale. Transitions of VMIG ratings with conditional liquidity support differ from transitions of Prime ratings reflecting the risk that external liquidity support will terminate if the issuer’s long-term rating drops below investment grade.

For VRDOs, Moody’s typically assigns a VMIG rating if the frequency of the payment obligation is less than every three years. If the frequency of the payment obligation is less than three years, but the obligation is payable only with remarketing proceeds, the VMIG short-term rating is not assigned and it is denoted as “NR.”

Industrial development bonds in the US where the obligor is a corporate entity may carry a VMIG rating that reflects Moody’s view of the relative likelihood of default and loss. In these cases, liquidity assessment is based on the liquidity of the corporate obligor.

VMIG Scale

VMIG 1

This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections.

VMIG 2

This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections.

VMIG 3

This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections.

SG

This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have a sufficiently strong short-term rating or may lack the structural or legal protections.

Other Rating Symbols

Provisional Ratings - (P). Moody’s will often assign a provisional rating to an issuer or an instrument when the change to a definitive rating is subject to the fulfilment of contingencies that could affect the rating. Examples of such contingencies are the finalization of transaction documents/terms where a rating is sensitive to changes at closing. When such contingencies are not present, a definitive rating may be assigned based upon documentation that is not yet in final form. Moody’s will also often assign provisional ratings to program ratings, such as shelf registrations and medium term note programs. A provisional rating is denoted by placing a (P) in front of the rating. The (P) notation provides additional information about the rating, but does not indicate a different rating. For example, a provisional rating of (P)Aa1 is the same rating as Aa1.

For provisional ratings assigned to an issuer or instrument, the (P) notation is removed when the applicable contingencies have been fulfilled. A Credit Rating Action to remove the (P) notation indicates that the rating is no longer subject to contingencies, and changes the provisional rating to a definitive rating. Program ratings for shelf registrations and other issuance programs remain provisional, while the subsequent ratings of issuances under these programs are assigned as definitive ratings.

Refundeds - #. Issues that are secured by escrowed funds held in trust, reinvested in direct, non-callable US government obligations or non-callable obligations unconditionally guaranteed by the US Government or Resolution Funding Corporation are identified with a # (hash mark) symbol, e.g., #Aaa.

A-6

Withdrawn - WR. When Moody’s no longer rates an obligation on which it previously maintained a rating, the symbol WR is employed.

Not Rated - NR. NR is assigned to an unrated issuer, obligation and/or program.

Not Available - NAV. An issue that Moody’s has not yet rated is denoted by the NAV symbol.

Terminated Without Rating - TWR. The symbol TWR applies primarily to issues that mature or are redeemed without having been rated.

FITCH RATINGS, INC.

A brief description of the applicable Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“Fitch”) ratings symbols and meanings (as published by Fitch) follows.

Rated entities in a number of sectors, including financial and non-financial corporations, sovereigns, insurance companies and certain sectors within public finance, are generally assigned Issuer Default Ratings (IDRs). IDRs are also assigned to certain entities or enterprises in global infrastructure, project finance and public finance. IDRs opine on an entity’s relative vulnerability to default (including by way of a distressed debt exchange) on financial obligations. The threshold default risk addressed by the IDR is generally that of the financial obligations whose non-payment would best reflect the uncured failure of that entity. As such, IDRs also address relative vulnerability to bankruptcy, administrative receivership or similar concepts.

In aggregate, IDRs provide an ordinal ranking of issuers based on the agency’s view of their relative vulnerability to default, rather than a prediction of a specific percentage likelihood of default.

Long-Term Credit Ratings Scales

AAA Highest Credit Quality. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

AA Very High Credit Quality. ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

A High Credit Quality. ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

BBB Good Credit Quality. ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

BB Speculative. ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility exists that supports the servicing of financial commitments.

B Highly Speculative. ‘B’ ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.

CCC Substantial Credit Risk. Very low margin for safety. Default is a real possibility.

CC Very High Levels of Credit Risk. Default of some kind appears probable.

C Near Default. A default or default-like process has begun, or for a closed funding vehicle, payment capacity is irrevocably impaired. Conditions that are indicative of a ‘C’ category rating for an issuer include:

| · | the issuer has entered into a grace or cure period following non-payment of a material financial obligation;

| · | the formal announcement by the issuer or their agent of a distressed debt exchange; and

| · | a closed financing vehicle where payment capacity is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to pay interest and/or principal in full during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default is imminent.

A-7

RD Restricted Default. ‘RD’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch’s opinion has experienced:

| · | an uncured payment default or distressed debt exchange on a bond, loan or other material financial obligation but

| · | has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, and

| · | has not otherwise ceased operating. This would include:

| · | the selective payment default on a specific class or currency of debt;

| · | the uncured expiry of any applicable original grace period, cure period or default forbearance period following a payment default on a bank loan, capital markets security or other material financial obligation.

D Default. ‘D’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure or that has otherwise ceased business and debt is still outstanding.

Default ratings are not assigned prospectively to entities or their obligations; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will generally not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period, unless a default is otherwise driven by bankruptcy or other similar circumstance, or by a distressed debt exchange.

In all cases, the assignment of a default rating reflects the agency’s opinion as to the most appropriate rating category consistent with the rest of its universe of ratings, and may differ from the definition of default under the terms of an issuer’s financial obligations or local commercial practice.

Short-Term Ratings Assigned to Issuers and Obligations. A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-term deposit ratings may be adjusted for loss severity. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention (a long-term rating can also be used to rate an issue with short maturity). Typically, this means a timeframe of up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.

F1: Highest Short-Term Credit Quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

F2: Good Short-Term Credit Quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

F3: Fair Short-Term Credit Quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

B: Speculative Short-Term Credit Quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

C: High Short-Term Default Risk. Default is a real possibility.

RD: Restricted Default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically, applicable to entity ratings only.

D: Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

A-8

Appendix B
Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC

Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures

1. Policy Statement

Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC (“GPIM”) generally is responsible for voting proxies with respect to securities held in client accounts, including clients registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) and clients that are pension plans (“Plans”) subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”). GPIM also generally has a fiduciary duty to vote proxies in the best interests of its clients. This document sets forth GPIM’s policies and guidelines with respect to proxy voting and its procedures to comply with SEC Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. Rule 206(4)-6 requires each registered investment adviser that exercises proxy voting authority with respect to client securities to:

- Adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the adviser votes client securities in the best interest of clients; such policies and procedures must address the manner in which the adviser will resolve material conflicts of interest that can arise during the proxy voting process;
- Disclose to clients how they may obtain information from the adviser about how the adviser voted proxies with respect to their securities;
- Describe to clients the adviser’s proxy voting procedures and, upon request, furnish a copy of the policies and procedures; and
- Retain certain records.

Where GPIM has been delegated the responsibility for voting proxies, it must take reasonable steps under the circumstances to ensure that proxies are received and voted in the best interests of its clients and not in its own interest, consistent with GPIM’s fiduciary duty. This generally means voting proxies with a view to enhancing the value of the securities held in client accounts, considering all relevant factors and without giving undue weight to the opinions of individuals or groups who may have an economic interest in the outcome of the proxy vote. GPIM’s authority is initially established by its advisory contracts or comparable documents, and GPIM may, under certain circumstances, have a duty to vote proxies even where the advisory contract is silent on the question of GPIM’s proxy voting authority. Clients, however, may change their proxy voting direction at any time.

The financial interest of GPIM’s clients is the primary consideration in determining how proxies should be voted. Any material conflicts of interest between GPIM and its clients with respect to proxy voting are resolved in the best interests of the clients.

This policy covers only proxy voting. It does not cover corporate actions, such as rights offerings, tender offers, and stock splits, or actions initiated by holders of a security rather than the issuer (such as reset rights for a CLO). This policy also does not cover legal actions, such as bankruptcy proceedings or class action lawsuits. Corporate and legal actions involve decisions about a security itself, rather than decisions about the governance of the security’s issuer. As such, the investment team managing the client’s account will decide whether and how to respond to a corporate or legal action about which they are notified, with assistance from GPIM Compliance or Legal as needed.

1.1. Proxy Voting Advisory Group

Guggenheim Investments (“GI”) has established the Proxy Voting Advisory Group (“PVAG”) to oversee the proxy voting activities and policies and procedures of certain GI registered investment advisers, including GPIM. The PVAG comprises of representatives from Investment Management, Legal, Compliance, Operations and Operational Due Diligence.

B-1

The PVAG’s primary responsibility will be to seek to ensure that the GI Advisors, including GPIM, fulfill their fiduciary duties in voting proxies in the best interests of their clients, and has certain responsibilities including, but not limited to:

| · | Oversee GPIM’s proxy voting policies and procedures and ensure that a review of GPIM’s proxy voting policies and procedures is conducted no less frequently than annually;

| · | Determine how GPIM should vote proxies on behalf of clients in certain conflict situations and evaluate recommendations, proposals and issues that may not be covered by the proxy voting policies and procedures;

| · | Review situations and documentation where Portfolio Managers/Investment Management has determined to override a voting recommendation contrary to the Guidelines; and

| · | Oversee evaluation of GPIM’s third-party proxy advisory firm’s policies and procedures, due diligence and Guidelines on an annual basis.

The PVAG is authorized to meet two times annually and at such other times as the PVAG may deem necessary or appropriate under its authorities and responsibilities. In general, the PVAG’s two regular meetings are to be held before and after proxy season.

2 Procedures

2.1. Overview

Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC (“GPIM”) has adopted the proxy voting guidelines of an outside proxy voting firm, Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (“ISS”), as GPIM’s proxy voting guidelines (“Guidelines”). Proxies are voted in accordance with the Guidelines unless otherwise contemplated in these procedures, and GPIM believes that this approach is consistent with its fiduciary obligations with respect to the voting of proxies for clients. GPIM has also engaged ISS to act as agent for the proxy process, to maintain records on proxy votes for its clients, and to provide independent research on corporate governance, proxy and corporate responsibility issues. At account inception, depending on the objective of the client account and the portfolio team managing, GPIM will assess the proxy voting guidelines in Appendix A to determine which Guidelines will be followed. GPIM reviews the Guidelines and conducts a due diligence assessment of ISS and the performance of its duties as agent at least annually.

GPIM may override the Guidelines recommending a vote on a particular proposal if GPIM determines a different vote to be in the best interest of the client or if required to deviate under applicable rule, law or regulation. If a proposal is voted in a manner different than set forth in the Guidelines, the reasons therefore shall be documented in writing by the appropriate investment team(s) and retained by Operations.

GPIM seeks to vote securities in the best interest of clients and will apply the Guidelines regardless whether the issuer, a third party, or both solicit GPIM’s vote.

In the absence of contrary instructions received from GPIM, ISS will vote proxies in accordance with the Guidelines, attached as Appendix A hereto, as such Guidelines may be revised from time to time. ISS will employ these Guidelines based on account set up instructions received from Operations.

2.2. GPIM Voting

GPIM, consistent with its fiduciary duty, typically will vote proxies itself in two scenarios: (1) the Guidelines do not address the proposal; and (2) GPIM has decided to vote some or all of the shares contrary to the Guidelines.

Proposals not Addressed by Guidelines: ISS will notify Operations of all proxy proposals that do not fall within the Guidelines (i.e. proposals which are either not addressed in the Guidelines or proposals for which GPIM has indicated that a decision will be made on a case-by-case basis, such as fixed-income

B-2

securities). Operations will forward such proposals to the investment team(s) responsible for the client account. If the investment team(s) responsible, together with the PVAG, determines that there is no material conflict of interest, the proposal will be voted in accordance with the recommendation of said team(s) and approval from the PVAG. If there is a material conflicts of interest, GPIM will follow the procedure below.

Proposal to be Voted Contrary to Guidelines: When an investment team decides that a proposal should be voted contrary to the Guidelines, because it believes it is in the best interest of the client to do so, the team will consult with the PVAG to determine whether there is a material conflict of interest as to that proposal. If the investment team(s) responsible, together with the PVAG, determines that there is no material conflict of interest, the team(s) will notify Operations to override the proposal from ISS in accordance with the recommendation of said team(s) and approval from the PVAG. If there is a material conflicts of interest, GPIM will follow the procedure below.

In either case, the investment team(s) responsible will document the rationale for voting the proposal in a particular manner. The PVAG will review instances of either scenario.

2.3. Resolving Material Conflicts of Interest

GPIM may occasionally be subject to material conflicts of interest in the voting of proxies due to relationships it maintains with persons having an interest in the outcome of certain votes.

Common examples of material conflicts in the voting of proxies are: (a) GPIM or a GPIM affiliate provides or is seeking to provide services to the company on whose behalf proxies are being solicited, and the amount of fees involved is or would be material to GPIM or its affiliate, (b) an employee of GPIM or its affiliate has a personal relationship with the company’s management or another proponent of a proxy issue, and the employee may be in a position to influence the proxy voting decision, (c) an immediate family member of the employee is a director or executive officer of the company, and the employee may be in a position to influence the proxy voting decision. Senior members of the investment team responsible for voting the proxy, in consultation with GPIM Compliance, will decide whether a material conflict of interest exists. If a material conflict of interest exists, the investment team will consult the PVAG to determine how to resolve the conflict consistent with the procedures below.

If the Guidelines do not address a proposal, or GPIM wishes to vote a proposal contrary to the Guidelines, or ISS does not provide a recommendation on a proposal, and GPIM has a material conflict of interest as to the vote, then GPIM may resolve the conflict in any of the following ways, as recommended by the PVAG:

| · | Refer Proposal to the Client – GPIM may refer the proposal to the client and obtain instructions from the client on how to vote the proxy relating to that proposal.

| · | Obtain Client Ratification – If GPIM is in a position to disclose the conflict to the client (i.e., such information is not confidential), GPIM may determine how it proposes to vote the proposal on which it has a conflict, fully disclose the nature of the conflict to the client, and obtain the client’s consent for how GPIM will vote on the proposal (or otherwise obtain instructions from the client on how the proxy on the proposal should be voted).

| · | Abstain from Voting

| · | Use another Independent Third Party for All Proposals – Subject to any client imposed proxy voting policies, GPIM may vote all proposals in a single proxy according to the policies of an independent third party other than ISS (or have the third party vote such proxies).

| · | Use another Independent Third Party to Vote Only the Specific Proposals that Involve a Conflict – Subject to any client imposed proxy voting policies, GPIM may use an independent third party other than ISS to recommend how the proxy for specific proposals that involve a conflict should be voted (or have the third party vote such proxies).

B-3

| · | Demonstrate that its Vote was Not the Product of a Material Conflict – in limited situations, generally involving SPAC transactions, GPIM may be able to demonstrate that its vote was not the product of a conflict. For example, GPIM may be able to demonstrate that an investment team recommending an override of a proxy voting recommendation was insulated from the conflict or used a predetermined policy to arrive at its view.

The method selected by the PVAG to resolve the conflict may vary from one instance to another depending upon the facts and circumstances of the situation, but in each case, consistent with its duty of loyalty and care.

2.4. Special Situations (As Applicable)

2.4.1. Securities Subject to Lending Arrangements

For various legal or administrative reasons, GPIM is often unable to vote securities that are, at the time of such vote, on loan pursuant to a client’s securities lending arrangement with the client’s custodian. GPIM is usually unable to recall securities in order to vote proxies when a third party securities lending agent has arranged the loan of the client’s shares. If GPIM has arranged the loan, GPIM will refrain from voting such securities where the cost to the client and/or administrative inconvenience of retrieving securities then on loan outweighs the benefit of voting, assuming retrieval under such circumstances is even feasible and/or possible. In certain extraordinary situations, GPIM may seek to have securities then on loan pursuant to such securities lending arrangements retrieved by the clients’ custodians for voting purposes. This decision will generally be made on a case-by-case basis depending on whether, in the PVAG’s judgment, the matter to be voted on has critical significance to the potential value of the securities in question, the relative cost and/or administrative inconvenience of retrieving the securities, the significance of the holding, and whether the stock is considered a long-term holding. There can be no guarantee that any such securities can be retrieved for such purpose.

2.4.2. Special Issues with Voting Foreign Proxies

Voting proxies with respect to shares of foreign stocks may involve significantly greater effort and corresponding cost due to the variety of regulatory schemes and corporate practices in foreign countries with respect to proxy voting. Because the cost of voting on a particular proxy proposal could exceed the expected benefit to a client (including an ERISA Plan), GPIM will weigh the costs and benefits of voting on proxy proposals relating to foreign securities and make an informed decision on whether voting a given proxy proposal is prudent.

2.4.3. Share Blocking

In certain countries the exercise of voting rights could restrict the ability of an account’s portfolio manager to freely trade the security in question (“share blocking”). If the client has not indicated at account set-up whether it wants shares voted regardless of the potential for share blocking, then the portfolio manager retains the final authority to determine whether to vote the shares in the client’s account or to forego voting the shares.

2.4.4. Lack of Adequate Information, Untimely Receipt of Proxy or Excessive Costs

GPIM may be unable to enter an informed vote in certain circumstances due to the lack of information provided in the proxy statement or by the issuer or other resolution sponsor, and may abstain from voting in those instances. Proxy materials not delivered in a timely manner may prevent analysis or entry of a vote by voting deadlines. GPIM’s practice is to abstain from voting a proxy in circumstances where, in its judgment, the costs exceed the expected benefits to the client.

2.4.5. Formation of a Group

B-4

If GPIM owns shares of a public company and enters into a written or oral agreement with one or more shareholders to vote its shares in line with such shareholder(s) or in line with company management recommendations, several issues arise.

First, if GPIM agrees to vote its shares at the direction of or in line with another member of the group, or in line with management, then GPIM must consider whether its vote is in the best long-term financial interests of its clients. If it is not, then GPIM will have a conflict of interest that it must resolve using the procedures set out in Section 2.2.

Second, if GPIM holds an irrevocable proxy for the other members of the group, or has the right to designate director nominees for which the other group members must vote, GPIM will be viewed as the beneficial owner of all of the other members’ shares as well as its own shares. This will affect the number of shares that GPIM must report on a Schedule 13D or 13G.

2.4.6 Fixed Income Securities

The issuers of fixed income securities generally do not solicit proxies. If such an issuer were to solicit a proxy, GPIM would seek to apply these proxy voting procedures in determining how to vote the proxy. If the subject of the proxy is not covered in ISS Standard Guidelines or any other third-party guidelines GPIM uses, and assuming that voting the proxy does not present GPIM with a material conflict of interest, GPIM may vote the proxy in a manner it believes is in its clients’ best long-term interests. If voting the proxy presents GPIM with a material conflict of interest, it will follow the conflict resolution procedures in this policy.

2.4.7 Special Purpose Acquisition Companies (SPACs)

SPACs typically issue a proxy when they have identified an acquisition. The proxy may ask shareholders to vote separately on the acquisition and on certain governance proposals, or it may bundle the proposals or make them dependent on each other. GPIM clients at times will own SPAC shares when GPIM or its affiliates provide services to the SPAC, such as financing or investment banking services. GPIM’s policy is that it will vote with the SPAC’s management on acquisition matters (including corporate governance matters or other matters related to a proposed acquisition), whether or not GPIM or its affiliates have other roles in the transaction, and whether or not it may have a conflict of interest in voting the proxy. GPIM believes that SPAC management generally is a better judge than a third party proxy voting service of the merits of the acquisition and need for certain corporate governance mechanisms.

If the investment team(s) decides to override this policy of voting with management, it will consult with the PVAG to analyze whether GPIM has a material conflict in voting the proxy. If the investment team(s) responsible, together with the PVAG, determines that there is no material conflict of interest, the team(s) will notify Operations to vote the proposal in accordance with the recommendation of said team(s) and approval from the PVAG. If it does have a material conflict in voting the proxy, then GPIM must use the one of the mechanisms in Section 2.3 to resolve its conflict.

In either case, the investment team(s) responsible will document the rationale for voting the proposal in a particular manner and the PVAG will review the matter.

2.5. Investment in Funds

2.5.1. Trust-Wide Approval Matters

Certain Guggenheim Funds (“Funds”) managed by GPIM may invest in other Guggenheim Funds. With respect to a proposal that applies on a trust-wide basis (i.e., all series of a Guggenheim trust will vote together on the proposal, e.g., election of trustees), GPIM will cause the investing Funds to vote their shares in the underlying Fund in the same proportion as the vote (in the aggregate) of all the other shareholders in the Fund that are not themselves funds managed by GPIM or its

B-5

affiliates (also called “mirror” or “echo” voting). GPIM may, however, elect to follow the fund or class-specific methodologies described below when deemed appropriate.

2.5.2. Fund or Class-Specific Approval Matters

The following voting methods are applicable to proposals that are Fund or class-specific (i.e., each Fund or class votes separately).

As a general matter, for those Guggenheim Funds that invest in other Guggenheim Funds, GPIM will cause the investing Guggenheim Funds to mirror or echo vote their shares in the underlying Fund in the same proportion as the vote of all the shareholders in that underlying Fund (or class) that are not themselves funds managed by GPIM or its affiliates.

With regard to Guggenheim Funds that hold shares in underlying funds offered exclusively to Funds managed by GPIM or its affiliates and institutional accounts managed by GPIM or its affiliates, GPIM will cause the investing Funds to: (i) mirror vote in proportion to votes of the shareholders of the investing Funds in the event that both Funds are voting on substantially identical proposals; or, in all other cases, (ii) seek voting instructions from the independent board members of the investing Funds or an independent proxy voting service, if deemed appropriate by the independent board members.

2.5.3. Voting Conditions Pursuant to Rule 12d1-4

Rule 12d1-4 under the 1940 Act allows registered investment companies (and BDCs), including the Guggenheim Funds (each, an “Acquiring Fund” and, with respect to each such Guggenheim Fund or any such series of a Guggenheim Fund, a “Guggenheim Acquiring Fund”), to invest in other registered investment companies and BDCs (each, an “Acquired Fund”) beyond the limits of Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act, subject to certain terms and conditions. Where a Guggenheim Acquiring Fund invests, in reliance on Rule 12d1-4, in an Acquired Fund that is not part of the same “group of investment companies” as defined in Rule 12d1-4 (a “Non-Guggenheim Acquired Fund”), the following voting conditions (hereinafter, the “Rule 12d1-4 Voting Conditions”) shall apply:

The Guggenheim Acquiring Fund and its “Advisory Group” (defined as comprising the Guggenheim Acquiring Fund’s Adviser or depositor and any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Adviser or depositor) or, if applicable, its “Sub-Advisory Group” (defined as comprising the Guggenheim Acquiring Fund’s Sub-Adviser and any person controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such Sub-Adviser) must vote their respective securities in a Non-Guggenheim Acquired Fund in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of such securities under the following circumstances:

§ If a Guggenheim Acquiring Fund and its Advisory Group (or Sub-Advisory Group, if applicable), in the aggregate, hold more than 25% of the outstanding voting securities of a Non-Guggenheim Acquired Fund that is a registered open-end management investment company or registered UIT as a result of a decrease in the outstanding voting securities of such Non-Guggenheim Acquired Fund; or

§ If a Guggenheim Acquiring Fund and its Advisory Group (or Sub-Advisory Group, if applicable), in the aggregate, hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of a Non-Guggenheim Acquired Fund that is a registered closed-end management investment company or BDC.

Notwithstanding these Rule 12d1-4 Voting Conditions, in circumstances where all holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Non-Guggenheim Acquired Fund are required by Rule 12d1-4 or otherwise under Section 12(d)(1) to vote securities of the Non-Guggenheim Acquired Fund in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of such securities, the Guggenheim Acquiring Fund will seek instructions from its security holders with regard to the voting of all proxies with

B-6

respect to such Non-Guggenheim Acquired Fund securities and vote such proxies only in accordance with such instructions (i.e., pass thru voting).

For the avoidance of doubt, the Rule 12d1-4 Voting Conditions do not apply where: (1) the Guggenheim Acquiring Fund is in the same “group of investment companies,” as defined in Rule 12d1-4, as the Acquired Fund; or (2) the Guggenheim Acquiring Fund has a Sub-Adviser and that Sub-Adviser (or any other member of its Sub-Advisory Group) acts as the Non-Guggenheim Acquired Fund’s investment adviser or depositor.

In addition, the terms of investment agreements entered into by a Guggenheim Acquiring Fund pursuant to Rule 12d1-4 with an Acquired Fund may also need to be accounted for in voting securities of the Acquired Fund.

2.5.4. Voting Conditions Pursuant to Section 12(d)(1)(F)

Section 12(d)(1)(F) of, and Rule 12d1-3 under, the 1940 Act allows registered investment companies (and BDCs), including the Guggenheim Funds to invest in other registered investment companies and BDCs beyond the applicable limits of Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act, subject to certain terms and conditions. Where a Guggenheim Acquiring Fund invests in an Acquired Fund in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F), the following voting conditions shall apply:

The Guggenheim Acquiring Fund must exercise its voting rights (by proxy or otherwise) with respect to any security purchased or acquired in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) by either:

§ seeking instructions from its security holders with regard to the voting of all proxies with respect to such security and to vote such proxies only in accordance with such instructions (i.e., pass thru voting); or

§ to vote the shares held by it in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of such security (i.e., mirror voting).

Additional Considerations

Where a Guggenheim Fund is required under Section 12(d)(1)(F) or Rule 12d1-4 to vote shares held by the Guggenheim Fund in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of such security (i.e., mirror voting), and GPIM has determined, in its discretion and consistent with its fiduciary duty, that it is not possible or practicable to vote in such a manner (e.g., lack of knowledge, proxy contests), a Guggenheim Fund may, from time to time, not vote shares in this manner. In these situations, GPIM may submit do not vote (“DNV”) or similar instructions where the GPIM believes (i) it is consistent with its fiduciary obligations with respect to the voting of proxies for its clients and (ii) it reasonably fulfills the intended purpose of mirror voting requirements, if DNV or similar instructions do not impact the results of a given shareholder vote.

2.6. Undue Influence

If at any time any person involved in the GPIM’s proxy voting process is pressured or lobbied either by GPIM’s personnel or affiliates or third parties with respect to a particular proposal, he or she should provide information regarding such activity to GPIM Compliance or Legal Departments. A determination will then be made regarding this information, keeping in mind GPIM’s duty of loyalty and care to its clients.

2.7. Recordkeeping

GPIM is required to keep the following records:

| · | a copy of this policy;

| · | proxy statements received regarding client securities;

B-7

| · | records of votes cast on behalf of clients;

| · | records of how material conflicts were resolved;

| · | any documents prepared by GPIM that were material to making a decision how to vote, or that memorialized the basis for the decision; and

| · | records of client requests for proxy voting information and a copy of any written response by GPIM to any client request (regardless of whether such client request was written or oral).

The foregoing records will be retained for such period of time as is required to comply with applicable laws and regulations.

GPIM may rely on proxy statements filed on the SEC’s EDGAR system instead of keeping its own copies, and may rely on proxy statements and records of proxy votes cast by GPIM that are maintained with a third party, such as ISS, provided that GPIM has obtained an undertaking from the third party to provide a copy of the documents promptly upon request.

2.8. Disclosure

Rule 206(4)-6 requires GPIM to disclose in response to any client request how the client can obtain information from GPIM on how the client’s securities were voted. GPIM will disclose in Form ADV Part 2 that clients can obtain information on how their securities were voted by submitting a written request to GPIM. Upon receipt of a written request from a client, GPIM Compliance Department will provide the information requested by the client within a reasonable amount of time.

Rule 206(4)-6 also requires GPIM to describe its proxy voting policies and procedures to clients, and upon request, to provide clients with a copy of those policies and procedures. GPIM will provide such a description in its Form ADV Part 2. Upon receipt of a written request from a client, GPIM Compliance Department will provide a copy of this policy within a reasonable amount of time.

If approved by the client, this policy and any requested records may be provided electronically.

3. APPENDIX A

ISS Standard Guidelines for the various relevant local markets, including the U.S., are available upon request. In addition, the Taft-Hartley Guidelines and the Socially Responsible Investor Guidelines are also available.

B-8

PART C

OTHER INFORMATION

Item 25. Financial Statements And Exhibits

(1) Financial Statements

Incorporated by reference into Part B of the Registration Statement, as described in the Statement of Additional Information, included herein, are the Registrant’s audited financial statements, notes to such financial statements and the report of independent registered public accounting firm thereon, by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report for the period ended May 31, 2025, as contained in the Registrant’s Form N-CSR filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on August 4, 2025.

(2) Exhibits

|  |  |  |  | (a) | Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust of Registrant(15)
|  |  |  |  | (b) | Amended and Restated By-Laws of Registrant(11)
|  |  |  |  | (c) | Not applicable
|  |  |  |  | (d) | Not applicable
|  |  |  |  | (e) | Dividend Reinvestment Plan of Registrant(1)
|  |  |  |  | (f) | Not applicable
|  |  |  |  | (g)(i) | Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (the “Investment Adviser”)(2)
|  |  |  |  | (g)(ii) | Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement among Registrant, the Investment Adviser and Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”)(2)
|  |  |  |  | (h)(i) | Controlled Equity OfferingSM Sale Agreement among the Registrant, the Investment Adviser and Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.(8)
|  |  |  |  | (h)(ii) | First Amendment to Controlled Equity OfferingSM Sales Agreement among the Registrant, the Investment Adviser and Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.(12)
|  |  |  |  | (h)(iii) | Second Amendment to Controlled Equity OfferingSM Sales Agreement among the Registrant, the Investment Adviser and Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.(15)
|  |  |  |  | (h)(iv) | Third Amendment to Controlled Equity OfferingSM Sales Agreement among the Registrant, the Investment Adviser and Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.(14)
|  |  |  |  | (h)(v) | Fourth Amendment to Controlled Equity OfferingSM Sales Agreement Among the Registrant, the Investment Adviser and Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.(16)
|  |  |  |  | (i) | Not applicable
|  |  |  |  | (j)(i) | Custody Agreement(4)
|  |  |  |  | (j)(ii) | Foreign Custody Manager Agreement(4)
|  |  |  |  | (k)(i) | Stock Transfer Agency Agreement(4)
|  |  |  |  | (k)(ii) | Amended and Restated Closed-End Fund Accounting and Administration Agreement (15)
|  |  |  |  | (k)(iii)(1) | Amended and Restated Committed Facility Agreement between Registrant and BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage, Inc. (“BNP Prime Brokerage”) (7)
|  |  |  |  | (k)(iii)(2) | Amendment to the Amended and Restated Committed Facility Agreement between Registrant and BNP Prime Brokerage dated March 12, 2021 (13)
|  |  |  |  | (k)(iii)(3) | Amendment to the Amended and Restated Committed Facility Agreement between Registrant and BNP Prime Brokerage dated November 18, 2021(15)
|  |  |  |  | (k)(iii)(4) | Amendment to the Amended and Restated Committed Facility Agreement between Registrant and BNP Prime Brokerage dated December 31, 2021(15)
|  |  |  |  | (k)(iii)(5) | Amendment to the Amended and Restated Committed Facility Agreement between Registrant and BNP Prime Brokerage dated September 1, 2022(15)
|  |  |  |  | (k)(iii)(6) | Amendment to the Amended and Restated Committed Facility Agreement between Registrant and BNP Prime Brokerage dated May 12, 2023(15)
|  |  |  |  | (k)(iv) | Amended and Restated Account Agreement between Registrant and BNP Prime Brokerage (7)

|  |  |  |  | (k)(v) | Special Custody and Pledge Agreement among Registrant, BNP Prime Brokerage and The Bank of New York Mellon(2)
|  |  |  |  | (k)(vi) | Offering Expense Limitation Agreement(4)
|  |  |  |  | (l) | Opinion and Consent of Dechert LLP(*)
|  |  |  |  | (m) | Not applicable
|  |  |  |  | (n) | Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm(*)
|  |  |  |  | (o) | Not applicable
|  |  |  |  | (p) | Initial Subscription Agreement(4)
|  |  |  |  | (q) | Not applicable
|  |  |  |  | (r) | Combined Code of Ethics of the Registrant, the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser(*)
|  |  |  |  | (s) | Calculation of Filing Fee Tables(*)
|  |  |  |  | (t) | Power of Attorney(*)

___________

(*) |  | Filed herewith.

(1) |  | Incorporated by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed June 26, 2007 (File No. 333-138686).

(2) |  | Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on July 9, 2010 (File No. 333-168044).

(3) |  | Incorporated by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on March 16, 2011 (File No. 333-168044).

(4) |  | Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on August 28, 2013 (File No. 333-190872).

(5) |  | Incorporated by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on October 14, 2016 (File No. 333-213452).

(6) |  | Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed September 10, 2018 (File No. 333-221873).

(7) |  | Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed March 22, 2019 (File No. 333-230474).

(8) |  | Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed July 1, 2019 (File No. 333-230474).

(9) |  | Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed March 1, 2016 (File No. 811-21982).

(10) |  | Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed July 31, 2020 (File No. 333-230474).

(11) |  | Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed September 30, 2020 (File No. 333-230474).

(12) |  | Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed February 1, 2021 (File No. 333-230474).

(13) |  | Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed September 16, 2021 (File No. 333-259592).

(14) |  | Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed April 11, 2023 (File No. 811-21982).

(15) |  | Incorporated by reference to the Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed May 3, 2024 (File No. 333-279126).

(16) |  | Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed May 9, 2024 (File No. 811-21982).

Item 26. Marketing Arrangements

Reference is made to Exhibit (h) to this Registration Statement and the section entitled “Plan of Distribution” contained in Registrant’s Prospectus, filed herewith as Part A of Registrant’s Registration Statement.

Item 27. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth the estimated expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this Registration Statement:

NYSE Listing Fees | $ 50,000
SEC Registration Fees | $ 131,643
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fees | $ 27,500
Legal Fees | $ 350,000
FINRA Fees | $ 150,500
Total | $ 709,643

Item 28. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with Registrant

None

Item 29. Number of Holders of Securities

Title of Class | Number of Record Shareholders as of November 14, 2025
Common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share | 26

| Item 30. | Indemnification

Article V of the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust provides as follows:

5.1 No Personal Liability of Shareholders, Trustees, etc. No Shareholder of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person in connection with Trust Property or the acts, obligations or affairs of the Trust. Shareholders shall have the same limitation of personal liability as is extended to stockholders of a private corporation for profit incorporated under the Delaware General Corporation Law. No Trustee or officer of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person, save only liability to the Trust or its Shareholders arising from bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard for his duty to such Person; and, subject to the foregoing exception, all such Persons shall look solely to the Trust Property for satisfaction of claims of any nature arising in connection with the affairs of the Trust. If any Shareholder, Trustee or officer, as such, of the Trust, is made a party to any suit or proceeding to enforce any such liability, subject to the foregoing exception, he shall not, on account thereof, be held to any personal liability. Any repeal or modification of this Section 5.1 shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Trustee or officer of the Trust existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

5.2 Mandatory Indemnification.

(a) The Trust hereby agrees to indemnify each person who at any time serves as a Trustee or officer of the Trust (each such person being an “indemnitee”) against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and reasonable counsel fees reasonably incurred

by such indemnitee in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or investigative body in which he may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which he may be or may have been threatened, while acting in any capacity set forth in this Article V by reason of his having acted in any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which he shall not have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interest of the Trust or, in the case of any criminal proceeding, as to which he shall have had reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful, provided, however, that no indemnitee shall be indemnified hereunder against any liability to any person or any expense of such indemnitee arising by reason of (i) willful misfeasance, (ii) bad faith, (iii) gross negligence, or (iv) reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his position (the conduct referred to in such clauses (i) through (iv) being sometimes referred to herein as “disabling conduct”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such indemnitee (1) was authorized by a majority of the Trustees or (2) was instituted by the indemnitee to enforce his or her rights to indemnification hereunder in a case in which the indemnitee is found to be entitled to such indemnification. The rights to indemnification set forth in this Declaration shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Trustee or officer of the Trust and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives. No amendment or restatement of this Declaration or repeal of any of its provisions shall limit or eliminate any of the benefits provided to any person who at any time is or was a Trustee or officer of the Trust or otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder in respect of any act or omission that occurred prior to such amendment, restatement or repeal.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no indemnification shall be made hereunder unless there has been a determination (i) by a final decision on the merits by a court or other body of competent jurisdiction before whom the issue of entitlement to indemnification hereunder was brought that such indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder or, (ii) in the absence of such a decision, by (1) a majority vote of a quorum of those Trustees who are neither “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding (“Disinterested Non-Party Trustees”), that the indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder, or (2) if such quorum is not obtainable or even if obtainable, if such majority so directs, independent legal counsel in a written opinion concludes that the indemnitee should be entitled to indemnification hereunder. All determinations to make advance payments in connection with the expense of defending any proceeding shall be authorized and made in accordance with the immediately succeeding paragraph (c) below.

(c) The Trust shall make advance payments in connection with the expenses of defending any action with respect to which indemnification might be sought hereunder if the Trust receives a written affirmation by the indemnitee of the indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standards of conduct necessary for indemnification have been met and a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust unless it is subsequently determined that the indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification and if a majority of the Trustees determine that the applicable standards of conduct necessary for indemnification appear to have been met. In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (i) the indemnitee shall provide adequate security for his undertaking, (ii) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advances, or (iii) a majority of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees, or if a majority vote of such quorum so direct, independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall conclude, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is substantial reason to believe that the indemnitee ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.

(d) The rights accruing to any indemnitee under these provisions shall not exclude any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under this Declaration, the By-Laws of the Trust, any statute, agreement, vote of stockholders or Trustees who are “disinterested persons” (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) or any other right to which he or she may be lawfully entitled.

(e) Subject to any limitations provided by the 1940 Act and this Declaration, the Trust shall have the power and authority to indemnify and provide for the advance payment of expenses to employees, agents and other Persons providing services to the Trust or serving in any capacity at the request of the Trust to the full extent corporations organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law may indemnify or provide for the advance payment of expenses for such Persons, provided that such indemnification has been approved by a majority of the Trustees.

5.3 No Bond Required of Trustees. No Trustee shall, as such, be obligated to give any bond or other security for the performance of any of his duties hereunder.

5.4 No purchaser, lender, transfer agent or other person dealing with the Trustees or with any officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction purporting to be made by the Trustees or by said officer, employee or agent or be liable for the application of money or property paid, loaned, or delivered to or on the order of the Trustees or of said officer, employee or agent. Every obligation, contract, undertaking, instrument, certificate, Share, other security of the Trust, and every other act or thing whatsoever executed in connection with the Trust shall be conclusively taken to have been executed or done by the executors thereof only in their capacity as Trustees under this Declaration or in their capacity as officers, employees or agents of the Trust. The Trustees may maintain insurance for the protection of the Trust Property, its Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees and agents in such amount as the Trustees shall deem adequate to cover possible tort liability, and such other insurance as the Trustees in their sole judgment shall deem advisable or is required by the 1940 Act.

5.5 Each Trustee and officer or employee of the Trust shall, in the performance of its duties, be fully and completely justified and protected with regard to any act or any failure to act resulting from reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Trust, upon an opinion of counsel, or upon reports made to the Trust by any of the Trust’s officers or employees or by any advisor, administrator, manager, distributor, selected dealer, accountant, appraiser or other expert or consultant selected with reasonable care by the Trustees, officers or employees of the Trust, regardless of whether such counsel or expert may also be a Trustee.

In addition, the Registrant has entered into an Indemnification Agreement with each trustee who is not an “interested person,” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, of the Registrant, which provides as follows:

The Fund shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee against any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Trustee in any Proceeding arising out of or in connection with the Trustee’s service to the Trust, to the fullest extent permitted by the Trust Agreement and By-Laws and the laws of the State of Delaware, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, as now or hereafter in force, subject to the provisions of the following sentence and the provisions of paragraph (b) of Section 4 of this Agreement. The Trustee shall be indemnified pursuant to this Section I against any and all of such Expenses unless (i) the Trustee is subject to such Expenses by reason of the Trustee’s not having acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his or her action was in the best interests of the Fund or (ii) the Trustee is liable to the Fund or its shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office, as defined in Section 17(h) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and with respect to each of (i) and (ii), there has been a final adjudication in a decision on the merits in the relevant Proceeding that the Trustee’s conduct fell within (i) or (ii).

Item 31. Business and Other Connections of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser

The Investment Adviser, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Delaware, acts as investment adviser to the Registrant. The Registrant is fulfilling the requirement of this Item 31 to provide a list of the officers and directors of the Investment Adviser, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by the Investment Adviser or those officers and directors during the past two years, by incorporating by reference the information contained in the Form ADV of the Investment Adviser filed with the commission pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (Commission File No. 801-62515).

The Sub-Adviser, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Delaware, acts as investment Sub-Adviser to the Registrant. The Registrant is fulfilling the requirement of this Item 31 to provide a list of the officers and directors of the Sub-Adviser, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by the Sub-Adviser or those officers and directors during the past two years, by incorporating by reference the information contained in the Form ADV of the Sub-Adviser filed with the commission pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (Commission File No. 801-66786).

Item 32. Location of Accounts and Records

The accounts and records of the Registrant are maintained in part at the offices of the Fund at 227 West Monroe Street, Chicago, IL 60606, in part at the offices of the Investment Adviser at 227 West Monroe Street, Chicago, IL 60606, in part at the offices of the Sub-Adviser at 100 Wilshire Boulevard, 5th Floor, Santa Monica, California 90401 and in part at the offices of BNY, as custodian, at One Wall Street, New York, NY 10286, and in part at the offices of the Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent at P.O. Box 30170, College Station, TX 77842-3170, and in part at the offices of MUFG Investor Services, LLC, 805 King Farm Blvd. Rockville, MD, 20850.

Item 33. Management Services

Not applicable.

Item 34. Undertakings

1. Not applicable.

2. Not applicable.

3. Registrant undertakes:

| (a) | to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement:

| (1) | to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

| (2) | to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the Registration Statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the Registration Statement;

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Filing Fee Tables” in the effective registration statement.

| (3) | to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the Registration Statement or any material change to such information in the Registration Statement;

| (b) | that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of those securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;

| (c) | to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering;

| (d) | that, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser:

(1) if the Registrant is relying on Rule 430B under the Securities Act:

| (A) | Each prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement; and

| (B) | Each prospectus required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7) as part of a registration statement in reliance on Rule 430B relating to an offering made pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(i), (x), or (xi) for the purpose of providing the information required by Section 10(a) of the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the earlier of the date such form of prospectus is first used after effectiveness or the date of the first contract of sale of securities in the offering described in the prospectus. As provided in Rule 430B, for liability purposes of the issuer and any person that is at that date an underwriter, such date shall be deemed to be a new effective date of the registration statement relating to the securities in the registration statement to which that prospectus relates, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date; or

| (2) | if the Registrant is subject to Rule 430C under the Securities Act: Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A under the Securities Act, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use;

| (e) | that for the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities:

The undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to the purchaser:

| (1) | any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act;

| (2) | free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned Registrant;

| (3) | the portion of any other free writing prospectus or advertisement pursuant to Rule 482 under the Securities Act relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and

| (4) | any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.

| 4. | Registrant undertakes that:

(a) for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) will be deemed to be a part of the Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(b) for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus will be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time will be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

| 5. | The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each filing of the Registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that is incorporated by reference into the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

| 6. | Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

| 7. | The Registrant undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery, within two business days of receipt of a written or oral request, any prospectus or Statement of Additional Information.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and/or the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Chicago, and State of Illinois, on the 21st day of November, 2025.

GUGGENHEIM STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITIES FUND

By: /s/ Brian E. Binder

Brian E. Binder

President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

* Randall C. Barnes Trustee | /s/ Brian E. Binder Brian E. Binder President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) Date: November 21, 2025 /s/ James M. Howley James M. Howley Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) Date: November 21, 2025 /s/ Amy J. Lee Amy J. Lee Trustee, Vice President and Chief Legal Officer Date: November 21, 2025 * Signed by Mark E. Mathiasen, pursuant to a power of attorney filed herewith. /s/ Mark E. Mathiasen Mark E. Mathiasen Attorney-In-Fact Date: November 21, 2025
* Angela-Brock Kyle Trustee
* Thomas Lydon, Jr. Trustee
* Ronald A. Nyberg Trustee
* Sandra G. Sponem Trustee
* Ronald E. Toupin Jr. Trustee

Exhibit List

(l) Opinion and Consent of Dechert LLP

(n) Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

(r) Combined Code of Ethics of the Registrant, the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser

(s) Calculation of Filing Fee Tables

(t) Power of Attorney

EX-101 Inline Interactive Data File - the instance document does not appear on the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document

EX-101.INS XBRL Taxonomy Instance Document

EX-101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Schema Document

EX-101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document

EX-101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase Document

EX-101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document

EX-101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document